Skip to main content

Full text of "Oglethorpe University Bulletin, 1989-1990"

See other formats


1 1 


Oglethorpe 
^University 


ATLANTA 


1989-90 
BULLETIN 

OGLETHORPE  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 


Oglethorpe 
^Jniversity 


1989-90 
BULLETIN 


Directions  for 
Correspondence 


Oglethorpe  University 
4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E. 
Atlanta,  Georgia  30319-2797 
(404)  261-1441 

General  College  Policy 


Academic  Policy 


Admissions,  Scholarships  and  Financial  Aid 


Development  and  Fund  Raising 


Financial  Information 


Housing,  Career  Planning,  and  Placement 


Records  and  Transcripts 


Donald  S.  Stanton 
President 

Ronald  L.  Carlisle 
Interim  Dean  of  the 
Faculty 

Jonathan  lay 

Director  of  Admissions 

Paul  L.  Dillingham 
Vice  President 
for  Development 

John  B.  Knott,  III 
Executive  Vice  President 

Janice  C.  Gilmore 
Director  of  the 
Business  Office 

Donald  R.  Moore 

Dean  of  Community  Life 

Paul  S.  Hudson 
Registrar 


Oglethorpe  makes  no  distinction  in  its  admissions  policies  or  procedures 
on  grounds  of  age,  sex,  religion,  race,  color,  national  origin,  or  physical 
handicap. 

This  bulletin  is  published  by  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty, 
Oglethorpe  University.  The  information  included  in  it  is  accurate  for  the 
1989-1990  academic  year  as  of  the  date  of  publication,  January,  1989.  The 
listing  of  a  course  or  program  in  this  bulletin  does  not,  however,  constitute 
a  guarantee  or  contract  that  it  will  be  offered  during  the  1989-90  academic  year. 


Table  of  Contents 

University  Calendar 3 

Tradition,  Purpose,  and  Goals   4 

History 9 

Buildings  and  Grounds 12 

Admissions 16 

Financial  Assistance 24 

Finances  44 

Community  Life   49 

Academic  Regulations  and  Policies 58 

The  Curriculum 67 

Division  I          The  Humanities  91 

Division  II         History  and  Political  Studies 105 

Division  III        Science Ill 

Division  IV       Education  and  Behavioral  Sciences 123 

Division  V        Economics  and  Business  Administration 137 

Division  VI       Graduate  Studies  in  Early  Childhood 

and  Middle  Grades  Education 147 

Graduate  Courses 152 

Board  of  Trustees 157 

President's  Advisory  Council 159 

Alumni  Association 161 

The  Faculty 163 

Administration 167 

Index 170 


Visitors 

We  welcome  visitors  to  the  campus  throughout  the  year.  Those  without 
appointments  will  find  an  administrative  office  open  from  9:00  a.m.  to  5:00 
p.m.  on  weekdays.  In  addition,  appointments  are  available  on  Saturday. 

To  be  sure  of  seeing  a  particular  officer,  visitors  are  urged  to  make  an 
appointment  in  advance.  All  of  the  offices  of  the  University  can  be  reached 
by  calling  Atlanta  (Area  Code  404),  261-1441,  or  (404)  23  3-6864  (Admissions 
Office). 

Accreditation 

Oglethorpe  University  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Colleges  of 
the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools. 

The  University's  undergraduate  and  graduate  teacher  education 
programs  are  approved  by  the  Department  of  Education  of  the  State  of 
Georgia. 


University  Calendar 


Fall  Semester,  1989 


August  27 

Opening  of  Residence  Halls 

August  28 

Orientation  and  Testing  of  New  Students; 

Registration  of  Returning  Students 

August  29 

Registration  of  New  Students 

August  30 

First  Day  of  Classes 

September  4 

Labor  Day  Holiday 

September  6 

Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 

October  20 

Mid-Term;  Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course 

with  a  "W"  Grade 

November  13-17 

Pre-Registration  for  Spring  Semester,  1990 

November  23-26 

Thanksgiving  Holidays 

December  8 

Preparation  Day 

December  11-16 

Final  Examinations 

Spring  Semester,  1990 

January  14 

Opening  of  Residence  Halls 

January  15 

Registration 

January  16 

First  Day  of  Classes 

January  23 

Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 

March  2 

Mid-Term;  Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course 

with  a  "W"  Grade 

March  10 

Beginning  of  Spring  Vacation  (5:00  p.m.) 

March  26 

Resumption  of  Classes  (8:00  a.m.) 

April  9-13 

Pre-Registration  for  Summer  and  Fall  Semesters,  1990 

May  7-12 

Final  Examinations 

May  13 

Commencement 

Courses  are  also  offered  during  summer  sessions.  For  dates  and  course 
offerings,  contact  the  Registrar's  Office. 


Oglethorpe 
university 


Tradition,  Purpose 
and  Goals 


UJPTON    HALL 


Tradition,  Purpose,  and  Goals 

Oglethorpe  derives  its  institutional  purpose  from  an  awareness  and 
appreciation  of  the  University's  heritage  and  from  an  analysis  of  the  needs 
of  contemporary  society.  The  goals  of  the  educational  program  and  of  other 
component  parts  of  the  University  are  based  on  this  sense  of  institutional 
purpose. 

The  Oglethorpe  Tradition 

Three  main  ideas  or  models  of  what  higher  education  ought  to  be  have 
shaped  American  colleges  and  universities.  The  first  is  the  model  of  the  English 
college,  particularly  in  the  form  developed  at  Oxford  and  Cambridge  in  the 
18th  and  19th  centuries.  Most  of  the  older  institutions  in  the  United  States 
were  patterned  on  the  English  colleges  of  that  period.  Many  observers  have 
concluded  that  this  is  the  finest  type  of  collegiate  education  produced  by 
Western  civilization. 

The  second  idea  is  that  of  the  German  university  especially  of  the  19th 
century.  This  model,  which  has  had  enormous  influence  on  American  univer- 
sities, stresses  professional  education  (as  in  medicine  and  law),  graduate  study 
leading  to  the  Ph.D.  degree,  and  specialized  research.  The  German  university 
idea  was  imported  into  the  United  States  by  Johns  Hopkins  and  other  institu- 
tions in  the  last  century  and  has  left  its  mark  on  every  college  and  university 
in  this  country. 

The  third  idea  or  model  is  that  of  the  land-grant  college,  a  uniquely 
American  institution  created  by  the  Morrill  Act,  passed  by  Congress  in  1862. 
This  model  emphasizes  large-scale  technical  education  and  service  to 
agriculture  and  industry.  It  has  contributed  especially  to  education  in  such 
fields  as  engineering  and  agriculture  and  has  been  the  foundation  on  which 
many  of  the  state  universities  have  been  built. 

Oglethorpe  University  identifies  itself  with  the  tradition  of  the  English 
college.  Established  in  183  5  and  named  after  General  James  Edward 
Oglethorpe,  the  founder  of  Georgia,  the  University  was  patterned  on  Corpus 
Christi  College,  Oxford,  General  Oglethorpe's  alma  mater.  It  would  be  overstating 
the  matter  to  say  that  Oglethorpe  University  has  been  untouched  by  the  other 
two  conceptions  of  higher  education,  but  it  has  certainly-been  shaped  prin- 
cipally by  the  English  tradition  of  collegiate  education. 

What  are  the  distinctive  features  of  that  tradition?  Hundreds  of  books 
have  been  written  on  the  subject,  perhaps  the  most  influential  of  which  is 
John  Henry  Newman's  The  Idea  of  a  University,  one  of  the  great  educational 
classics.  Briefly  stated,  four  characteristics  have  made  this  kind  of  college 
widely  admired: 

1)  Colleges  in  the  English  tradition  emphasize  broad  education  for 
intelligent  leadership.  They  believe  that  this  is  a  more  useful 
undergraduate  education  for  the  able  young  person  than  technical 
training  for  a  specific  job. 

2)  Colleges  such  as  Oglethorpe  stress  the  basic  academic  com- 
petencies —  reading,  writing,  speaking,  and  reasoning  —  and  the 
fundamental  fields  of  knowledge  —  the  arts  and  sciences.  These 
are  essential  tools  of  the  educated  person. 

5 


3)  Close  relationships  between  teacher  and  student  are  indispensable 
to  this  type  of  education.  A  teacher  is  much  more  than  a  conveyor 
of  information  —  the  invention  of  the  printing  press  made  that  notion 
of  education  obsolete.  Rather,  the  most  important  function  of  the 
teacher  is  to  stimulate  intellectual  activity  in  the  student  and  to 
promote  his  development  as  a  mature  person.  Factory-like  instruc- 
tion, conducted  in  huge  classes,  is  the  very  antithesis  of  the  English 
tradition. 

4)  A  collegiate  education  is  far  more  than  a  collection  of  academic 
courses.  It  is  a  process  of  development  in  which  campus  leader- 
ship opportunities,  residential  life,  athletics,  formal  and  informal 
social  functions,  aesthetic  experiences,  and  contact  with  students 
from  other  cultures,  in  addition  to  classroom  exercises,  all  play 
important  roles.  Versatility  and  ability  to  lead  are  important  goals 
of  this  type  of  undergraduate  education. 

Two  other  aspects  of  Oglethorpe's  tradition  were  contributed  by  Philip 
Weltner,  President  of  the  University  from  1944  to  1953.  Oglethorpe,  he  said, 
should  be  "a  small  college  which  is  superlatively  good."  Only  at  a  small  col- 
lege with  carefully  selected  students  and  faculty,  he  believed,  could  young 
persons  achieve  their  fullest  intellectual  development  through  an  intense 
dialogue  with  extraordinary  teachers.  Thus,  a  commitment  to  limited  size  and 
superior  performance  are  important  elements  of  the  Oglethorpe  tradition. 

Purpose:  Education  for  a  Changing  Society 

While  an  institution  may  take  pride  in  a  distinguished  heritage,  it  is  also 
essential  that  its  educational  program  prepare  young  people  to  function 
effectively  in  our  complex  and  rapidly  changing  society.  What  are  the  re- 
quirements of  an  education  intended  to  inform  and  enrich  lives  and  careers 
that  will  be  conducted  in  the  remainder  of  this  century  and  beyond? 

Many  commentators  on  contemporary  social  conditions  and  future 
trends  agree  that  the  rapidly  changing  society  in  which  we  live  places  a 
premium  on  adaptability.  Persons  in  positions  of  leadership  must  be  able  to 
function  effectively  in  changing  circumstances.  Rigid  specialization,  with  its 
training  in  current  practice,  ill  prepares  the  graduate  for  responsibilities  in  such 
a  society.  The  broadly  educated  person,  schooled  in  fundamental  principles, 
is  better  equipped  to  exercise  leadership  in  a  world  that  is  being  transformed 
by  high  technology  and  new  information.  This  point  has  been  made  persua- 
sively by  )ohn  Naisbitt  in  the  first  chapter  of  his  notable  book  Megatrends.  One 
of  the  underlying  trends  he  identifies  in  our  society  is  that  "we  are  moving 
from  the  specialist  who  is  soon  obsolete  to  the  generalist  who  can  adapt." 

Oglethorpe  emphasizes  the  preparation  of  the  humane  generalist  —  the 
kind  of  leader  needed  by  a  complex  and  changing  society.  Our  purpose  is 
to  produce  graduates  who  are  broadly  educated  in  the  fundamental  fields 
of  knowledge  and  the  basic  concepts  and  principles  of  their  disciplines  and 
who  are  prepared  to  exercise  responsible  leadership  in  public  and  private  life. 

The  University  limits  its  educational  program  to  the  arts  and  sciences, 
business  administration,  and  teacher  education.  It  defines  its  primary  role  as 
the  conduct  of  a  program  of  undergraduate  education  for  men  and  women 
of  above-average  ability  and  traditional  college  age.  In  addition,  a  Master's 
degree  in  teacher  education  and  programs  of  continuing  education  for  adults 
are  offered  as  services  to  the  local  community. 
6 


Goals 

Educational  programs  at  Oglethorpe  seek  to  produce  graduates  who 
display  abilities,  skills,  intellectual  attitudes,  and  sensitivities  which  are  related 
to  the  University's  purpose.  The  core  curriculum  of  general  education,  which 
is  required  in  all  baccalaureate  programs,  is  designed  to  develop  the  following: 

1)  The  ability  to  comprehend  English  prose  at  an  advanced  level. 

2)  The  ability  to  convey  ideas  in  writing  and  in  speech  accurately,  gram- 
matically and  persuasively. 

3)  Skill  in  reasoning  logically  about  important  matters. 

4)  An  understanding  of  the  values  and  principles  that  have  shaped 
Western  civilization  and  of  the  methods  employed  in  historical 
inquiry. 

5)  A  knowledge  and  appreciation  of  great  literature,  especially  the 
great  literature  of  the  English-speaking  world. 

6)  An  appreciation  of  one  or  more  of  the  arts  and  an  understanding 
of  artistic  excellence. 

7)  An  acquaintance  with  the  methods  of  inquiry  of  mathematics  and 
science  and  with  the  results  of  the  efforts  of  scientists  to  under- 
stand physical  and  biological  phenomena. 

8)  An  understanding  of  the  most  thoughtful  reflections  on  right  and 
wrong  and  an  allegiance  to  principles  of  right  conduct. 

9)  A  basic  understanding  of  our  economic,  political,  and  social  systems 
and  of  the  psychological  and  sociological  influences  on  human 
behavior. 

All  undergraduate  programs  also  require  the  student  to  develop  a  deeper 
grasp  of  one  or  more  fields  of  knowledge  organized  coherently  as  a  major. 
The  student's  major  may  be  pursued  in  a  single  field,  such  as  biology 
economics,  or  English,  or  it  may  cut  across  two  or  more  traditional  fields  (as 
an  interdisciplinary  or  individually  planned  major). 

The  curriculum  and  extra-curricular  life  are  structured  to  engender  in 
students  the  following: 

1)  The  willingness  and  ability  to  assume  the  responsibilities  of  leader- 
ship in  public  and  private  life,  including  skiH  in  organizing  the  efforts 
of  other  persons  in  behalf  of  worthy  causes.. 

2)  An  inclination  to  continue  one's  learning  after  graduation  from 
college  and  skill  in  the  use  of  books  and  other  intellectual  tools 
for  that  purpose. 

3)  A  considered  commitment  to  a  set  of  career  and  life  goals. 

4)  An  awareness  of  the  increasingly  international  character  of  contem- 
porary life  and  skill  in  interacting  with  persons  of  diverse  cultural 
backgrounds. 

The  graduate  program  in  teacher  education  seeks  to  support  elemen- 
tary and  middle  grades  education  in  the  University's  neighboring  community 
by  providing  members  of  the  teaching  profession  with  the  opportunity  to 
enhance  their  knowledge  and  skills  in  areas  of  assessed  need.  The  program 
enables  practicing  teachers  and  other  students  to  achieve  career  advance- 
ment by  earning  the  initial  graduate  degree  in  the  field  of  education.  Program 
graduates  are  expected  to  have  developed  and  demonstrated: 

7 


1)  Familiarity  with  the  scholarly  literature  in  their  field  of  study. 

2)  Expertise  in  appropriate  research  techniques. 

3)  The  capacity  for  sustained  study  and  independent  thought. 
The  continuing  education  program  enables  members  of  the  metropolitan 

community  to  pursue  their  educational  goals  in  a  variety  of  programs  and 
courses.  Baccalaureate  courses  selected  for  adult  learners  from  the  regular 
undergraduate  curriculum  are  offered  in  the  evening  and  on  weekends.  Majors 
and  programs  of  special  relevance  and  interest  to  those  already  employed 
are  emphasized  to  enable  program  graduates  to  attain  advancement  in  their 
careers. 

Non-credit  courses  are  also  offered  in  the  continuing  education  program 
in  order  to  provide  service  to  as  broad  a  segment  of  the  community  as  pos- 
sible. Courses  focused  on  the  goals  of  personal  enrichment  and  professional 
development  are  offered  during  evening  hours.  Career  advancement  goals 
may  be  pursued  in  the  non-credit  curriculum  through  a  certificate  program 
in  management. 

The  success  of  Oglethorpe  alumni  in  their  subsequent  education,  a  wide 
variety  of  careers,  and  community  life  attests  to  the  soundness  of  this  approach 
to  education. 


History 


History 

Oglethorpe  University  was  chartered  in  183  5  and  began  classes  in  1838 
on  a  campus  at  Midway  near  Milledgeville,  then  Georgia's  state  capital.  The 
new  university  commemorated  in  its  name  Georgia's  founder,  General  lames 
Edward  Oglethorpe,  who  had  established  the  Colony  of  Georgia  some  one 
hundred  years  earlier  in  order  to  defend  British  North  America  and  provide 
a  new  field  of  economic  opportunity  for  the  disadvantaged.  Oglethorpe  Univer- 
sity grew  and  prospered  until  1860,  when  war  caused  the  suspension  of 
instruction.  After  the  war,  the  institution  relocated  to  Atlanta,  the  new  state 
capital.  For  several  years,  classes  were  held  in  a  large  mansion  house  on  the 
present  site  of  the  Atlanta  City  Hall. 

The  University's  20th  century  history  began  with  its  re-founding  on  a 
new  suburban  campus  in  1915  by  a  group  of  business  and  civic  leaders  led 
by  Dr.  Thornwell  Jacobs  and  supported  by  Oglethorpe  alumni.  The  recipient 
of  a  generous  grant  of  land  on  Peachtree  Road  north  of  Atlanta,  the  new 
Oglethorpe  University  began  classes  in  September,  1916,  as  an  independent, 
non-denominational  institution.  A  number  of  new  buildings  were  constructed 
in  the  1920s  in  the  collegiate  Gothic  style  of  Oxford's  Corpus  Christi  College, 
General  Oglethorpe's  alma  mater.  Dr.  Jacobs  guided  the  development  of  the 
University  as  President  until  his  retirement  in  1944. 

Under  Dr.  Jacobs'  leadership,  the  University  pioneered  in  several  areas, 
including  education  for  gifted  students  and  graduate  education  courses  for 
teachers.  Emphasis  was  placed  on  intercollegiate  athletics,  and  Oglethorpe 
had  notable  teams  in  football  and  baseball.  The  University  expanded  its  pro- 
gram rapidly  during  the  1920's  and  sponsored  the  first  educational  radio 
station. 

Since  World  War  II,  and  especially  during  the  last  decade,  Oglethorpe 
has  focused  its  efforts  on  the  development  of  a  rigorous,  coherent  under- 
graduate curriculum  in  the  arts  and  sciences,  business  administration,  and 
education  that  is  designed  for  students  of  above-average  ability  and  motiva- 
tion. In  addition,  a  graduate  program  in  teacher  education  and  a  variety  of 
continuing  education  programs  for  adults  have  been  offered  as  part  of  the 
University's  outreach  to  the  community. 

The  University  now  draws  its  student  body  of  approximately  1,000  from 
a  wide  geographic  area.  About  one  half  of  its  students  come  from  Georgia. 
Substantial  numbers  are  attracted  from  Florida,  the  Middle  Atlantic  States, 
and  the  Middle  West.  In  a  given  year,  the  student  body  also  includes  persons 
from  about  twenty-five  other  countries.  Education  at  Oglethorpe  is  intended 
to  be  a  cosmopolitan  and  broadening  experience.  The  University  has  become 
increasingly  selective  in  admissions,  and  most  of  its  entering  students  come 
from  the  top  10%  of  high  school  graduates. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  keeping  the  costs  of  Oglethorpe's 
educational  programs  within  reason,  and  the  University  has  received  national 
recognition  for  providing  high  quality  educational  opportunities  at  moderate 
cost.  The  availability  of  a  variety  of  financial  aid  programs  also  helps  to  ensure 
that  academically  able  students  from  varying  socio-economic  backgrounds 
are  able  to  enroll. 


10 


The  University  has  sought  to  bring  together  an  outstanding,  nationally 
recruited  faculty  dedicated  to  excellence  in  classroom  teaching  and  committed 
to  participation  in  campus  life.  The  leading  graduate  schools  in  the  country 
are  well  represented  on  the  Oglethorpe  faculty.  The  student  body  is  one  of 
the  ablest  in  the  Southeast. 

Looking  toward  the  future,  the  University  will  continue  to  strive  to  provide 
an  excellent  academic  program,  which  prepares  men  and  women  to  exercise 
leadership  in  their  chosen  fields  and  professions  and  in  community  affairs. 

The  Presidents  of  the  University 

Carlyle  Pollock  Beman,  1836-1840 

Samuel  Kennedy  Talmage,  1841-1865 

William  M.  Cunningham,  1869-1870 

David  Wills,  1870-1872 

Thornwell  Jacobs,  1915-1943 

Philip  Weltner,  1944-1953 

lames  Whitney  Bunting,  1953-1955 

Donald  Wilson,  1956-1957 

Donald  Charles  Agnew,  1958-1964 

George  Seward,  Acting,  1964-1965 

Paul  Rensselaer  Beall,  1965-1967 

Paul  Kenneth  Vonk,  1967-1975 

Manning  Mason  Pattillo,  )r.,  1975-1988 

Donald  Sheldon  Stanton,  1988- 


1— tTj| 

Bhi, 

f 

i  1 

I     J 

Jt9* 

l3ifl 

n 

1 1 


Buildings 
and  Grounds 


Lowry  Hall  —  Oglethorpe  University  Library 

Lowry  Hall  houses  the  University  library.  Among  its  outstanding  features 
are  a  variety  of  study  areas,  a  large  reading-reference  room  on  the  first  floor, 
and  an  outdoor  reading  patio.  Individual  student  conference  rooms  are 
available,  as  well  as  individual  carrels  in  the  book  stack  areas.  The  Library 
of  Congress  classification  system  is  used  in  an  open  stack  arrangement, 
allowing  free  access  to  users  on  all  four  floors.  A  variety  of  microform  materials 
are  available. 

The  collection  of  over  7  5,000  volumes  includes  books,  periodicals, 
microforms,  and  audiovisual  materials.  More  than  650  periodical  subscriptions 
provide  a  diversified  range  of  current  information.  The  Special  Collections 
room  includes  materials  on  James  Edward  Oglethorpe  and  Georgia,  Sidney 
Lanier  (an  Oglethorpe  alumnus),  and  other  collections  of  autographed  books 
and  unique  volumes. 

The  Japanese  collection  consists  of  books  in  the  English  language  and 
other  materials  on  Japanese  history  and  culture. 

The  library  is  a  member  of  the  library  consortium  of  the  University  Center 
in  Georgia,  a  group  of  ten  college  libraries  in  the  Atlanta-Athens  area. 

The  library  is  open  seven  days  a  week  during  the  regular  academic  year. 
On  five  days  it  is  open  day  and  evening. 

The  Emerson  Student  Center 

The  Student  Center  is  named  in  honor  of  William  A.  and  Jane  S.  Emerson, ' 
benefactors  of  the  University.  As  the  hub  of  campus  life,  the  Emerson  Student 
Center  houses  a  lounge,  television  area,  a  student-managed  club,  a  physical 
fitness  facility  the  student  post  office,  the  student  association  office,  the 
newspaper  and  yearbook  offices,  the  cafeteria,  the  offices  of  the  Director  of 
the  Student  Center,  the  Director  of  Housing,  and  the  Director  of  Choral 
Activities.  An  outdoor  swimming  pool  is  adjacent  to  the  building. 


Lupton  Hall 


Lupton  Hall,  built  in  1920  and  named  in  honor  of  John  Thomas  Lupton, 
was  one  of  the  three  original  buildings  on  the  present  Oglethorpe  University 
campus.  It  was  renovated  in  1973  and  contains  all  administrative  offices  and 
an  auditorium  with  seating  for  3  50  persons.  The  University  Business  Office 
is  located  on  the  lower  level  of  Lupton  Hall;  the  office  of  the  Dean  of  the 
Faculty,  the  Registrar,  and  the  Admissions  Office  are  on  the  first  floor;  the 
Office  of  the  President,  Executive  Vice  President,  Dean  of  Community  Life 
Office  of  Counseling  and  Career  Development,  Offices  of  Development,  Public 
Relations,  Alumni  Affairs,  and  two  lecture  halls  are  on  the  second  floor.  The 
Office  of  Financial  Aid,  faculty  offices  of  the  Division  of  Economics  and 
Business  Administration,  and  a  computer  laboratory  are  on  the  third  floor. 

The  cast  bell  carillon  in  the  Lupton  tower  has  42  bells  which  chime  the 
quarter  hours. 


13 


Phoebe  Hearst  Hall 


Phoebe  Hearst  Hall  was  built  in  1915  in  the  handsome  neo-Gothic 
architecture  that  dominates  the  Oglethorpe  campus.  The  building  is  named 
in  honor  of  Phoebe  Apperson  Hearst,  the  mother  of  William  Randolph  Hearst,  Sr. 

It  was  renovated  in  the  fall  of  1972  for  a  classroom  and  faculty  office 
building.  Most  classes,  with  the  exception  of  science  and  mathematics,  are 
held  in  this  building  which  is  located  directly  across  from  Lupton  Hall.  The 
University  book  store  is  located  on  the  lower  level  of  the  building. 

The  dominant  feature  of  the  building  is  the  beautiful  Great  Hall,  the  site 
of  many  traditional  and  historic  events  at  Oglethorpe.  Located  on  the  ground 
floor  of  the  building  is  the  much-publicized  Crypt  of  Civilization.  This  capsule 
was  sealed  on  May  28,  1940,  and  is  not  to  be  opened  until  May  28,  8113. 


Goslin  Hall 


Goslin  Hall  was  completed  in  1971  and  houses  the  Division  of  Science. 
Laboratories  for  biology,  chemistry  and  physics,  and  lecture  halls  are  located 
in  the  building.  Goslin  Hall  was  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Roy  N.  Goslin,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Physics,  for  his  many  years  of  dedicated  work  for  the  college  and 
the  nation.  A  new  physics  laboratory  made  possible  by  a  grant  from  the  Olin 
Foundation,  was  opened  in  1979.  All  laboratories  were  renovated  in  1985. 


Traer  Hall 


Built  in  1969,  Traer  Hall  is  a  three-story  women's  residence  which  houses 
168  students.  Construction  of  the  building  was  made  possible  through  the 
generosity  of  the  late  Wayne  S.  Traer,  Oglethorpe  University  alumnus  of  the 
Class  of  1928.  The  double  occupancy  rooms,  arranged  in  suites,  open  onto 
a  central  plaza  courtyard.  As  are  all  buildings  on  the  Oglethorpe  campus,  Traer 
Hall  is  completely  air-conditioned. 


Goodman  Hall 


Goodman  Hall  was  built  in  1956  and  renovated  in  1970,  when  it  was 
transformed  from  a  men's  into  a  women's  residence  hall.  The  building  contains 
26  single  occupancy  rooms. 

Upper  Residence  Hall  Complex 

Five  residence  halls  are  situated  'around  the  upper  quadrangle. 
Constructed  in  1968,  four  of  these  buildings  house  men  and  one  is  for  women. 
A  $1.2  million  redesign  of  the  complex  began  in  1979,  and  was  completed 
in  1985.  All  rooms  on  the  first  and  second  floors  are  suites  with  private 
entrances  and  baths. 


Faith  Hall 

The  Student  Health  Center  is  located  on  the  upper  level  of  Faith  Hall, 
together  with  art  studios  and  lecture  rooms.  The  lower  level  of  Faith  Hall  houses 
the  maintenance  facility. 

R.  E.  Dorough  Field  House 

The  Dorough  Field  House  is  the  site  of  intercollegiate  basketball  and 
volleyball,  intramural  and  recreational  sports,  and  large  campus  gatherings 
such  as  concerts  and  commencement  exercises.  Built  in  1960,  this  structure 
underwent  major  renovation  in  1979.  The  building  is  named  for  the  late 
R.  E.  Dorough,  a  former  Trustee  of  the  University. 

Athletic  Facilities 

Intercollegiate  soccer  and  intramural  softball  are  played  on  Anderson 
Field  which  is  between  Hermance  Stadium  and  the  field  house.  The  intramural 
softball  field  is  located  behind  the  upper  residence  hall  complex.  Six  tennis 
courts  are  adjacent  to  the  field  house  and  below  them  is  a  six  lane,  all-weather 
reslite  track.  A  student  sponsored  physical  fitness  center  is  located  in  the 
Emerson  Student  Center. 


Oglethorpe 
xlniversi 


versity 


Admissions 


Admissions 


The  admissions  policy  of  Oglethorpe  University  is  based  on  an  individual 
selection  process.  Throughout  its  history  Oglethorpe  has  welcomed  students 
from  all  sections  of  the  country  as  well  as  from  abroad,  as  candidates  for 
degrees.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  Admissions  Committee  to  select  for  admission 
to  the  University  applicants  who  present  strong  evidence  of  purpose,  maturity, 
scholastic  ability,  and  probable  success  at  Oglethorpe. 


Freshman  Applicants 


Admission  to  the  undergraduate  division  of  the  University  may  be  gained 
by  presenting  evidence  of  successful  completion  of  secondary  school  work 
and  by  providing  the  results  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board's 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or  the  results  of  the  American  College  Testing 
Program  Assessment  (ACT). 

Arrangements  to  take  the  SAT  or  ACT  may  be  made  through  a  secondary 
school  guidance  counselor  or  by  writing  directly  to  one  of  the  testing  agencies. 
For  SAT  write  to  the  College  Board,  Box  592,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540, 
or  Box  102  5,  Berkeley,  California  90701.  For  ACT  write  to  American  College 
Testing  Program,  P.O.  Box  451,  Iowa  City  Iowa  52240.  It  is  to  the  applicant's 
advantage  to  take  one  of  the  tests  late  in  the  junior  year  or  early  in  the  senior 
year  of  high  school. 

Applicants  should  normally  have  or  be  in  the  process  of  completing  a 
secondary  school  program  including  appropriate  courses  in  English, 
mathematics  and/or  science,  and  social  studies.  While  an  admissions  decision 
may  be  based  on  a  partial  secondary  school  transcript,  a  final  transcript  must 
be  sent  to  the  admissions  office  by  the  candidate's  school,  showing  evidence 
of  academic  work  completed  and  official  graduation. 

The  Oglethorpe  application  contains  a  reference  form  and  a  list  of  other 
materials  which  must  be  submitted  by  the  applicant.  No  application  will  be 
considered  and  acted  upon  until  the  items  indicated  have  been  received. 

Applications  will  be  considered  as  they  become  reviewable,  and  the 
applicant  will  be  notified  of  the  decision  as  soon  as  action  has  been  taken. 


Transfer  Students 


Students  who  wish  to  transfer  to  Oglethorpe  from  other  regionally 
accredited  colleges  are  welcome,  provided  they  are  in  good  standing  at  the 
last  institution  attended.  They  are  expected  to  follow  regular  admissions 
procedures  and  will  be  notified  of  the  decision  of  the  Admissions  Committee 
in  the  regular  way. 

The  same  information  is  required  of  the  transfer  student  as  for  the 
entering  freshman,  with  the  following  exception: 

High  school  records,  test  scores,  and  reference  forms  are  not  required 
of  students  having  more  than  one  full  year  of  transferable  credit. 

Transfer  students  must  submit  transcripts  of  all  current  and  previous 
college  work.  A  separate  official  transcript  from  each  college  attended  must 
be  received  before  any  action  will  be  taken  on  the  application. 

17 


Oglethorpe  University  will  accept  as  transfer  credit  courses  comparable 
to  University  courses  which  are  applicable  to  a  degree  program  offered  at 
Oglethorpe.  Since  a  two-year  residence  requirement  is  in  effect,  students 
normally  may  transfer  no  more  than  two  years  of  academic  work  from  another 
institution.  In  very  unusual  circumstances  and  by  joint  decision  of  the  Dean 
of  the  Faculty  the  chairman  of  the  division  in  which  the  student  will  major, 
and  the  student's  adviser,  the  residency  requirement  may  be  reduced. 
Acceptable  work  must  be  shown  on  an  official  transcript  and  must  be 
completed  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better. 

Transfer  students  on  probation  or  exclusion  from  another  institution  will 
not  be  accepted,  with  the  following  exception: 

Students  who  have  not  been  enrolled  in  any  institution  for  five  years  will  be 
considered  for  admission  by  the  Admissions  Committee. 

Transfer  students  having  a  GPA  of  less  than  2.3  (on  a  4.0  scale)  will 
automatically  be  reviewed  by  the  Admissions  Committee. 

Oglethorpe  does  not  accept  a  "D"  grade  as  transfer  credit,  unless  a 
student  has  graduated  from  an  accredited  junior  college,  or  a  "D"  grade  is 
followed  by  a  "C"  grade  or  better  in  a  normal  sequence  course  (e.g.,  General 
Biology  1  and  II). 

Transfer  students  who  have  earned  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  at  a 
regionally  accredited  junior  college  will  be  awarded  two  years  of  credit.  The 
remaining  two  years  of  academic  credit  will  be  determined  by  the  Dean  of 
the  Faculty  in  consultation  with  the  Registrar,  the  appropriate  division 
chairman,  and  the  student.  Junior  college  graduates  with  strong  academic 
records  are  encouraged  to  apply  for  admission. 

All  financial  aid  awards  and  scholarships  are  open  to  transfer  students 
as  well  as  freshmen. 

Oglethorpe  University  will  accept  as  many  as  30  hours  of  United  States 
Armed  Forces  Institute  (USAFI)  credit.  Students  with  at  least  six  months  active 
military  experience  may  be  granted  three  hours  credit  for  that  experience. 
Students  who  serve  for  two  years  or  more  may  receive  six  hours  credit. 

International  Students 

Admission  to  Oglethorpe  is  open  to  qualified  students  from  all  countries. 
Students  who  are  able  to  provide  evidence  of  suitable  academic  background, 
adequate  financial  resources,  and  seriousness  of  purpose  are  eligible  to  apply. 

All  students  from  countries  where  English  is  not  the  native  language 
must  meet  one  of  the  following  requirements  to  be  considered  for  admission: 

1.  Complete  level  109  from  an  ELS,  Inc.  language  center. 

2.  Score  a  minimum  of  500  on  the  TOEFL  (Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign 
Language). 

3.  Score  400  or  more  on  the  verbal  section  of  the  International 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test. 

4.  Have  a  combined  2.30  GPA  with  no  grade  below  a  "C"  in  two  English 
composition  courses  from  an  AACRAO  (American  Association  of 
Collegiate  Registrars  and  Admissions  Officers)  accredited  college  or 
university. 

International  students  must  take  an  English  composition  placement  test 
prior  to  beginning  the  first  semester  of  classes.  They  will  be  placed  in  an 
appropriate  English  composition  course.  The  normal  sequence  of  composition 


courses  for  students  from  non-English-speaking  countries  is:  English  as  a 
Second  Language  I  &  II  followed  by  English  Composition  1  &  II. 

An  international  student's  secondary  school  credentials  are  subject  to 
the  acceptance  criteria  stated  for  his  or  her  country  in  the  AACRAO  world 
education  series,  governed  by  the  National  Council  on  the  Evaluation  of 
Foreign  Educational  Credentials,  1717  Massachusetts  Avenue,  N.W., 
Washington,  DC  20036. 

All  students  from  nations  where  English  is  the  native  language  must  have 
one  of  the  following  to  be  considered  for  admission: 

1 .  A  combined  SAT  score  of  900,  with  at  least  400  on  the  verbal  section. 

2.  An  ACT  score  of  at  least  21. 

3.  Above  average  scores  on  the  'A"  level  examinations  in  British  system 
schools  or  their  equivalent  in  Northern  Ireland  or  Scotland. 

Joint  Enrollment  Students 

Students  who  have  attained  junior  or  higher  standing  in  their  secondary 
schools  may  apply  for  enrollment  in  suitable  courses  offered  at  the  University. 

Admission  to  the  joint  enrollment  program  will  depend  upon  a  joint 
assessment  by  appropriate  personnel  of  the  student's  secondary  school  and 
by  Oglethorpe  admissions  personnel. 

In  general,  the  candidate  must  have  the  social  maturity  to  benefit  from 
a  collegiate  experience  and  possess  a  B  or  higher  grade  point  average  along 
with  a  combined  score  of  1050  or  higher  on  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  or 
its  equivalent.  A  student  seeking  admission  should  write  or  call  the  Joint 
Enrollment  Counselor  in  the  Registrar's  Office  of  Oglethorpe  to  receive  an 
application.  No  more  than  four  courses  may  be  taken  as  a  joint  enrollment 
student. 

Early  Admission  (Early  Entrance) 

A  gifted  student  of  unusual  maturity  whose  high  school  record  shows 
excellent  academic  performance  through  the  junior  year  in  a  college 
preparatory  program,  and  whose  score  on  a  standardized  aptitude  test  are 
high,  may  submit  his  application  for  admission  to  the  University  for  enrollment 
after  the  junior  year  in  high  school.  The  candidate  should  have  the  support 
of  his  or  her  parents  in  writing  submitted  with  the  application.  A  strong 
recommendation  from  the  high  school  is  expected,  and  the  candidate  must 
come  to  campus  for  a  personal  interview  with  a  senior  admissions  officer. 

Special  and  Transient  Students 

In  addition  to  regular  students,  a  limited  number  of  special  and  transient 
students  will  be  accepted. 

Special  students  are  defined  as  students  not  working  toward  a  degree 
at  Oglethorpe.  They  are  limited  to  a  maximum  of  five  courses  (15  semester 
hours).  Special  students  must  meet  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Five  years  since  high  school  attendance. 

2.  High  school  graduate  or  successful  passage  of  General  Education 
Development  test. 


If  a  special  student  completes  1 5  semester  hours  at  Oglethorpe  and 
desires  to  continue,  he  will  automatically  be  required  to  apply  for  change  of 
status  to  a  degree-seeking  student  and  be  subject  to  the  same  requirements 
as  the  degree-seeking  student.  Exception: 

Students  already  holding  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited 
institution  will  not  be  required  to  change  to  degree-seeking  status 
unless  they  desire  to  work  toward  another  degree  at  Oglethorpe. 

Students  changing  from  special  to  regular  status  are  subject  to  review 
by  the  Admissions  Committee. 

Transient  students  may  take  any  course  offered  by  the  University 
provided  that  they  secure  permission  from  their  current  institution  certifying 
that  the  institution  will  accept  for  transfer  credit  the  academic  work  done  by 
the  student  at  Oglethorpe.  This  permission  is  the  responsibility  of  the  transient 
student. 

A  letter  of  good  standing  or  a  current  transcript  must  be  sent  to  the 
admissions  office  before  a  transient  student  can  be  accepted. 

Non-Traditional  Students 

Admission  to  Oglethorpe  is  not  restricted  to  recent  high  school  graduates 
and  transfer  students.  The  University  attempts  to  fulfill  its  responsibility  to 
the  entire  community  by  offering  admission  to  non-traditional  students. 
Students  with  a  high  school  diploma,  or  its  equivalent,  who  have  not  been 
enrolled  in  a  college  or  university  during  the  preceding  five  years  are  exempt 
from  the  regular  entrance  examination  requirements,  as  detailed  under  Special 
and  Transient  Students  above.  Persons  who  have  never  completed  their 
undergraduate  degrees  and  wish  to  resume  their  study  after  an  extended 
absence  are  encouraged  to  apply. 

Admission  is  offered  in  the  fall,  spring,  and  summer  terms.  Interviews 
are  required  to  determine  the  special  needs  of  these  students. 

A  study  skills  workshop  is  offered  as  needed  to  adults  who  desire  to 
re-enter  the  academic  environment.  It  includes  the  following  topics:  motivation 
for  study,  concentration  and  memory,  time  management,  reading  improve- 
ment, note  taking,  and  test  taking. 

The  University  is  able  to  offer  admission  to  non-traditional  students  by 
recognizing  their  strengths  in  enthusiasm,  motivation,  and  maturity. 

Post  Nursing  Admissions  Program 

Students  who  hold  the  R.N.  degree  from  an  appropriately  accredited 
institution  are  awarded  credit  for  their  arts  and  sciences  courses.  To  earn  a 
Bachelor's  degree,  the  student  must  complete  the  core  curriculum,  a  major, 
and  other  applicable  requirements. 


Credit  by  Examination 


There  are  two  testing  programs  through  which  students  may  earn  credit 
or  exemption  for  required  or  elective  courses.  These  two  programs  are 
described  below.  Any  student  who  has  questions  about  these  examinations 


20 


should  consult  the  Registrar.  Up  to  60  semester  hours  of  credit  will  be  accepted 
through  these  programs. 

College  Level  Examination  Program  —  CLEP 

Within  the  CLEP  testing  program  are  two  categories.  The  General 
Examinations  cover  the  areas  of  English  Composition,  Humanities, 
Mathematics,  Natural  Science,  and  Social  Science  and  History.  Oglethorpe 
University  does  not  award  credit  for  the  General  Examinations  in  English 
Composition  or  Natural  Science.  Minimum  acceptable  scores  are  500  for  each 
general  area  and  50  in  each  sub-total  category.  The  Subject  Examinations  are 
designed  to  measure  knowledge  in  a  particular  course.  A  minimum  acceptable 
score  of  50  on  a  Subject  Examination  is  required  for  credit.  The  Registrar's 
Office  should  be  contacted  concerning  which  Subject  Examinations  may  lead 
to  credit  at  Oglethorpe. 

CLEP  examinations  normally  are  taken  before  the  student  matriculates 
at  Oglethorpe.  Credit  will  not  be  awarded  for  an  examination  taken  after  the 
student  completes  his  or  her  first  semester  at  Oglethorpe  University.  A 
maximum  of  30  semester  hours  may  be  earned  with  acceptable  CLEP  scores. 

All  students  are  required  to  take  placement  examinations  in  English 
composition,  mathematics,  and  foreign  languages  (if  they  plan  to  take  a  course 
in  a  given  language)  and  are  placed  accordingly. 

Advanced  Placement  Program 

The  University  encourages  students  who  have  completed  Advanced 
Placement  examinations  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  to  submit 
their  scores  prior  to  enrollment  for  evaluation  for  college  credit.  The  general 
policy  of  Oglethorpe  toward  such  scores  is  the  following:  Academic  credit 
will  be  given  in  the  appropriate  area  to  students  presenting  advanced  place- 
ment grades  of  3,  4,  or  5;  neither  credit  nor  exemption  will  be  given  for  a 
grade  of  2;  maximum  credit  to  be  allowed  to  any  student  for  advanced  place- 
ment tests  will  be  30  semester  hours.  Specific  policies  are  indicated  in  the 
chart  below. 

All  students  are  required  to  take  placement  examinations  in  English 
composition,  mathematics,  and  foreign  languages  (if  they  plan  to  take  a  course 
in  a  given  language)  and  are  placed  accordingly. 


ADVANCED  PLACEMENT  CREDIT  CHART 

(Accepted  Examination  Grades:  3,  4,  5) 


Semester 

Hours 
Awarded     Course  Equivalents 


Special  Conditions 


Art 

Studio 

3 

1  182    Drawing 

History 

3 

CI  81     Art  Appreciation 

Biology 

AP  Exam 

8 

1312    General  Biology  11 

Biology  or  premedical  students 

Grade  4  or  5 

C3  52    Biological  Science 

must  complete  1311  General 

(remaining  hour  general  credit  in 

Biology  1.  A  grade  of  "A"  in  1311 

biology) 

General  Biology  1  and  evaluation 
by  the  Biology  faculty  are 
required  to  exempt  1312  General 
Biology  II. 

AP  Exam 

3 

C352    Biological  Science 

Grade  3 

Chemistry 

8 

1321.  L321.   1322.  L322 

General  Chemistry  1  &  11  with  labs 

Computer  Science 

AP  Exam 

6 

2541  &  2542 

Grade  4  or  5 

Introduction  and  Principles  of 
Computer  Science 

AP  Exam 

3 

2  541     Introduction  to 

Grade  3 

Computer  Science 

Economics 

3 

C521    Introduction  to  Economics 

English 

Language  &  Composition  Exam 
Grade  4  or  5  3        CI 22    Composition  11 

Language  &  Composition  Exam 
Grade  3 


Literature  &  Composition  Exam 
Grade  4  or  5  3         Elective  Credit 


Literature  &  Composition  Exam 
Grade  3 


Essay  will  be  evaluated  by  English 
faculty,  if  submitted  by  student. 


Essay  will  be  evaluated  by  English 
faculty,  if  submitted  by  student. 


French 

Language 
Literature 

8 
6 

1173.   1174  French  1  &  11 
General  credit  in  French 

German 

Language 

8 

1175.  1176  German  1  &  11 

Government 

3 

C2  22    Introduction  to  Political  Studies 

History 

American 

European 

6 

3 

2216.  2217 

American  History  I  &  11 

C2  12    Western  Civilization  II 

Latin 

8 

General  credit  in  Latin 

Mathematics 

Calculus  AB 
Calculus  BC 

3 
6 

1333    Calculus  1 

1333.   1334  Calculus  1  &  II 

Music 

Theory 
Appreciation 

3 
3 

2131     Music  Theory  1 
CI  31     Music  Appreciation 

Physics 

Physics  B 
Physics  C 

8 

10 

1341,  1342    General  Physics  1  &  II 
2  341.  2342    College  Physics  1  &  11 

Spanish 

Language 
Literature 

8 

6 

1171,   1172  Spanish  1  &  11 
General  credit  in  Spanish 

22 


Application  Procedure 


All  correspondence  concerning  admission  should  be  addressed  to  the 
Office  of  Admissions,  Oglethorpe  University,  Atlanta,  Georgia  30319.  After 
receiving  the  application  form,  the  applicant  should  complete  and  return  it 
with  an  application  fee  of  $20. 

Entering  freshmen  must  also  submit  the  following:  letter  of  reference 
from  a  high  school  counselor  or  teacher;  official  transcript  of  high  school  work; 
and  SAT  or  ACT  scores.  Transfer  students  must  submit  the  completed 
application  form  with  the  $20  application  fee,  plus  the  following:  letter  of  good 
standing  from  the  dean  of  the  college  or  registrar  previously  attended;  official 
transcript  of  each  college  attended;  a  high  school  transcript  and  test  scores 
if  less  than  one  full  year  of  college  work  has  been  completed. 

When  a  student  has  completed  the  application  process,  the  Director  of 
Admissions  and  the  Admissions  Committee  will  review  the  application.  Within 
two  weeks,  the  applicant  will  be  notified  of  the  committee's  decision.  If 
accepted,  the  student  will  be  required  to  submit  an  enrollment  deposit  to 
reserve  accommodations  for  the  appropriate  term.  Dormitory  students  submit 
a  deposit  of  $200;  commuters  $100.  While  the  deposit  is  not  refundable,  it 
is  applicable  toward  tuition  fees. 


Campus  Visit 


While  not  a  requirement  of  the  admissions  process,  the  candidate  is 
urged  to  visit  the  campus  and  explore  the  academic  and  leadership  opportu- 
nities that  encompass  the  Oglethorpe  tradition  of  a  collegiate  education. 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  the  Office  of 
Admissions  (404)  261-1441  or  (404)  233-6864. 


23 


Oglethorpe 
ilniversity 


Financial 

Assistance 

K^°  .%. 

♦                                       V 

Programs 

Oglethorpe  University  offers  a  variety  of  strategies  and  resources  to  lower 
the  cost  of  an  Oglethorpe  education.  All  families  are  urged  to  complete  a 
Family  Financial  Statement  or  Financial  Aid  Form  regardless  of  their  income 
level.  Our  financial  aid  professionals  will  then  have  the  information  necessary 
to  discuss  all  options  available  to  parents  and  students.  The  Family  Financial 
Statement  (FFS)  or  Financial  Aid  Form  (FAF)  are  the  common  forms  by  which 
students  may  apply  for  all  campus-based  programs,  (Perkins  Loans  |NDSL|. 
Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants,  College  Work-Study)  and  at 
the  same  time,  apply  for  the  Pell  Grant,  the  Stafford  Loan  as  well  as  the  Georgia 
Incentive  Grant,  if  a  resident  of  Georgia.  After  filing  the  FFS  or  FAF,  the  student 
will  receive  an  acknowledgement  from  American  College  Testing  Service  or 
College  Scholarship  Service,  and  the  Student  Aid  Report  for  the  Pell  Grant 
Program.  When  the  Student  Aid  Report  is  received,  it  should  be  forwarded 
to  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

A  financial  aid  package  may  include  assistance  from  any  one  or  more 
of  the  following  sources: 

James  Edward  Oglethorpe  Scholarships  provide  tuition,  room,  and 
board  for  four  years  of  undergraduate  study,  if  scholarship  criteria  continue 
to  be  met.  Recipients  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  an  academic  competition 
held  on  campus  in  the  spring  of  each  year.  Students  must  be  nominated  by 
their  secondary  schools,  must  have  a  combined  SAT  score  of  at  least  1200 
(ACT  28),  a  3.6  or  higher  cumulative  academic  grade  point  average,  and  a 
superior  record  of  leadership  in  extracurricular  activities  either  in  school  or 
in  the  community.  Applications  must  be  received  by  mid  December. 

Oglethorpe  Scholars  Awards  (OSA)  Scholarships  based  on  achievement 
are  available  to  students  with  superior  academic  ability  and  special  talents 
in  important  fields  of  extracurricular  activity.  The  program  will  include  such 
activities  as  dramatics,  publications,  both  journalistic  and  literary;  elective 
office,  including  student  government;  choral  performance,  religious  service, 
social  service,  and  athletics.  A  fundamental  aim  of  Oglethorpe  University  is 
to  prepare  students  for  leadership  roles  in  society.  One  way  of  promoting  this 
purpose  is  to  give  special  recognition  to  students  who  demonstrate  leadership 
capabilities  as  undergraduates.  Scholarships  range  upwards  from  $500. 
Scholarships  in  excess  of  one  half  of  annual  tuition  require  the  nomination 
by  a  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  faculty  or  staff.  These  nominations  for  superior 
students  with  good  character  and  leadership  capability  must  attest  to 
significant  contributions  to  one  of  the  fields  of  extra  curricular  activity. 

Recipients  of  funds  from  this  program  are  expected  to  maintain  specified 
levels  of  academic  achievement  and  to  continue  to  make  siginficant 
contributions  to  their  respective  activities.  Each  award  is  for  one  year  but  can 
be  renewed  on  the  basis  of  an  annual  evaluation  of  academic  and  other 
performance  factors  by  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid. 

Oglethorpe  on-campus  employment  will  be  provided  to  students  who 
demonstrate  exceptional  work  experience  and  skills.  The  number  of  positions 
may  vary  each  year.  Students  should  complete  the  College  Employment 
Application  in  addition  to  the  FFS/FAF. 

College  Work-Study  Program  (CWSP)  permits  a  student  to  earn  part 
of  his/her  educational  expenses.  The  earnings  from  this  program  and  other 

25 


financial  aid  cannot  exceed  the  student's  financial  need.  Students  eligible  for 
this  program  work  part-time  on  the  Oglethorpe  campus. 

Georgia  Tuition  Equalization  Grant  (GTEG)  is  available  for  Georgia 
residents  who  attend  full-time  and  seek  their  degree  at  Oglethorpe  The  program 
was  established  by  an  Act  of  the  1971  Georgia  General  Assembly.  The  Georgia 
Higher  Education  Assistance  Authority  defines  the  program  in  this  way:  "The 
purpose  of  the  Act  is  to  provide  tuition  assistance  to  Georgia  resident  students 
who  are  desirous  of  pursuing  their  higher  education  goals  in  a  private  Georgia 
college  or  university  but  find  the  financial  cost  prohibitive  due  primarily  to  high 
tuition  of  these  educational  institutions  in  comparison  to  public  schools  which 
are  branches  of  the  University  System  of  Georgia."  All  students  must  complete 
a  yearly  application  and  verify  their  eligibility  for  the  grant.  In  the  1987-88  school 
year,  this  grant  was  $875  per  academic  year.  Financial  need  is  not  a  factor  in 
determining  eligibility.  A  separate  application  is  required. 

Georgia  Incentive  Grant  (GIG),  as  defined  by  the  Georgia  Student  Finance 
Authority,  is  a  "program  created  by  an  act  of  the  1974  Georgia  General  Assembly 
in  order  to  establish  a  program  of  need-based  scholarships  for  qualified  Georgia 
residents  to  enable  them  to  attend  eligible  post-secondary  institutions  of  their 
choice  within  the  state."  The  scholarship  awards  are  designed  to  provide  only 
a  portion  of  the  student's  resources  in  financing  the  total  cost  of  post-secondary 
education.  Application  requires  the  student  to  complete  the  FFS  or  FAF  and 
to  send  the  information  to  Oglethorpe  and  the  Georgia  Student  Finance 
Authority. 

Pell  Grant  is  a  federal  aid  program  intended  to  be  the  floor  in  financial 
assistance.  Eligibility  is  based  upon  a  family's  financial  resources  and  a  rationing 
formula  published  by  the  government.  Applications  for  this  program  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  or  from  a  high  school  guidance  office. 
This  aid  is  administered  in  the  form  of  non-repayable  grants. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  (SEOG)  do  not  require 
repayment.  The  size  of  the  grant  depends  on  the  need  of  the  individual  recipient. 

Perkins  Loans  (NDSL),  are  long-term,  low-cost  educational  loans  to 
students  who  have  demonstrated  need  for  such  assistance.  No  interest  is 
charged  and  repayment  is  deferred  while  the  borrower  continues  as  a  half- 
time  student.  Interest  is  charged  at  a  five  per  cent  annual  rate  beginning  six 
to  nine  months  after  the  borrower's  education  ends.  These  loans  are  available 
to  students  who  show  a  demonstrated  financial  need  by  applying  with  either 
the  FFS  or  FAF.  Students  who  elect  to  serve  in  the  Peace  Corps,  a  volunteer 
under  Title  1  -  Part  A  of  the  Domestic  Volunteer  Service  Act,  a  full-time  volunteer 
in  a  similar  tax-exempt  organization  or  in  the  Armed  Forces  of  the  United  States 
may  be  exempt  from  interest  charges  and  repayment  for  three  years.  Cancella- 
tion benefits  may  be  received  by  teaching  in  "low  income"  areas  that  are 
designated  by  the  Secretary  of  Education,  for  teaching  handicapped  children, 
and  for  teaching  in  Head  Start  Programs. 

Stafford  Loans  are  long-term  loans  available  through  banks,  credit 
unions,  and  other  lending  institutions.  Students  must  submit  the  FFS  or  FAF 
as  well  as  a  separate  loan  application. 

Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate/Graduate  Students  and  Supplemental 
Loans  for  Students  are  relatively  long-  term  loans  available  through  banks, 
credit  unions,  and  other  lending  institutions.  Parents  desiring  to  seek  a  loan 
from  this  program  should  consult  with  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  for  additional 
information. 
26 


TV  Cobb  Educational  Foundation  Scholarship  Program.  Students  who 
are  residents  of  Georgia  and  who  have  completed  at  least  one  year  of  "B" 
quality  or  higher  work  in  an  accredited  college  are  eligible  to  apply  for  TV 
Cobb  Scholarships.  Applications  from  undergraduate  students  who  are  married 
will  not  be  considered.  The  Faculty  Scholarship  Committee  makes 
recommendations  for  these  scholarships  each  year. 

Dual-degree  students  in  art  and  engineering  may  not  use  Oglethorpe 
assistance  to  attend  other  institutions. 

Additional  information  may  be  secured  from  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Eligibility  for  Federal  Student  Aid 

Applicants  for  a  Pell  Grant,  Perkins  Loan,  Supplemental  Educational 
Opportunity  Grant,  College  Work-Study,  Stafford  Loan,  Parent  Loan,  or 
Supplemental  Loan  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

1.  Student  must  be  a  U.S.  citizen,  national  or  permanent  resident. 

2.  Be  enrolled  on  at  least  half-time  basis  (6  hours)  in  a  regular  degree 
program. 

3.  Student  must  maintain  "satisfactory  progress"  in  the  course  of  study. 
Satisfactory  progress  means  that  a  student  must  earn  24  semester  hours  each 
12  months  in  order  to  continue  receiving  financial  aid.  Part-time  students  must 
complete  a  percentage  of  24  hours  each  year.  For  example,  half-time  students 
must  complete  12  hours. 

Students  who  have  not  made  satisfactory  progress  may  re-establish  their 
eligibility  by  earning  the  required  24  hours  and  obtaining  the  cumulative  grade- 
point  average  required.  All  applicants  who  re-establish  their  eligibility  must 
have  an  appointment  with  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid  prior  to  receiving 
financial  aid  again. 

In  addition,  students  must  remain  in  good  standing.  The  following 
standards  are  used  to  determine  good  standing: 

Number  of  Hours  Completed      Grade-Point  Average      Years  to  Complete 
0-24  1.50  1 

25-35  1.50  2 

36-48  1.75  2 

49-59  1.75  3 

60-72  2.00  3 

73-96  2.00  4 

97-120  2.00  5 

If,  at  the  end  of  the  spring  semester,  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid 
determines  that  a  student  has  not  met  the  fore-going  standards,  the  student 
will  be  placed  on  Financial  Aid  Probation  for  the  fall  term  and  encouraged 
to  enroll  in  summer  session  courses  at  Oglethorpe  to  make  up  any  deficiency 
and  maintain  eligibility.  If  at  the  end  of  the  summer  session  the  student's 
cumulative  grade-point  average  is  in  compliance  with  the  relevant  standard, 
the  student  will  not  be  placed  on  probation  during  the  fall.  The  requirement 
to  attend  the  summer  session  may  be  waived  or  financial  assistance  continued 
in  spite  of  non-compliance  with  eligibility  standards,  if  a  student's  appeal  to 
the  Scholarship  Committee  is  accepted. 

4.  Students  may  not  be  in  default  on  a  student  loan  or  obligated  to  pay 
a  refund  on  a  previous  federal  program. 


27 


5.  Establish  financial  need  by  filing  a  Family  Financial  Statement  or 
Financial  Aid  Form. 

6.  Be  an  undergraduate  student  who  has  not  previously  received  a 
Bachelor's  degree.  Graduate  students  may  apply  for  financial  aid  from  the 
Perkins  Loan,  College  Work-Study  Stafford  Loan  or  Supplemental  Loans  for 
Students  Programs. 

7.  Applicants  may  not  be  a  member  of  a  religious  community  society 
or  order  who  by  direction  of  his/her  community  society  or  order  is  pursuing 
a  course  of  study  at  Oglethorpe,  and  who  receives  support  and  maintenance 
from  his  community,  society  or  order. 


Payment  of  Awards 


All  awards,  except  college  work-study  earnings,  Stafford  Loans  and 
Supplemental  Loans  for  Students,  are  disbursed  to  students  by  means  of  a 
direct  credit  to  their  account.  Each  semester  transfer  is  dependent  upon  final 
approval  of  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid.  Each  student  must  acknowledge 
receipt  of  the  awards  prior  to  their  being  credited  to  a  student's  account.  Only 
when  a  student's  file  is  complete  can  aid  be  transferred  to  the  account. 


Application  Procedure 


Students  applying  for  the  Georgia  Tuition  Equalization  Grant  submit  a 
separate  application  which  may  be  obtained  from  a  high  school  counselor 
or  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid.  The  application  procedure  for  all  other  assistance 
programs  may  be  determined  by  contacting  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

The  application  procedure  for  the  Pell  Grant,  Supplemental  Educational 
Opportunity  Grant,  Perkins  Loan,  Stafford  Loan,  and  College  Work-Study 
Program  is  as  follows: 

1.  Apply  and  be  admitted  as  a  regular  student. 

2.  File  a  Family  Financial  Statement  (FFS)  or  (FAF)  no  later  than  May  1, 
indicating  that  Oglethorpe  University  should  receive  a  copy. 

3.  Upon  receipt  of  the  Student  Aid  Report  for  the  Pell  Grant  Program, 
send  it  to  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

4.  Upon  receipt  of  an  official  award  letter,  students  must  notify  the  Office 
of  Financial  Aid  of  their  plans  for  enrollment  and  reserve  accommodations 
by  submitting  their  advance  deposit. 


Renewal  of  Awards 


Renewal  applications  for  all  programs  are  available  from  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid.  Students  must  meet  the  eligibility  requirements  indicated  above 
and  file  the  appropriate  applications  for  each  program.  Deadline  for  receipt 
of  a  completed  financial  aid  file  is  May  1.  Applicants  whose  files  become 
complete  after  this  time  will  be  considered  based  upon  availability  of  funds. 

Applicants  for  renewal  of  Georgia  Tuition  Equalization  Grants  must  be 
filed  no  later  than  the  last  day  to  register  for  each  semester  (end  of  drop/add). 

For  renewal  of  the  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award,  at  the  end  of  the  fall 
semester,  freshmen  must  have  at  least  a  2.5  cumulative  grade-point  average; 


28 


sophomores,  a  2.75  average;  and  juniors  and  seniors,  a  3.0  average.  Freshmen 
must  have  earned  at  least  14  hours  credit  in  fall  semester;  all  others,  at  least 
29  hours  for  the  past  two  semesters.  The  application  deadline  for  renewal 
of  all  scholarship  programs  is  February  1.  A  cumulative  average  of  3.2  or  higher 
is  required  for  renewal  of  a  scholarship  which  covers  tuition,  room,  and  board; 
a  3.0  or  higher  average  is  required  for  the  renewal  of  tuition  only  scholarships 
A  student  who  fails  to  meet  the  published  criteria  for  reasons  beyond 
his  control  may  request  special  permission,  through  appeal,  to  attend  summer 
school  to  meet  the  specified  criteria.  Withdrawal  to  maintain  a  grade-point 
average  is  an  insufficient  reason  for  appeal. 


Endowed  Scholarships 


Oglethorpe  offers  special  awards  in  recognition  of  outstanding 
achievement.  Students  need  not  apply  for  these  scholarships  as  all  applicants 
are  considered  for  these  awards. 

The  Ivan  Allen  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  a  grant 
from  The  Allen  Foundation,  Inc.,  of  Atlanta,  in  memory  of  Ivan  Allen,  Sr.,  who 
was  a  Trustee  of  the  University  for  many  years  and  General  Chairman  of  the 
first  major  fundraising  campaign.  The  Ivan  Allen  family  and  Foundation  are 
long-time  benefactors  of  the  University.  Ivan  Allen  Scholars  are  to  be  from 
the  Southeast  and  have  at  least  a  3.2  average  and  leadership  ability,  as  well 
as  financial  need. 

The  Mary  Bishop  Asher  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was  established 
in  1988  by  her  family.  Mrs.  Asher,  class  of  1943,  served  the  University  for  many 
years  as  a  valued  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  The  scholarship  is  awarded 
to  a  superior  student  in  science. 

The  Earl  Blackwell  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  Earl 
Blackwell,  distinguished  publisher,  playwright,  author,  and  founder  of  Celebrity 
Services,  Inc.,  headquartered  in  New  York.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to 
deserving  students  with  special  interest  in  English,  journalism  or  the  performing 
arts.  Mr.  Blackwell  is  a  1929  graduate  of  the  University. 


29 


The  Allen  A.  and  Mamie  B.  Chappell  Endowed  Scholarship  is  awarded 
annually  based  upon  academic  achievement.  This  award  is  made  possible 
through  the  generosity  of  the  late  Allen  A.  Chappell,  a  long-time  Trustee  of 
the  University. 

The  Dondi  Cobb  Endowed  Scholarship  is  in  memory  of  Dondi  Cobb 
who  was  a  student  at  Oglethorpe  during  the  1976-77  academic  year.  The  award 
is  given  to  a  student  who  has  an  interest  in  athletics  and  who  is  a  freshman 
or  sophomore  in  his  or  her  first  year  at  Oglethorpe. 

The  Miriam  H.  and  John  A.  Conant  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was 
established  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  A.  Conant.  The  Conants  are  long-time 
benefactors  of  Oglethorpe,  and  Mrs.  Conant  serves  as  a  Trustee  of  the 
University.  Scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  superior  students  with 
leadership  ability. 

Michael  Archangel  Corvasce  Memorial  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was 
established  by  his  parents,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  Corvasce  of  Hauppauge,  New 
York,  and  friends  in  memory  of  Michael  Archangel  Corvasce,  class  of  1979. 
The  scholarship  recipient  will  be  selected  annually  from  the  three  pre-medical 
students  who  have  the  highest  cumulative  grade-point  average  through  their 
junior  years  and  plan  to  attend  an  American  medical  school.  This  scholarship, 
which  perpetuates  Michael  Archangel  Corvasce's  interest  in  Oglethorpe  and 
medicine  will  take  into  consideration  the  moral  character  of  the  candidates 
as  well  as  their  academic  qualifications. 

The  Estelle  Anderson  Crouch  Endowed  Scholarship  is  the  first  of  three 
scholarships  given  by  Mr.  (ohn  W.  Crouch,  class  of  1929,  and  a  trustee  of  the 
University.  These  scholarships  are  awarded  annually  without  regard  to  financial 
need  to  students  who  have  achieved  high  academic  standards. 

The  Katherine  Shepard  Crouch  Endowed  Scholarship  is  a  scholarship 
given  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Crouch  by  Mr.  John  W.  Crouch  and  is  awarded  annually' 
based  upon  academic  achievement. 

The  Cammie  Lee  Stow  Kendrick  Crouch  Endowed  Scholarship,  the  third 
scholarship  endowed  by  Mr.  Crouch,  is  awarded  annually  based  upon 
academic  achievement,  in  honor  of  his  wife.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Crouch  were 
classmates  at  Oglethorpe  and  graduates  in  the  class  of  1929. 

The  R.  E.  Dorough  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  a 
gift  from  Mr.  Dorough's  estate.  Scholarships  from  this  fund  are  awarded  to 
able  and  deserving  students  based  on  the  criteria  outlined  in  his  will.  Mr. 
Dorough  was  a  former  Trustee  of  the  University. 

The  William  A.  Egerton  Memorial  Endowed  Scholarship  was  established 
in  1988.  Professor  Egerton  was  a  well-liked  and  highly  respected  member  of 
the  Oglethorpe  faculty  from  1956  to  1978  and  influenced  the  lives  of  many 
students.  Alumni  Franklin  L.  Burke,  '66,  Robert  B.  Currey  '66,  and  Gary  C. 
Harden,  '69,  donated  the  initial  funds  and  were  especially  helpful  in 
encouraging  other  alumni  and  friends  to  assist  in  establishing  this  endowed 
scholarship  fund  in  memory  of  Professor  Egerton.  The  scholarship  will  be 
awarded  to  a  student  with  a  strong  academic  record  and  demonstrated 
leadership  skills  who  is  majoring  in  business  administration. 

The  Ernst  &  Whinney  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by 
a  gift  from  the  accounting  firm  of  Ernst  and  Whinney  of  Cleveland,  Ohio. 
Scholarship  preference  will  be  given  to  superior  students  who  are  majoring 
in  accounting. 


30 


The   Henry   R.    "Hank"   Frieman   Endowed   Scholarship  Fund  was 

established  by  Mr.  Frieman,  class  of  1936.  An  outstanding  athlete  during  his 
college  days  at  Oglethorpe,  Mr.  Frieman  spent  a  career  in  coaching.  He  is 
a  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  Athletic  Hall  of  Fame.  This  scholarship  is  awarded 
annually  based  on  academic  achievement,  leadership  qualities,  demonstrated 
need,  and  a  special  interest  in  sports. 

The  Charles  A.  Frueauff  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was  established 
by  grants  from  the  Charles  A.  Frueauff  Foundation  of  New  York.  Scholarship 
preference  will  be  given  to  able  and  deserving  students  from  middle-income 
families  who  do  not  qualify  for  governmental  assistance.  The  criteria  for 
selection  also  include  academic  ability  and  leadership  potential. 

The  Lu  Thomasson  Garrett  Annual  and  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
was  established  in  honor  of  Lu  Thomasson  Garrett,  class  of  1952,  and  a  Trustee 
Emerita  of  the  University.  Preference  will  be  given  to  students  who  meet  the 
criteria  for  an  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award  and  are  majoring  in  business 
administration  or  pursuing  prelaw  studies. 

The  Georgia  Power  Company  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was 
established  by  a  grant  from  the  Georgia  Power  Company.  The  Fund  provides 
scholarship  support  for  able  and  deserving  students  from  Georgia.  Georgia 
Power  Scholars  are  to  have  at  least  a  3.2  average  and  leadership  ability,  as 
well  as  financial  need. 

The  Lenora  and  Alfred  Glancy  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was 
established  by  a  grant  from  the  Lenora  and  Alfred  Glancy  Foundation  of 
Atlanta.  Scholarship  preference  will  be  given  to  able  and  deserving  students 
from  the  Southeast.  The  criteria  for  selection  include  academic  ability, 
leadership  potential,  and  financial  need. 

The  Bert  L.  and  Emory  B.  Hammack  Memorial  Scholarship  is  one  of 
two  scholarships  established  by  gifts  from  their  brother,  Mr.  Francis  R. 
Hammack,  class  of  1927.  This  scholarship,  established  in  1984,  is  awarded 
annually  to  a  senior  class  student,  majoring  in  science  or  mathematics,  who 
is  a  native  of  Georgia  and  had  the  highest  academic  grade-point  average  of 
all  such  students  who  attended  Oglethorpe  University  their  previous 
undergraduate  years. 

The  Leslie  U.  and  Ola  Ryle  Hammack  Memorial  Scholarship  was 
established  in  1985  in  memory  of  his  parents  by  Mr.  Francis  R.  Hammack, 
class  of  192  7.  It  is  awarded  annually  to  a  junior  class  student,  working  toward 
the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree,  who  is  a  native  of  Georgia, 
and  who  had  the  highest  academic  grade-point  average  of  all  such  students 
who  attended  Oglethorpe  University  their  previous  undergraduate  years. 

The  William  Randolph  Hearst  Endowed  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually 
to  a  deserving  student  who  has  attained  exceptional  academic  achievement. 
The  William  Randolph  Hearst  Foundation,  New  York,  established  the 
endowment  to  provide  this  scholarship  in  honor  of  Mr.  Hearst,  one  of  the 
benefactors  of  Oglethorpe  University. 

The  Anna  Rebecca  Harwell  Hill  and  Frances  Grace  Harwell  Endowed 
Scholarship  is  a  scholarship  endowed  by  the  late  Mrs.  Hill,  an  Oglethorpe 
graduate  with  the  class  of  1930,  and  is  awarded  annually  to  a  student  who 
has  met  the  requirements  of  the  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award. 

The  George  A.  Holloway,  Sr.,  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was  estab- 
lished by  a  bequest  from  the  estate  of  the  late  Dr.  George  A.  Holloway,  Sr., 
a  physician  and  a  graduate  of  the  class  of  1928.  The  Scholarship  is  awarded 

31 


each  year  to  an  outstanding  and  deserving  student  who  is  preparing  to  enter 
the  field  of  medicine. 

The  Ira  Jarrell  Endowed  Scholarship  was  established  in  May,  1975,  to 
honor  the  late  Dr.  Jarrell,  former  Superintendent  of  Atlanta  Schools  and  an 
Oglethorpe  graduate.  It  is  awarded  annually  in  the  fall  to  a  new  student  who 
is  a  graduate  of  an  Atlanta  public  high  school  and  who  is  studying  in  the  field 
of  teacher  education.  Should  there  be  no  eligible  applicant,  the  award  may 
be  made  to  an  Atlanta  high  school  graduate  in  any  field,  or  the  University 
may  award  the  scholarship  to  any  worthy  high  school  graduate  requiring 
assistance  while  working  in  the  field  of  teacher  education. 

The  Elliece  Johnson  Endowed  Memorial  Scholarship,  endowed  by  the 
late  Mrs.  Earl  Crafts  in  memory  of  her  sister,  is  awarded  to  a  woman  student 
who  best  exemplifies  the  highest  ideals  of  a  teacher.  The  award  is  made  to 
a  student  majoring  in  education  and  the  humanities  and  is  based  on  financial 
need,  academic  standing,  and  dedication  of  purpose. 

The  Ray  M.  and  Mary  Elizabeth  Lee  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  has 
been  established  by  the  Ray  M.  and  Mary  Elizabeth  Lee  Foundation  of  Atlanta. 
Scholarship  assistance  will  be  provided  for  able  and  deserving  students  from 
the  Southeast  who  have  at  least  a  3.2  average  and  leadership  ability,  as  well 
as  financial  need.  The  Fund  was  established  to  perpetuate  the  interest  in  higher 
education  of  the  late  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lee. 

The  Lowry  Memorial  Scholarship  is  an  endowed  scholarship  awarded 
annually  to  full-time  students  who  have  maintained  a  3.3  cumulative  grade- 
point  average. 

The  Vera  A.  Milner  Endowed  Scholarship  was  established  by  Belle 
Turner  Cross,  class  of  1961  and  a  Trustee  of  Oglethorpe,  and  her  sisters,  Virginia 
T  Rezetko  and  Vera  T  Wells,  in  memory  of  their  aunt,  Vera  A.  Milner.  The 
scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  full-time  student  planning  to  study  at 
Oglethorpe  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  in  Early  Childhood  Education. 
Eligibility  may  begin  in  the  undergraduate  junior  year  at  Oglethorpe. 
Qualifications  include  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least  3.2  5,  a  Scholastic 
Aptitude  Test  or  Graduate  Record  Examinination  score  of  1100  and  a 
commitment  to  teaching. 

The  Virgil  W.  and  Virginia  C.  Milton  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was 
established  through  the  gifts  of  their  five  children.  Mr.  Milton  was  a  1929 
graduate  of  Oglethorpe  University  and  a  former  chairman  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees.  He  received  an  Honorary  Doctor  of  Commerce  degree  from 
Oglethorpe  in  1975.  The  annual  award  is  based  on  financial  need,  academic 
achievement,  and  leadership  ability. 

The  National  Alumni  Association  Endowed  Scholarship  was  established 
in  1971  by  the  Association's  Board  of  Directors.  The  scholarship  is  awarded 
annually  to  an  Oglethorpe  student  based  upon  financial  need,  scholarship, 
and  qualities  of  leadership. 

The  Dr.  Keiichi  Nishimura  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  for  International 
Students  was  established  by  his  family  in  memory  of  Dr.  Keiichi  Nishimura, 
a  Methodist  minister  who  served  in  the  slum  areas  of  Tokyo  for  over  50  years. 
These  scholarships,  the  first  for  international  students  at  Oglethorpe,  will  be 
awarded  to  able  and  deserving  international  students  and  are  based  on 
financial  need,  academic  achievement,  and  leadership  potential.  One  of  Dr. 
Nishimura's  sons,  Kei,  is  an  Oglethorpe  graduate,  class  of  1970;  and  another 
son.  Ken,  is  Professor  of  Philosophy  at  the  University. 

32 


The  Oglethorpe  Christian  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was  established 
by  a  grant  from  an  Atlanta  foundation  which  wishes  to  remain  anonymous. 
The  Fund  has  also  received  grants  from  the  Akers  Foundation,  Inc.,  of  Gastonia, 
North  Carolina;  the  Clark  and  Ruby  Baker  Foundation  of  Atlanta;  and  the  Mary 
and  E.  P.  Rogers  Foundation  of  Atlanta.  Recipients  must  be  legal  residents 
of  Georgia  and  have  graduated  from  Georgia  high  schools.  High  school 
applicants  must  rank  in  the  top  quarter  of  their  high  school  classes  and  have 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  scores  of  1100  or  more;  upperclassmen  must  have 
a  college  average  of  3.0.  Applicants  must  submit  a  statement  from  a  local 
minister  attesting  to  their  religious  commitment,  active  involvement  in  local 
church,  Christian  character,  and  promise  of  Christian  leadership  and  service. 
Applicants  will  be  interviewed  by  the  Oglethorpe  Christian  Scholarship 
Committee. 

The  Manning  M.  Pattillo,  Jr.,  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was  established 
in  1988  by  the  Oglethorpe  National  Alumni  Association  from  gifts  received 
from  many  alumni  and  friends.  Dr.  Pattillo  was  Oglethorpe's  thirteenth 
President,  serving  from  197  5  until  his  retirement  in  1988.  In  recognition  of 
his  exemplary  leadership  in  building  an  academically  strong  student  body  and 
a  gifted  faculty,  the  scholarship  is  awarded  to  an  academically  superior  student 
with  demonstrated  leadership  skills. 

The  E.  Rivers  and  Una  Rivers  Endowed  Fund  was  established  by  the 
late  Mrs.  Una  S.  Rivers  to  provide  scholarship  funds  for  deserving  students 
who  qualify  for  the  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award. 

The  J.  Mack  Robinson  Endowed  Scholarship  was  established  by  Atlanta 
businessman  J.  Mack  Robinson.  It  is  awarded  to  a  deserving  student  who  meets 
the  general  qualifications  of  the  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award.  Preference  is 
given  to  students  majoring  in  Business  Administration. 

The  Steve  and  Jeanne  Schmidt  Endowed  Scholarship  is  awarded 
annually  to  an  outstanding  student  based  upon  high  academic  achievement 
and  leadership  in  student  affairs.  This  endowed  award  is  made  possible  through 
the  generosity  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Schmidt.  Mr.  Schmidt,  class  of  1940,  is  Chairman 
of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  Mrs.  Schmidt  is  a  graduate  of  the  class  of  1942. 

The  Charles  L.  and  Jean  Towers  Scholarship  is  awarded  each  year  to 
a  superior  student  who  has  demonstrated  an  interest  as  well  as  talent  in  choral 
music.  The  scholarship  was  established  in  1985  in  recognition  of  many  years 
of  valuable  service  to  the  University  by  Mr.  Towers,  a  former  Chairman  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  and  Assistant  to  the  President. 

The  J.  M.  Tull  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  a  gift  from  the  J.  M. 
Tull  Foundation  in  1984.  Scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  superior 
students  with  leadership  ability,  as  well  as  financial  need. 

The  United  Technologies  Corporation  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was 
established  by  a  grant  from  United  Technologies  Corporation,  Hartsford, 
Connecticut.  The  Fund  provides  scholarship  support  for  able  and  deserving 
students  who  are  majoring  in  science  or  pursuing  a  pre-engineering  program. 
United  Technologies  Scholars  are  to  have  at  least  a  3.2  average  and  leadership 
ability,  as  well  as  financial  need. 

The  L.  W.  "Lefty"  and  Frances  E.  Willis  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
has  been  established  by  the  family  of  the  late  L.  W.  "Lefty"  Willis,  class  of 
192  5.  Preference  will  be  given  to  outstanding  students  who  are  pursuing  a 
pre-engineering  program.  In  addition  to  academic  achievement,  leadership 
ability  and  financial  need  are  also  considered  in  making  the  awards. 

33 


The  Vivian  P.  and  Murray  D.  Wood  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  was 

established  by  gifts  from  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Murray  D.  Wood  of  Atlanta  and 
Burnsville,  North  Carolina.  Mr.  Wood  is  a  Trustee  of  Oglethorpe  University  and 
former  chairman  of  the  Campaign  for  Excellence.  Scholarship  preference  will 
be  given  to  superior  students  who  are  majoring  in  accounting. 

The  David,  Helen,  and  Marian  Woodward  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
was  established  by  grants  from  the  David,  Helen,  and  Marian  Woodward  Fund 
of  Atlanta.  It  provides  assistance  to  students  who  meet  the  criteria  for  an 
Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award.  The  award  is  based  upon  superior  academic 
achievement,  leadership  potential,  and  financial  need. 


Annual  Scholarships 


The  Barbanel  Annual  Scholarships  are  provided  through  the  generosity 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sid  M.  Barbanel  (Anne  Mathias)  of  Atlanta,  members  of  the 
class  of  1960.  The  scholarship  awards  are  based  upon  financial  need  and 
satisfactory  progress  in  a  course  of  study  and  are  for  a  rising  junior  and  senior 
at  the  University.  Mr.  Barbanel  is  a  member  of  Oglethorpe's  President's 
Advisory  Council. 

The  Chevron  Freshman  Scholars  Program  is  funded  annually  by  a  gift 
from  Chevron  U.S.A.,  Inc.  This  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  freshman  who  is 
a  resident  of  Georgia,  with  interest  in  mathematics  or  the  sciences  and 
demonstrated  leadership  abilities. 

The  Courts  Annual  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  an  able  and  deserving 
student.  It  is  made  possible  by  a  grant  from  the  Courts  Foundation,  Inc. 

The  Delta  Air  Lines  Scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  students  of 
superior  academic  ability  and  impressive  leadership  qualities.  The  Delta 
Scholars  Program  is  made  possible  by  an  annual  grant  from  the  Delta  Air 
Lines  Foundation. 


34 


First  Families  of  Georgia  (1733  to  1797)  Annual  Scholarship  is  awarded 
to  a  senior  who  is  academically  a  superior  student  majoring  in  history.  First 
Families  of  Georgia  is  a  Society  whose  members  are  able  to  document  their 
descent  from  early  settlers  of  the  State  of  Georgia. 

The  Lu  Thomasson  Garrett  Annual  and  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
was  established  in  honor  of  Lu  Thomasson  Garrett,  class  of  1952,  and  a  Trustee 
Emerita  of  the  University.  Preference  will  be  given  to  students  who  meet  the 
criteria  for  an  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award  and  are  majoring  in  business 
administration  or  pursuing  prelaw  studies. 

The  Harold  Hirsch  Scholarship  for  Non-Traditional  Students  is  provided 
by  the  Harold  Hirsch  Scholarship  Fund  of  Atlanta.  The  Fund  provides  annual 
scholarship  assistance  for  degree-seeking  students  in  the  evening  program. 
Harold  Hirsch  Scholars  are  to  have  at  least  a  3.0  average  and  leadership  ability, 
as  well  as  financial  need. 

International  Programs  Advisory  Council  Annual  Scholarships  are 
provided  from  gifts  made  by  several  Atlanta  business  firms  that  have  a  special 
interest  in  international  affairs.  These  scholarships  are  awarded  to  outstanding 
international  students  or  those  majoring  in  international  studies. 

The  Ross  Lane  &  Company  Annual  Scholarship  is  provided  through 
the  generosity  of  the  partners  of  Ross  Lane  &  Company  Certified  Public 
Accountants,  Atlanta,  Georgia.  It  is  awarded  to  a  junior  or  senior  majoring 
in  accounting,  a  resident  of  Georgia,  with  an  overall  grade  point  average  of 
3.2  or  above. 

The  Noble  Foundation  Annual  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  able  and 
deserving  students  majoring  in  science  or  business  administration.  These 
scholarships  are  provided  through  the  generosity  of  The  Samuel  Roberts  Noble 
Foundation,  Ardmore,  Oklahoma.  Mr.  Edward  E.  Noble,  a  member  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  Oglethorpe  University,  is  also  a  Trustee  of  The  Noble  Foundation. 

The  North  DeKalb  Rotary  Club  "Pop"  Crow  Scholarship  Fund  provides 
an  annual  scholarship  to  a  student  who  meets  the  requirements  for  the 
Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award.  Professor  L.  "Pop"  Crow  was  a  faculty  member 
at  Oglethorpe  and  founder  of  the  North  DeKalb  Rotary  Club. 

The  Lavinia  Cloud  Pretz  Annual  Music  Scholarship  is  provided  through 
the  generosity  of  lames  and  Sharon  Bohart  to  honor  Mrs.  Pretz.  Mrs.  Pretz 
is  a  former  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  President's  Advisory  Council  and  the 
Art  Gallery  Council.  The  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  to  an  outstanding  student 
in  the  music  program. 

The  Richard  H.  Pretz  Memorial  Music  Scholarship  is  an  annual  award 
for  applied  lessons  in  music.  The  scholarship  is  provided  by  Mrs.  Richard  H. 
Pretz  of  Atlanta,  in  memory  of  her  husband. 

The  Morris  Rich  Annual  Scholarship  is  provided  by  The  Rich  Foundation, 
Inc.,  in  memory  of  the  founder  of  Rich's  Department  Stores.  The  scholarship 
is  awarded  to  a  junior  or  senior. 

A  foundation  which  wishes  to  remain  anonymous  has  made  grants 
annually  for  a  number  of  years  to  provide  annual  scholarships  to  Christian 
women  from  the  Southeastern  States  who  are  deserving  and  in  need  of 
financial  assistance. 


35 


Leadership  Scholarships 


Leadership  Scholarships  are  available  to  students  with  superior  academic 
ability  and  special  talents  in  important  fields  of  extracurricular  activity.  The 
program  will  include  such  activities  as  debating  and  public  speaking;  publi- 
cations, both  journalistic  and  literary;  elective  office,  including  student  govern- 
ment; choral  performance;  social  service;  and  athletics.  A  fundamental  aim 
of  Oglethorpe  University  is  to  prepare  students  for  leadership  roles  in  society. 
One  way  of  promoting  this  purpose  is  to  give  special  recognition  to  students 
who  demonstrate  leadership  capabilities  as  undergraduates.  Scholarships  in 
amounts  up  to  full  tuition  and  room  and  board  are  awarded  to  superior 
students  with  good  character  and  leadership  capability  who  can  contribute 
significantly  to  one  of  the  fields  of  extracurricular  activity.  The  individual 
amounts  of  these  awards  vary.  It  is  the  intent  of  this  program  to  provide  the 
difference  between  the  amount  of  other  assistance,  if  any,  and  the  annual  cost 
of  attending  Oglethorpe.  Students  must  be  nominated  by  members  of  the 
faculty  or  staff  in  order  to  be  considered  for  an  award. 

Recipients  of  funds  from  this  program  will  be  expected  to  maintain 
specified  levels  of  academic  achievement  and  to  continue  to  make  significant 
contributions  to  their  respective  activities.  Each  award  is  for  one  year,  but 
can  be  renewed  on  the  basis  of  an  annual  evaluation  of  academic  and  other 
performance  by  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid. 

Student  Emergency  Loan  Funds 

The  Olivia  Luck  King  Student  Loan  Fund  provides  short-term  loans  to 
enrolled  students.  The  fund  was  established  in  memory  of  Mrs.  King  by  her 
husband,  Mr.  C.  H.  King  of  Marietta,  Georgia.  Mrs.  King  was  a  member  of  the 
class  of  1942,  and  Mr.  King  received  his  Master's  degree  from  Oglethorpe 
in  1936. 

The  David  N.  and  Lutie  P.  Landers  Revolving  Loan  Fund  provides  short- 
term  loans  for  needy  and  deserving  students.  The  fund  was  established  by 
bequest  from  the  estates  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Landers  of  Atlanta. 

The  Steve  Najjar  Student  Loan  Fund  provides  short-term  loans  and 
financial  assistance  to  deserving  Oglethorpe  students.  The  fund  was  esablished 
in  memory  of  Mr.  Najjar,  who,  with  his  aunt  "Miss  Sadie"  Mansour,  operated 
the  Five  Paces  Inn,  a  family  business,  in  the  Buckhead  section  of  Atlanta.  The 
Five  Paces  Inn  has  been  a  popular  establishment  for  Oglethorpe  students  for 
many  years.  A  number  of  Oglethorpe  alumni,  especially  students  in  the  late 
50's  and  early  60's,  established  this  fund  in  Mr.  Najjar's  memory. 

The  Timothy  P.  Tassopoulos  Endowed  Student  Loan  Fund  was  estab- 
lished by  Mr.  S.  Truett  Cathy,  President  of  Chick-fil-A,  Inc.,  in  honor  of  Timothy 
P.  Tassopoulos,  class  of  1981.  These  short-term  loans  will  be  made  interest 
free  to  needy  students  who  are  in  good  standing  in  the  University. 

ROTC  —  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps 

Oglethorpe  University  has  made  arrangements  for  students  to  participate 
in  the  Navy  Air  Force,  and  Marine  Corps  ROTC  program  at  the  Georgia  Institute 
of  Technology  and  the  Army  ROTC  program  at  Georgia  State  University.  Twelve 
36 


hours  of  ROTC  may  be  used  as  elective  credit  towards  a  degree.  Each  ROTC 
branch  offers  scholarship  programs  of  two,  three,  and  four  years.  Additional 
information  may  be  obtained  from  the  departments  of  military  science  at  the 
institutions  hosting  these  programs. 

Army  Reserve  Officer  Training 

The  following  program  is  available  to  Oglethorpe  students  on  the  campus 
of  Georgia  State  University.  Interested  students  should  contact  the  chairperson 
of  the  Department  of  Military  Science  at  Georgia  State. 
MS  101.  Introduction  to  ROTC  One  class  period  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 

Organization  of  the  Army  and  ROTC,  career  opportunities  for  ROTC 
graduates,  the  Army  as  a  profession,  and  confidence-building  adventure 
training. 
MS  102.  Basic  Military  Skills.  One  class  period  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 

Military  land  navigation  introduction;  basic  military  rank  identification; 
small  unit  organizational  theory  and  management  techniques;  classroom 
instruction  and  field  application. 
MS  103.  Basic  Military  Traditions.  One  class  period  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 

Significance  of  military  courtesy,  discipline,  customs,  and  traditions. 
Development  of  leadership  abilities  through  practical  exercises. 
MS  201.  Military  Science.  One  class  period  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 

Introduction  to  the  basic  techniques  and  operations  of  the  military; 
topographic  map  reading;  classroom  and  field  application  of  military  science 
and  confidence  skills. 

MS  202.  Basic  Leadership  and  Tactics.  One  class  period  and  one  laboratory 
a  week. 

Development  of  skills  required  of  junior  military  leaders. 
MS  203.  Basic  Leadership  Skills.  One  class  period  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 

Functions,  duties,  and  responsibilities  of  junior  leaders;  the  use  of  maps 
and  aerial  photographs.  Classroom  and  field  application  of  military  science 
skills. 

MS  204.  Basic  Course-Summer  Program.  Three  two-hour  class  periods  a  week 
for  8  weeks  and  several  off-campus  training  exercises.  (Meets  basic 
course  requirements.  Open  to  undergraduates  and  graduates  other 
than  entering  freshmen.  Departmental  consent  required.) 

Introduction  to  ROTC  and  the  role  of  a  commissioned  officer;  basic 
military  techniques  and  operations;  topographic  map  reading;  functions,  duties, 
and  responsibilities  of  junior  leaders;  American  military  history;  confidence 
building  adventure  training. 

MS  301.  Professional  Ethics,  Training  Management,  and  Navigation 
Techniques.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 

Planning,    presenting,    and   evaluating   military   instruction;    training 
management;  land  navigation  techniques.  Introduction  to  military  ethics  and 
professionalism.  Classroom  instruction  and  practical  application. 
MS  302.  Leadership  in  Small  Unit  Operations.  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week. 

Decision-making  processes,  delegation  of  authority,  and  leadership  and 
management  functions  in  the  tactical  employment  of  small  military  units. 


37 


MS  303.  Advanced  Leadership  Development.  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week. 

Leadership  fundamentals  including  simulated  problems  in  military 
leadership;  functional  knowledge  of  basic  military  skills  and  equipment. 
Classroom  instruction  and  practical  field  application. 
MS  401.  Military  Leadership  and  Management.  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week. 

Organization,  decision  making,  managerial  functions  as  systematically 
applied  to  administration,  intelligence,  training,  and  logistics  operations. 
Systematic  integration  of  resources  through  interpersonal  relations  and 
managerial  techniques  to  accomplish  organizational  goals.  Officer 
responsibilities  for  formulation  of  tactics  and  use  of  Combined  Arms  teams 
in  combat. 
MS  403.  The  Military  Officer.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 

Human  relations  aspects  of  leadership;  role  of  the  officer  in  the  military 
and  contemporary  world;  implication  of  world  change  for  the  American  Military 
and  its  leaders.  Use  of  the  military  judicial  system. 


Navy  and  Marine  Corps 
Reserve  Officer  Training 


The  following  program  is  available  to  Oglethorpe  students  on  the  campus 
of  the  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  Interested  students  should  contact  the 
chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Naval  Science  at  the  Georgia  Institute  of 
Technology. 

General  Information 

The  naval  officer  education  program  offers  students  the  opportunity  to 
qualify  for  service  as  a  commissioned  officer  in  the  U.S.  Navy  or  U.S.  Marine 
Corps.  The  program  consists  of  a  standardized  curriculum  designed  to 
complement  and  assist  academic  pursuits  by  imparting  knowledge  of  the  naval 
environment  and  fostering  an  understanding  of  the  role  of  the  Navy  and  Marine 
Corps  in  national  security.  Upon  graduation,  the  student  is  commissioned  and 
ordered  to  active  duty  involving  flying,  nuclear  propulsion,  surface  warfare 
or  to  a  staff  specialty. 

Students  in  the  program  are  enrolled  in  one  of  the  three  categories  out- 
lined below.  An  orientation  period  for  all  new  NROTC  students  is  conducted 
during  registration  week  prior  to  the  fall  quarter. 

Scholarship  Students 

Scholarship  students  are  appointed  midshipmen,  USNR,  after  nationwide 
competition.  They  have  their  tuition,  fees  and  textbooks  paid  for  by  the  Navy 
for  a  period  not  exceeding  four  years,  are  uniformed  at  government  expense 
and  receive  retainer  pay  at  the  rate  of  $100  per  month.  Students  must  obligate 
themselves  to  complete  the  prescribed  naval  science  curriculum,  to  make  a 
cruise  of  from  six  to  eight  weeks  each  summer,  to  accept  a  commission  as 
Ensign,  USN,  or  Second  Lieutenant,  USMC,  upon  graduation,  and  to  serve 
on  active  duty  for  four  years  after  commissioning  unless  released  earlier  by 
the  Navy  Department.  At  the  end  of  this  period  their  active  duty  obligation 
to  the  Navy  or  Marine  Corps  is  fulfilled.  If  they  do  not  desire  to  remain  on 

38 


active  duty  in  the  regular  Navy  or  Marine  Corps,  they  are  ordered  to  inactive 
duty  in  the  Navy  or  Marine  Corps  Reserve. 

College  Program  Students 

College  program  students  are  enrolled  under  the  provision  of  Public  Law 
88-647.  The  college  program  can  be  entered  during  the  freshman  year  or. 
upon  qualification,  prior  to  April  1  of  the  sophomore  year.  Qualified 
sophomores  attend  eight  weeks  of  active  duty  schooling  during  the  summer 
before  their  junior  year  so  they  can  join  their  classmates  on  an  equal  footing 
in  the  junior  year  naval  science  classes.  Prior  to  starting  the  junior  year,  the 
college  program  student  is  required  to  enlist  in  the  U.S.  Naval  Reserve  for 
a  period  of  six  years.  The  student  must  agree  to  serve  on  active  duty  for  not 
less  than  three  years  after  appointment  to  commissioned  rank  in  the  U.S.  Naval 
Reserve  or  Marine  Corps  Reserve  and  to  retain  that  commission  until  the  sixth 
anniversary  of  receipt  of  original  commission. 

College  program  students  are  uniformed  at  government  expense  and, 
during  their  junior  and  senior  years,  receive  retainer  pay  of  $100  per  month. 
They  must  complete  the  prescribed  naval  science  curriculum,  make  a  cruise 
of  approximately  six  weeks  during  the  summer  after  the  junior  year,  and  upon 
graduation  accept  a  commission  as  Ensign,  USNR  or  Second  Lieutenant, 
USMCR.  If  they  desire,  after  receiving  their  reserve  commission  college 
program  students  may  apply  for  a  commission  in  the  regular  Navy  or  Marine 
Corps. 

All  college  program  students  are  under  constant  consideration  for  award 
of  a  scholarship.  Sophomore  students  who  attend  the  eight  weeks  of  schooling 
during  the  summer  before  their  junior  year  may  be  awarded  a  scholarship 
on  the  basis  of  superior  performance  during  schooling. 

Naval  Science  Students 

Any  regularly  enrolled  undergraduate  student  may  enroll  as  a  naval 
science  student.  Those  enrolled  as  naval  science  students  take  naval  science 
courses  as  electives  and  have  no  contract  with  the  Navy.  They  have  no 
assurance  of  ultimate  commissioning  nor  do  they  derive  any  of  the  financial 
benefits  available  to  scholarship  and  college  program  students. 

Selection  Procedure 

Scholarship  students  are  selected  in  nationwide  competition  based  on 
SAT  or  ACT  scores.  The  NROTC  at  Georgia  Tech  has  no  part  in  this  selection 
although  information  about  the  scholarship  program  is  available. 

The  professor  of  naval  science  may  annually  nominate  several  college 
program  students  to  the  Chief  of  Naval  Education  and  Training  for  a  scholar- 
ship. To  apply  for  the  college  program,  a  student  must  be  enrolled  at  Georgia 
Tech  or  attending  an  accredited  college  or  university  in  the  near  vicinity  and 
be  at  least  17  and  not  over  21  years  of  age.  Applicants  are  selected  to  fill 
the  quota  based  on  physical  qualifications,  interview  by  naval  officers,  score 
on  SAT  and  high  school  record.  Applicants  for  the  college  program  should 
apply  at  the  Naval  Armory  during  the  designated  days  of  freshman  orientation 
week  for  the  fall  quarter. 


39 


Courses 

N.S.  1002.  Naval  Ship  Systems  I 

Discussion  of  naval  ship  design  and  construction.  Examination  of  con- 
cepts and  calculations  of  ship  stability  characteristics.  Introduction  to  ship- 
board damage  control. 

N.S.  1003.  Naval  Ship  Systems  II  Prerequisite:  N.S.  1002. 

Shipboard  propulsion,  electrical  and  auxiliary  engineering  systems  are 
examined.  Nuclear  propulsion,  gas  turbines  and  other  developments  in  naval 
engineering  are  presented. 

N.S.  2012.  Seapower  and  Maritime  Affairs 

The  broad  principles,  concepts  and  elements  of  the  topic  with  historic 
and  modern  applications  to  the  United  States  and  other  nations. 

N.S.  2013.  Naval  Weapons  Systems  I 

A  fundamental  working  knowledge  of  weapon  system  components  and 
their  contribution  to  the  overall  system  is  provided.  The  relationships  of 
systems  and  subsystems  are  explored. 

N.S.  2014.  Naval  Weapons  Systems  II  Prerequisite:  N.S.  2013. 

Employment  and  utilization  of  naval  weapons  systems  are  studied.  An 
understanding  of  the  capabilities  of  weapons  systems  and  their  role  in  the 
Navy's  strategic  mission. 

N.S.  3001.  Navigation  I 

Theory  and  technique  of  navigation  at  sea.  Areas  of  emphasis:  dead 
reckoning,  piloting,  rules  governing  waterborne  traffic.  Practical  applications 
utilizing  nautical  charts,  tables  and  instruments. 

N.S.    3002.    Navigation    II  Prerequisite:    N.S.    3001    or   consent   of 

department. 

Determination  of  position  at  sea  using  the  marine  sextant  to  observe 
heavenly  bodies,  principles/applications.  Utilization  of  advanced  electronic  navi- 
gation systems  is  also  introduced. 

N.S.    3003.    Naval   Operations  Prerequisite:   N.S.    3002   or  consent 

of  department. 

Elements  and  principles  of  naval  operations.  Command  responsibility, 
tactical  doctrine  communication  procedures  and  relative  movement  problems 
introduced.  Practical  applications  include  review  of  basic  navigation  techniques. 

N.S.  4011.  Naval  Leadership  and  Management  I 

Survey  of  the  development  of  managerial  thought  through  functional, 
behavioral  and  situational  approaches.  Managerial  functions,  communication, 
and  major  theories  of  leaders  and  motivation  applied  to  the  Navy  organiza- 
tion. Accountability  of  the  naval  officer  for  the  performance  of  both  sub- 
ordinates and  technical  systems  is  emphasized. 

N.S.  4012.  Naval  Leadership  and  Management  II 

Discussion  of  the  administrative  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  junior 
naval  officer  for  personnel  management  and  division  discipline.  Includes  study 
of  significant  features  of  Navy  Regulations  and  Military  Law  and  detail  in  the 
areas  of  enlisted  performance  evaluation,  advancement  and  service  records. 
40 


N.S.  4013.  Naval  Leadership  and  Management  III 

Introduction  to  the  Navy  Human  Resources  Management  Support 
System.  The  junior  naval  officer's  duties  and  responsibilities  for  material 
maintenance  and  personnel  training.  Seminars  in  elements  of  personal  affairs 
planning  including  finance,  orders,  benefits,  travel  and  related  topics. 

N.S.  4901-2-3.  Special  Problems  in  Naval  Science  Credit  to  be  arranged. 

Prerequisite:  submission  of  a  500-word  statement  detailing  the  expected 

area  of  study  to  the  professor  of  naval  science  and  permission  from 

the  professor  of  naval  science  to  enroll. 

Selected  students  pursue  creative  research  in  specialized  areas  of  naval 

science  under  the  supervision  of  a  staff  officer  whose  career  specialty  is  in 

that  field.  Professional  papers  of  publishable  quality  and  depth  will  be  sought. 

Students  have  the  option  of  studying  for  one,  two  or  three  credit  hours  per 

quarter  and  for  one,  two  or  three  quarters  of  the  academic  year. 

Marine  Corps  Option 

N.S.  3004.  Naval  Science  Laboratory 

Marine  Corps  leadership  laboratory.  Grade  of  S  given  for  satisfactory 
completion.  Taken  by  all  junior  Marine  option  midshipmen  during  spring  quarter. 

N.S.  3005-6.  Evolution  of  Warfare  I  and  II 

Two-quarter  sequence  explores  forms  of  warfare  practiced  by  great 
peoples  in  history.  Selected  campaigns  are  studied,  emphasis  on  impact  of 
leadership,  evolution  of  tactics,  weaponry,  principles  of  war. 

N.S.  4004-5.  Amphibious  Warfare  I  and  II 

Two  quarter  sequence  designed  to  study  projection  of  seapower  ashore, 
emphasis  on  evolution  of  amphibious  warfare  in  20th  century.  Strategic  con- 
cepts, current  doctrine  discussed. 

N.S.  4006.  Naval  Science  Laboratory 

Marine  Corps  leadership  laboratory  to  prepare  senior  Marine  option  for 
commissioning.  Grade  of  S  given  for  satisfactory  completion. 

Air  Force  Reserve  Officer  Training 

The  following  program  is  available  to  Oglethorpe  students  on  the  campus 
of  the  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  Interested  students  should  contact  the 
chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Aerospace  Studies  at  the  Georgia  Institute 
of  Technology  or  the  Registrar  of  Oglethorpe  University. 

General  Information 

Air  Force  Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps  (AFROTC)  offers  two  phases. 
The  first  two  years  constitute  the  General  Military  Course  (G.M.C)  and  the 
last  two  years,  the  Professional  Officer  Course  (P.O.C.). 

Four-year  Program 

Students  entering  the  four-year  program  enroll  in  AFROTC  courses  in 
the  same  manner  in  which  they  cross  register  for  other  undergraduate  courses 
in  University  Center  institutions;  see  the  Oglethorpe  Registrar  for  details.  A 
formal  application  is  not  required.  Students  enrolled  in  the  G.M.C.  incur  no 
military  obligation  unless  they  are  on  an  AFROTC  scholarship.  Those  students 


41 


desiring  to  become  commissioned  officers  in  the  Air  Force  must  compete 
for  entry  into  the  P.O.C.,  which  is  normally  taken  during  the  last  two  years  of 
college.  Between  the  sophomore  and  junior  years,  cadets  normally  attend  a 
four-week  field  training  session  conducted  at  an  Air  Force  base.  Students 
accepted  for  the  P.O.C.  become  members  of  the  Air  Force  Reserve  and  receive 
a  tax-free  subsistence  allowance  of  $100  per  month. 

Two-year  Program 

The  two-year  program  and  the  last  two  years  of  the  four-year  program 
are  identical  in  academic  content.  The  basic  requirement  for  entry  into  this 
program  is  that  the  student  must  have  two  academic  years  remaining  in  school. 
This  may  be  at  the  undergraduate  or  graduate  level  or  a  combination  of  the 
two.  Selection  of  two-year  applicants  is  predicated  upon  the  same  criteria  as 
selection  of  four-year  program  cadets.  In  addition,  candidates  must  successfully 
complete  a  six-week  field  training  course  at  an  Air  Force  base  during  the 
summer  preceding  enrollment  and  must  be  recommended  by  the  field  training 
staff  to  enter  P.O.C.  upon  their  return  to  the  Oglethorpe  campus. 

AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program 

AFROTC  college  scholarships  are  available  to  qualified  cadets  in  the  two- 
and  four-year  programs.  Scholarships  cover  tuition,  matriculation,  health 
services,  student  activities  fees,  and  most  books.  All  scholarship  cadets  also 
receive  a  tax-free  subsistence  allowance  of  $100  per  month. 

Courses  of  Instruction 

AS  1610.  Introduction  to  Today's  Air  Force  1-1-1. 

United  States  Air  Force  doctrine,  mission,  and  organization,  with  an 
introduction  to  strategy. 

AS  1620.  Air  Force  Operational  Activities  1-1-1. 

United  States  Air  Force  strategic  and  general  purpose  forces,  emphasis 
on  their  mission,  employment,  and  weapon  systems. 

AS  1630.  Air  Force  Support  Activities  1-1-1. 

A  survey  of  support  commands  and  operating  agencies  of  the  United 
States  Air  Force. 

AS  2610.  Air  Power,  the  Early  Years  1-1-1. 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  manned  flight  and  doctrine  of  air  power 
from  the  seventeenth  century  through  the  1930s. 

AS  2620.  Air  Power,  World  War  II  to  Korea  1-1-1. 

An  examination  of  the  development  of  air  power  doctrines  in  World  War 
II,  the  Berlin  airlift,  and  the  Korean  War. 

AS  2630.  Air  Power,  the  Later  Years  1-1-1. 

An  examination  of  the  role  of  air  power  in  contemporary  times,  including 
the  Middle  East,  Cuba,  and  Southeast  Asia. 

AS  3410.  Air  Force  Management  I  3-1-3. 

Introduction  to  Air  Force  management,  individual  and  group  behavior, 
and  communications  skills. 


42 


AS  3420.  Air  Force  Leadership  3-1-3. 

Analysis  of  leadership  dynamics  and  principles  as  they  apply  to  com- 
mand and  management. 

AS  3430.  Air  Force  Management  II  3-1-3. 

Fundamentals,  function,  and  techniques  of  management.  Stresses  Air 
Force  approach  to  management. 

AS  4310.  Civil-Military  Relations  3-1-3. 

A  study  of  the  environment  of  current  and  historical  civil  military  rela- 
tions and  the  sociological  aspects  of  the  military  profession. 

AS  4320.  United  States  Defense  Policy  3-1-3. 

An    organizational    behavior   investigation   of   the   formulation   and 
implementation  of  United  States  defense  policy. 

AS  4330.  Military  Justice  3-1-3. 

Functions  of  the  military  justice  system.  Stresses  the  differences  and 
similarities  between  civil  and  military  law. 


4  3 


Oglethorpe 
Mlniversity 


Finances 


Fees  and  Costs 


The  fees,  costs,  and  dates  listed  below  are  for  1989-90. 

The  tuition  charged  by  Oglethorpe  University  represents  only  57  per 
cent  of  the  actual  expense  of  educating  each  student,  the  balance  coming 
from  endowment  income,  gifts,  and  other  sources.  Thus,  every  Oglethorpe 
undergraduate  is  the  beneficiary  of  a  hidden  scholarship.  At  the  same  time, 
75  per  cent  of  the  students  are  awarded  additional  financial  assistance  in  the 
form  of  scholarships,  grants,  and  loans  from  private,  governmental,  or 
institutional  sources. 

The  tuition  is  $4,175  per  semester.  Room  and  board  is  $1,875  per 
semester.  Students  who  desire  single  rooms  are  assessed  $2,175  to  $2,37  5 
for  room  and  board. 

The  tuition  of  $4,175  is  applicable  to  all  students  taking  12-16  semester 
hours.  These  are  classified  as  full-time  students.  Students  taking  less  than  12 
hours  are  referred  to  the  section  on  Part-Time  Fees.  Students  taking  more  than 
16  hours  during  a  semester  are  charged  $140  for  each  additional  hour.  Payment 
of  tuition  and  fees  is  due  two  weeks  prior  to  Registration  Day  each  semester. 
Failure  to  make  the  necessary  payments  will  result  in  the  cancellation  of  the 
student's  registration.  Students  receiving  financial  aid  are  required  to  pay  the 
difference  between  the  amount  of  their  aid  and  the  amount  due  by  the 
deadline.  Students  and  parents  desiring  information  about  various  payment 
options  should  request  the  pamphlet  "Payment  Plans."  New  students  who 
require  on-campus  housing  for  the  fall  term  are  required  to  submit  an  advance 
deposit  of  $200.  New  commuting  students  are  required  to  submit  an  advance 
deposit  of  $100.  Such  deposits  are  not  refundable.  However,  the  deposit  is 
credited  to  the  student's  account  for  the  fall  term. 

Upon  payment  of  the  room  and  board  fees,  each  student  is  covered 
by  a  basic  Health  and  Accident  policy.  Coverage  begins  on  the  day  of 
registration.  Full-time  students  residing  off-campus  may  purchase  this  insurance 
for  $50  per  year.  In  addition,  any  student  covered  by  the  basic  policy  may 
purchase  the  Major  Medical  Plan  for  $50  a  year.  International  students, 
students  participating  in  any  intercollegiate  sport,  and  students  participating 
in  intramural  football  or  basketball  are  required  to  have  this  major  medical 
coverage  or  its  equivalent.  (Insurance  rates  are  for  1988-89.  They  will  change 
for  1989-90.) 

In  addition  to  tuition  and  room  and  board  charges,  students  may  be 
required  to  subscribe  to  the  following: 

1 .  DAMAGE  DEPOSIT  A  $100  damage  deposit  is  required  of  all  boarding 
students.  The  damage  deposit  is  refundable  at  the  end  of  the  academic  year 
after  any  charge  for  damages  is  deducted.  Room  keys  and  other  college 
property  must  be  returned  and  the  required  checkout  procedure  completed 
prior  to  issuance  of  damage  deposit  refunds.  This  deposit  is  payable  at  fall 
registration.  Students  who  begin  in  the  spring  term  must  also  pay  the  $100 
damage  deposit. 

2.  GRADUATING  SENIOR:  Graduation  fee  of  $60. 

3.  LABORATORY  FEE:  A  $40  fee  is  assessed  for  each  laboratory  course 
taken. 


45 


4.  COMPUTER  USE  FEE:  A  $13  5  fee  is  assessed  for  each  computer 
science  course  taken. 

Full-time  on-campus  student: 

Fall,  1989  Spring,  1990 

Tuition $4,175  Tuition $4,175 

Room  &  Board 1.87  5  Room  &  Board 1,87  5 

Damage  Deposit 100  Damage  Deposit — 

Major  Medical  (optional)  .  .         50  Major  Medical  (optional) ....      — 

Advance  Deposit —200 

Full-time  commuting  student: 

Fall,  1989  Tuition    $4,175  Spring,  1990  Tuition $4,175 

Advance  Deposit —100 

These  schedules  do  not  include  the  extra  cost  of  single  rooms,  books 
(approximately  $300  per  year),  or  travel  and  personal  expense.  All  fees  are 
subject  to  change. 

PartTime  Fees 

Students  enrolled  part-time  in  day  classes  during  the  fall  or  spring 
semesters  will  be  charged  $975  per  three  semester  hour  course.  This  rate 
is  applicable  to  those  students  taking  1 1  semester  hours  or  less.  Students  taking 
12  to  16  hours  are  classified  full-time. 

Evening  and  Summer  Courses 

Fee  schedules  for  the  evening  and  summer  programs  are  available  from 
the  Registrar. 


Withdrawal,  Drop/Add 


Students  who  find  it  necessary  to  drop  courses  or  add  courses  must 
secure  a  drop/add  form  in  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  form  is  the  only  means 
by  which  students  may  change  their  enrollment.  A  drop/add  form  must  be 
completed  in  the  Registrar's  Office  during  the  drop/add  week.  After  the 
drop/add  period,  the  professor  must  approve  the  change  in  schedule.  The 
professor  may  issue  one  of  the  following  grades:  withdraw  passing  (W), 
withdraw  failing  (WF),  or  may  refuse  to  approve  a  drop.  In  order  to  receive 
a  refund,  the  student  must  officially  drop  the  class  by  the  end  of  the  twentieth 
class  day. 

Students  should  note  that  any  change  of  academic  schedule  must  be 
cleared  by  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  date  the  change  is  received  in  the 
Registrar's  Office  will  be  the  official  date  for  the  change. 

If  a  student  misses  six  consecutive  classes  in  any  course,  the  instructor 
will  notify  the  Registrar's  Office  and  it  will  be  assumed  that  the  student  has 
unofficially  withdrawn  from  the  course.  This  does  not  eliminate  the 
responsibility  stated  above  concerning  the  official  withdrawal  policy.  The 
student  may  receive  the  grade  of  withdrawal  passing,  withdrawal  failing,  or 
failure  due  to  excessive  absences.  This  policy  has  direct  implications  for 

46 


students  receiving  benefits  from  the  Veterans  Administration  and  other  federal 
agencies  as  these  agencies  must  be  notified  when  a  student  misses  six 
consecutive  classes.  This  will  result  in  an  automatic  decrease  in  payments  to 
the  student.  Reinstatement  in  a  course  is  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor. 
If  a  student  must  withdraw  from  the  University,  an  official  withdrawal 
form  must  be  obtained  from  the  Registrar.  The  Dean  of  the  Faculty  and  the 
Director  of  Financial  Aid  must  sign  the  withdrawal  form.  The  date  the 
completed  withdrawal  form  is  submitted  to  the  Registrar  will  be  the  official 
date  for  withdrawal. 

Refunds 

The  establishment  of  a  refund  policy  is  based  on  the  University's 
commitment  to  a  fair  and  equitable  refund  of  tuition  and  other  charges 
assessed.  While  the  University  advances  this  policy,  it  should  not  be  interpreted 
as  a  policy  of  convenience  for  students  to  take  lightly  their  responsibility  and 
their  commitment  to  the  University.  The  University  has  demonstrated  a 
commitment  by  admitting  and  providing  the  necessary  programs  for  all 
students  and  expects  students  to  reciprocate  that  commitment. 

Since  the  premium  for  insurance  coverage  is  not  retained  by  the 
University,  it  will  not  be  refunded  after  registration  day.  Since  room  and  board 
services  are  consumed  on  a  daily  basis,  during  the  period  when  tuition  is 
to  be  refunded  on  a  100%  basis,  the  room  and  board  refund  will  be  pro  rata 
on  a  daily  basis.  After  the  100%  tuition  refund  period,  room  and  board  refunds 
revert  to  the  same  schedule  as  tuition  refunds.  All  other  fees  except  the 
advanced  deposit  are  subject  to  the  refund  schedule. 

The  date  which  will  be  used  for  calculation  of  a  refund  for  withdrawal 
or  drop/add  will  be  the  date  on  which  the  Registrar  receives  the  official  form 
signed  by  all  required  personnel.  All  students  must  follow  the  procedures  for 
withdrawal  and  drop/add  in  order  to  receive  a  refund.  Students  are  reminded 
that  all  changes  in  their  academic  program  must  be  cleared  through  the 
Registrar;  and  arrangement  with  a  professor  will  not  be  recognized  as  an  official 
change  of  schedule. 

All  tuition  refund  requests  will  be  processed  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
fourth  week  of  classes.  Payment  will  take  a  minimum  of  two  weeks,  but  will 
be  no  longer  than  40  days. 

In  the  following  schedules,  "class  day"  means  any  day  during  which  the 
University  conducts  classes. 

Refund  Schedule 

Changes  in  schedule  by  the  end  of  the  7th  class  day 100% 

Changes  in  schedule  by  the  end  of  the  10th  class  day 75% 

Changes  in  schedule  by  the  end  of  the  16th  class  day 50% 

Changes  in  schedule  by  the  end  of  the  20th  class  day 2  5% 

In  order  to  administer  the  refund  policy  equitably,  there  will  be  no 
exceptions. 


47 


Damage  deposit  refunds  will  be  processed  once  each  semester  for 
students  and  will  be  mailed  on  an  announced  day  from  the  Business  Office. 
No  refund  will  be  processed  until  classes  have  ceased  for  the  semester  in 
progress. 


Financial  Obligations 


A  student  who  has  not  met  all  financial  obligations  to  the  University 
will  not  be  allowed  to  register  for  courses  in  subsequent  academic  terms;  he 
or  she  will  not  be  allowed  to  receive  a  degree  from  the  University;  and  requests 
for  transcripts  will  not  be  honored. 


48 


Oglethorpe 
TIniversity 


Community 
Life 

■-". :-   i-  ^.^  '4^|l ^  /CSC 


Leadership  Development 


Oglethorpe  University  seeks  to  prepare  its  students  for  roles  of  leader- 
ship in  society.  Specific  educational  experiences  are  planned  to  help  the 
student  acquire  the  skills  of  leadership. 

Education  for  leadership  must  be  based  on  the  essential  academic 
competencies  —  reading,  writing,  speaking,  and  reasoning.  Though  widely  neg- 
lected today  at  all  levels  of  education,  these  are  the  prerequisites  for  effec- 
tive leadership.  They  are  the  marks  of  an  educated  person.  Oglethorpe  insists 
that  its  students  achieve  advanced  proficiency  in  these  skills.  In  addition,  stu- 
dents are  offered  specific  preparation  in  the  arts  of  leadership.  Such  arts 
include  an  appreciation  of  constructive  values,  the  setting  of  goals,  public 
speaking,  human  relations,  and  organizational  skills. 

This  philosophy  presents  an  excellent  opportunity  for  the  able  young 
person  who  is  striving  for  a  significant  life,  including  leadership  in  the  improve- 
ment of  our  community  and  our  society. 

Orientation  and  the  Freshman  Seminar 

Oglethorpe  University  wishes  to  provide  each  student  with  the  oppor- 
tunity to  make  a  successful  adjustment  to  college  life.  Because  we  take  pride 
in  our  tradition  of  close  personal  relationships,  we  have  organized  an  orien- 
tation program  to  provide  these  relationships,  as  well  as  much  needed  infor- 
mation about  the  University. 

The  program  has  been  developed  to  assist  students  through  small  group 
experiences.  Information  is  disseminated  which  acquaints  the  student  with 
the  academic  program  and  the  extracurricular  life  of  the  campus  community. 
Thorough  understanding  of  the  advising  system,  the  registration  process, 
library  use,  class  offerings,  and  study  demands  is  sought.  Alternatives  for  self 
expression  outside  the  classroom  are  also  presented  to  the  new  student. 

To  supplement  the  student's  orientation  experience,  a  Freshman  Seminar 
is  held  during  the  first  semester.  Topics  discussed  during  these  sessions  are 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  entering  student  and  to  help  the  student 
assimilate  his  college  experiences.  Freshman  students,  having  completed  the 
orientation  program  and  Freshman  Seminar,  are  better  prepared  to  understand 
and  appreciate  their  educational  development. 

Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

Students  of  Oglethorpe  University  have  specific  rights  and 
responsibilities.  Among  the  rights  are  the  right  to  freedom  of  expression  and 
peaceful  assembly,  the  right  to  the  presumption  of  innocence  and  procedural 
fairness  in  the  administration  of  discipline,  and  the  right  of  access  to  personal 
records. 

As  members  of  the  Oglethorpe  community,  students  have  the 
responsibility  to  maintain  high  standards  of  conduct.  They  should  respect  the 
privacy  and  feelings  of  others,  and  the  property  of  both  students  and  the 
University.  Students  are  expected  to  display  behavior  which  is  not  disruptive 
of  campus  life  or  of  the  surrounding  community.  They  represent  the  University 

50 


off-campus  and  are  expected  to  act  in  a  law-abiding  and  mature  fashion.  Those 
whose  actions  show  that  they  have  not  accepted  this  responsibility  may  be 
subject  to  disciplinary  action  as  set  forth  in  the  University's  student  handbook, 
The  O  Book. 

The  Oglethorpe  Student  Association 

The  Oglethorpe  Student  Association  is  the  guiding  body  for  student  life 
at  Oglethorpe  University.  The  OS. A.  consists  of  two  bodies:  an  executive 
council,  composed  of  a  president,  vice  president,  parliamentarian,  secretary 
treasurer,  and  presidents  of  the  four  classes;  and  the  senate,  chaired  by  the 
vice  president,  and  composed  of  four  senators  from  each  class.  Both  bodies 
meet  regularly  and  the  meetings  are  open  to  the  public.  Additional  information 
can  be  obtained  from  the  O.S.A.  Office  or  the  Student  Center  Office  located 
on  the  upper  level  of  the  Emerson  Student  Center.  The  address  is  Oglethorpe 
Student  Association,  3000  Woodrow  Way,  N.E.,  Atlanta,  Georgia  30319. 


Student  Organizations 


Valuable  educational  experience  may  be  gained  through  active  partici- 
pation in  approved  campus  activities  and  organizations.  All  students  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  one  or  more  organizations  to  the  extent  that 
such  involvement  does  not  deter  them  from  high  academic  achievement. 
Students  are  especially  encouraged  to  join  professional  organizations 
associated  with  their  interests  and  goals. 

Eligibility  for  membership  in  student  organizations  is  limited  to  currently 
enrolled  students.  To  serve  as  an  officer  of  an  organization,  a  student  must 
be  enrolled  full  time  and  may  not  be  on  academic  or  disciplinary  probation. 

Recognized  Student  Organizations 


Accounting  Club 

Alcohol  Awareness  Committee 

Alpha  Chi-National  Academic 

Honorary 
Alpha  Phi  Omega-National 

Service  Fraternity 
Alpha  Psi  Omega-Drama 

Honorary 
Amnesty  International 

Oglethorpe  Chapter 
Beta  Omicron  Sigma- 

Business  Honorary 
Black  Student  Caucus 
Bomb  Shelter 

B.S.T.V.  (Bomb  Shelter  Television) 
Catholic  Student  Association 
Chess  Club 

Chiaroscuro-Art  Gallery  Club 
Circle  K  Club 
College  Democrats 


College  Republicans 

Economics  Club 

English  Club 

Executive  Round  Table 

French  Club 

Georgia  Israel  Network  of 

University  Students  (GINUS) 

International  Club 

Oglethorpe  Christian  Fellowship 

Oglethorpe  Cycling  Club 

Oglethorpe  Stage  Band 

Oglethorpe  Players- 
Dramatic  Society 

Oglethorpe  Recorder  Ensemble 

Oglethorpe  University  Chorale 

Oglethorpe  University  Singers 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa- 
Leadership,  Scholarship  and 
Service  Honorary 

Orient  Club 


51 


Phi  Alpha  Theta-National 
History  Honorary 

Phi  Eta  Sigma-Freshman 
Academic  Honorary 

Politics  and  Pre-Law  Association 

Psi  Chi-Psychology  Honorary 

Psychology  and  Sociology  Club 

Public  Affairs  Forum 

Residence  Hall  Council 

Rotaract  Club 

Sigma  Tau  Delta- 
English  Honorary 

Sigma  Zeta-National 
Science  Honorary 

Stormy  Petrel-Student 
Newspaper 


Fraternities  and  Sororities 


Student  National  Education 
Association-Professional 
Education  Association 
Thalian  Society- 
Philosophical  Organization 
Tower-Literary  Magazine 
Volunteers  in  Service  To 

Admissions  (VISTA) 
Women's  Soccer  Club 
Yamacraw-Student  Yearbook 


Four  fraternities  and  two  sororities  contribute  to  the  Greek  system  at 
Oglethorpe. 

The  four  fraternities  are  Chi  Phi,  Delta  Sigma  Phi,  Kappa  Alpha,  and  Sigma 
Alpha  Epsilon.  The  national  sororities  are  Chi  Omega  and  Sigma  Sigma  Sigma. 

These  social  organizations  strive  to  contribute  substantially  to  the 
spiritual  and  social  betterment  of  the  individual  and  develop  college  into  a 
richer,  fuller  experience.  Membership  in  these  organizations  is  voluntary  and 
subject  to  regulations  established  by  the  Interfratemity  Council,  the  Panhellenic 
Council,  and  the  Dean  of  Community  Life. 


Athletic  Policy 


At  Oglethorpe  University  the  students  who  participate  in  intercollegiate 
athletic  competition  are  considered  to  be  students  first  and  athletes  second. 
The  University  is  an  active  member  of  Division  111  of  the  National  Collegiate 
Athletic  Association  (NCAA).  Members  of  Division  III  may  not  award  financial 
aid  (other  than  academic  honor  awards)  to  any  student  athlete,  except  upon 
a  showing  of  financial  need  by  the  recipient.  Oglethorpe  provides  a  program 
of  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Awards,  which  are  described  in  another  section  of 
this  bulletin.  Many  students  who  are  interested  in  sports  and  are  superior 
academically  do  qualify  for  this  form  of  assistance. 


Athletics 


Oglethorpe  University  offers  intercollegiate  competition  in  basketball, 
cross  country,  soccer,  and  tennis  for  men;  and  in  soccer,  cross  country  Softball, 
tennis,  and  volleyball  for  women. 

In  addition  to  intercollegiate  competition,  a  well-rounded  program  of 
intramural  sports  is  offered  and  has  strong  participation  by  the  student  body. 
Men  and  women  participate  in  badminton,  basketball,  flag  football,  Softball, 
table  tennis,  and  volleyball. 


52 


Cultural  Opportunities  on  Campus 

There  are  numerous  cultural  oppportunities  for  students  outside  the 
classroom.  The  University  Program  Committee  sponsors  concerts,  theatrical 
productions,  poetry  readings,  and  lectures  by  visiting  scholars.  The  Oglethorpe 
University  Singers  perform  frequently  during  the  year,  including  seasonal 
events.  They  often  feature  guest  artists.  The  Art  Gallery,  on  the  third  floor  of 
Lowry  Hall,  sponsors  exhibitions  as  well  as  lectures  on  associated  subjects 
and  frequent  concerts  in  the  gallery.  The  Oglethorpe  University  Players  also 
stage  several  productions  each  year.  Two  annual  events,  the  Oglethorpe  Night 
of  the  Arts  and  International  Night,  provide  a  showcase  for  campus  talent. 
The  former  presents  student  literary,  musical,  and  visual  arts.  The  latter  features 
international  cuisine  and  entertainment.  The  Georgia  Shakespeare  Festival 
which  takes  place  on  campus  during  the  summer  is  also  a  valuable  cultural 
asset  to  the  Oglethorpe  community. 

Cooperative  Education/Internships 

Experiential  off-campus  learning  is  a  major  component  of  the 
educational  process  at  Oglethorpe.  Beginning  in  the  sophomore  year,  students 
can  opt  to  further  refine  their  career  plans  through  cooperative  education 
and  internships.  These  programs  provide  practical  experience  to  complement 
the  academic  program,  as  well  as  give  students  the  opportunity  to  test  the 
reality  of  their  career  decisions  and  gain  work  experience  in  their  major  fields 
of  interest. 

Cooperative  education  and  internship  experiences  are  available  to 
students  in  all  academic  programs.  Opportunities  can  be  arranged  in  business, 
government,  education,  public  relations,  publishing,  social  services,  and  health 
care  institutions. 


Counseling 


Counseling  assistance  and  referrals  for  professional  services  are  available 
to  students  experiencing  psychological  or  social  problems.  Special  programs 
are  conducted  on  campus  to  provide  information  and  promote  development 
in  leadership  skills,  inter-personal  relationships,  and  physical  and  mental  health. 
Though  academic  advising  is  the  responsibility  of  individually  assigned  faculty 
advisers,  students  encountering  unusual  difficulties  may  wish  to  consult  a 
counselor  regarding  possible  contributing  factors. 

Referrals  to  the  University  Chaplain  for  pastoral  counseling  are  made 
at  the  request  of  a  student. 

Career  Planning  and  Placement 

The  Career  Planning  and  Placement  Office  offers  a  four  year  program 
of  career  development  for  students  whose  goals  are  an  awareness  of  career 
and  lifestyle  options,  the  ability  to  make  informed  career  decisions,  and  the 
development  of  job  search  strategies.  The  office  helps  students  attain  these 
goals  by  providing  individual  counseling,  interest  inventories,  and  self- 

53 


assessment  aids  (including  SIGI-PLUS,  a  computer  assisted  career  guidance 
program),  workshops  on  career  fields  and  decision-making  as  well  as  job-search 
workshops  on  such  topics  as  resume  writing  and  interviewing  techniques. 
In  addition,  a  number  of  prospective  employers  and  graduate  schools 
send  recruiters  to  the  campus  each  year  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  on- 
campus  interviews.  Current  information  on  permanent,  summer,  and  part-time 
job  opportunities  is  made  available  to  students  and  alumni.  A  career 
information  library  containing  information  on  a  wide  variety  of  companies 
and  career  opportunities  is  also  maintained. 


Opportunities  in  Atlanta 


Oglethorpe  is  located  eight  miles  from  downtown  Atlanta  and  just  two 
miles  from  the  city's  largest  shopping  center.  A  nearby  rapid  transit  station 
makes  transportation  quick  and  efficient.  This  proximity  to  the  Souths  most 
vibrant  city  offers  students  a  great  variety  of  cultural  and  entertainment 
opportunities.  There  are  numerous  excellent  restaurants  and  clubs  in  nearby 
Buckhead.  Downtown  Atlanta  offers  professional  baseball,  football  and 
basketball  to  sports  fans  as  well  as  frequent  popular  concerts.  The  Atlanta 
Symphony  Orchestra  performs  from  September  through  May  in  the  Memorial 
Arts  Center.  The  Atlanta  Ballet  Company's  season  is  October  through  May. 
The  Alliance  Theatre  Company,  the  Academy  Theatre,  and  many  smaller 
companies  present  productions  of  contemporary  and  classical  plays.  The  High 
Museum  of  Art  hosts  major  traveling  exhibitions  in  addition  to  its  permanent 
collection.  Student  discounts  are  often  available. 


Housing  and  Meals 


The  residence  halls  are  available  to  all  full-time  day  students.  There  are 
four  men's  residence  halls  and  three  women's  halls.  Each  complex  has  a 
Resident  Director  and  a  staff  of  student  Resident  Assistants. 

All  students  living  in  the  residence  halls  are  required  to  participate  in 
the  University  meal  plan.  Meals  are  served  in  the  Emerson  Student  Center. 
Nineteen  meals  are  served  each  week.  No  breakfast  is  served  on  Saturday 
or  Sunday.  Instead  a  brunch  is  served  from  mid-morning  until  early  afternoon. 
The  evening  meal  is  also  served  on  these  days.  Meal  tickets  are  issued  at 
registration. 


Health  Service 


All  resident  students  subscribe  to  a  Basic  Student  Accident  and  Sickness 
Insurance  Plan  provided  by  the  University.  Full-time  students  living  off  campus 
may  purchase  this  insurance.  In  addition,  any  student  covered  under  the  basic 
policy  may  purchase  an  optional  Major  Medical  Plan  for  an  additional  charge. 

The  University  maintains  a  small  health  center  staffed  by  a  registered 
nurse.  The  health  center  operates  on  a  regular  schedule  and  provides  basic 
first  aid  service  and  limited  medical  assistance  for  students. 

A  physician  visits  the  health  center  twice  a  week  to  make  general  diag- 
nosis and  treatment.  In  the  event  additional  or  major  medical  care  is  required, 


54 


the  student  patient  will  be  referred  to  medical  specialists  and  hospitals  in  the 
area  with  which  the  health  service  maintains  a  working  relationship. 

When  it  is  determined  that  a  student's  physical  or  emotional  health  is 
detrimental  to  his  academic  studies,  group-living  situation,  or  other  relation- 
ships at  the  University  or  in  the  community,  the  student  will  be  requested 
to  withdraw.  Readmission  to  the  University  will  be  contingent  upon  acceptable 
verification  that  the  student  is  ready  to  return.  The  final  decision  will  rest  with 
the  University. 

International  Student  Services 

The  Foreign  Student  Office,  which  is  located  in  the  Emerson  Student 
Center,  exists  to  meet  the  needs  of  international  students.  Through  a  specially 
designed  orientation  program  and  on-going  contacts,  the  new  foreign  student 
is  assisted  in  the  process  of  adjustment  to  life  at  an  American  college.  Special 
tours,  host  family  programs,  and  social  occasions  are  available  to  ensure  that 
students  can  benefit  fully  from  cross  cultural  experiences.  The  Foreign  Student 
Advisor  helps  students  with  questions  related  to  their  immigration  status. 

"O"  Book 

The  "O"  Book  is  the  student's  guide  to  Oglethorpe  University.  It  contains 
thorough  information  on  the  history,  customs,  traditional  events,  and  services 
of  the  University,  as  well  as  University  regulations.  This  handbook  outlines 
the  policies  for  recognition,  membership  eligibility  and  leadership  positions 
for  campus  student  organizations  and  publications. 

Honors 

Presented  at  the  May  Commencement 

The  Faculty  Award  for  Scholarship:  This  award  is  presented  to  the  man 
in  the  graduating  class  who  has  the  highest  average  on  work  completed  at 
Oglethorpe  among  the  men  graduating  with  academic  honors. 

The  Sally  Hull  Weltner  Award  for  Scholarship:  This  award  is  presented 
to  the  woman  in  the  graduating  class  who  has  the  highest  average  on  work 
completed  at  Oglethorpe  among  the  women  graduating  with  academic  honors. 

The  James  Edward  Oglethorpe  Awards:  Commonly  called  the 
"Oglethorpe  Cups,"  these  are  presented  annually  to  the  man  and  woman  in 
the  graduating  class  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the  faculty,  have  excelled  in  both 
scholarship  and  service. 

Phi  Beta  Kappa  Award:  This  award  is  presented  by  the  faculty  and  staff 
members  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  to  the  graduating  student  who,  in  their  judgment, 
has  demonstrated  outstanding  scholarly  qualities. 

President's  Leadership  Prize:  The  President  of  the  University  presents 
this  prize  to  a  graduating  student  who  has  excelled  in  leadership 
accomplishments. 

Presented  at  the  Honors  and  Awards  Program 

Alpha  Chi  Award:  This  is  an  annual  award  made  to  the  member  of  the 
student  body  who  best  exemplifies  the  ideals  of  Alpha  Chi  in  scholarship, 
leadership,  character,  and  service. 


Alpha  Phi  Omega  Service  Award:  This  award  is  presented  by  Alpha 
Phi  Omega  Fraternity  to  the  student,  faculty,  or  staff  member  who  best 
exemplifies  the  organization's  three-fold  purposes  of  leadership,  friendship, 
and  service. 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  Rookie  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annually  to 
the  outstanding  new  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  Players. 

Benjamin  Parker  Law  Prize:  This  is  an  annual  award  made  to  the  member 
of  the  class  in  business  law  who  has  shown  the  greatest  progress. 

Brinker  Award:  This  award  is  presented  by  Reverend  Albert  J.  Brinker 
in  memory  of  his  son  and  daughter,  Albert  Jan  Brinker,  Jr.,  and  Sally  Stone 
Brinker,  to  the  student  having  the  highest  achievement  in  the  courses  of 
philosophy  and  religion. 

Brown  Award:  This  award  is  presented  to  the  individual  who,  though 
not  a  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  Players,  has  done  the  most  for  the  Players 
during  the  year. 

Charles  M.  MacConnell  Award:  This  award  honors  a  former  member 
of  the  faculty  and  is  presented  by  the  sophomore  class  to  the  senior  who 
in  the  judgment  of  the  class,  has  participated  in  many  phases  of  campus  life 
without  having  received  full  recognition. 

Charles  L.  Towers,  Sr.  Award  for  Excellence:  This  award  is  presented 
annually  to  the  outstanding  student  in  the  field  of  business  administration. 
The  award  honors  the  father  of  Charles  L.  Towers,  a  Trustee  Emeritus  of  the 
University. 

David  Hesse  Memorial  Award:  This  award  is  made  annually  to  the 
outstanding  student  participating  in  a  varsity  sport. 

Deans'  Award  for  Outstanding  Achievement:  This  award  is  presented 
annually  to  a  campus  club,  organization,  or  society  which,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Dean  of  Community  Life  and  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  has  contributed 
most  to  university  life. 

Donald  C.  Agnew  Award  For  Distinguished  Service:  This  award  is 
presented  annually  by  the  Oglethorpe  Student  Association  and  chosen  by 
that  body  to  honor  the  person  who,  in  their  opinion,  has  given  distinguished 
service  to  the  University.  Dr.  Agnew  served  as  president  of  Oglethorpe 
University  from  1957  to  1964. 

Financial  Executives  Institute  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annually 
by  the  Atlanta  Chapter  of  The  Financial  Executives  Institute  to  a  student  of 
superior  academic  performance  in  the  field  of  business  administration. 

Freshman  Chemistry  Achievement  Awards:  These  awards  are  sponsored 
by  The  Chemical  Rubber  Publishing  Company  and  presented  to  first-year 
students  who  have  demonstrated  outstanding  achievement  in  chemistry. 

Freshmen  Honor  Society  Awards:  Certificates  of  recognition  are 
presented  to  freshmen  who  have  achieved  a  3.5  or  higher  grade  point  average 
during  their  first  semester  of  full-time  enrollment. 

Georgia  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  Award:  This  award  is 
presented  annually  to  the  student  of  highest  academic  achievement  in  the 
field  of  accounting. 

Intramural  Sports  Awards:  These  awards  are  presented  to  the  leading 
teams  and  individual  athletes  in  men's  and  women's  intramural  competition. 


56 


International  Club  Appreciation  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annually 
to  the  student  who  has  contributed  most  significantly  to  the  activities  of  the 
International  Club. 

National  Collegiate  Band  Awards:  These  awards  are  presented  annually 
to  students  who  have  exhibited  excellence  in  the  performance  of  instrumental 
music. 

Oglethorpe  Poet  Laureate:  This  award  was  first  instituted  by  Mrs.  Vonk, 
wife  of  former  President  Vonk  and  is  an  honor  that  is  bestowed  to  a  freshman, 
sophomore  or  junior  who  presents  the  best  poem  or  poetry  to  The  Tower  for 
poetry  competition. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  Freshman  Award:  This  award  is  made  by  Omicron 
Delta  Kappa  to  the  student  in  the  freshman  class  who  most  fully  exemplifies 
the  ideals  of  this  organization. 

Psychology  Award:  The  outstanding  senior  majoring  in  psychology  is 
honored  with  this  award. 

Publications  Awards:  Notable  contributors  to  The  Tower,  Stormy  Petrel  and 
Yamacraw  are  recognized  with  these  awards. 

Rotaract  Award:  This  award  is  presented  to  the  junior  or  senior  who 
best  exemplifies  the  Rotary  ideals  of  service  above  self,  and  international 
understanding. 

Sidney  Lanier  Poetry  Award:  This  award  is  given  yearly  to  the  student, 
or  students,  submitting  excellent  poetry  to  campus  publications. 

Sociology  Award:  The  outstanding  senior  majoring  in  sociology  is 
honored  with  this  award. 

Student  National  Education  Association  Award:  Members  of  this 
organization  honor  a  student  who  has  excelled  in  the  field  of  teacher  education 
through  the  presentation  of  this  award. 

Teacher  Education  Senior  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annually  to 
a  leading  senior  student  in  the  field  of  education. 

University  Singers  Awards:  These  awards  are  presented  annually  to 
students  who  have  exhibited  excellence  in  the  performance  of  choral  music. 

Who's  Who  in  American  Colleges  and  Universities:  This  honor  is  given 
in  recognition  of  the  merit  and  accomplishments  of  students  who  are  formally 
recommended  by  a  committee  of  students,  faculty,  and  administrators,  and 
who  meet  the  requirements  of  the  publication  Who's  Who  Among  Students  in 
American  Colleges  and  Universities. 


57 


Oglethorpe 
university 

Academic  Regulations 
and  Policies 

f  *          ♦    =■  — i 

J.   .      MmMm\ 

.it  mi'                      1 

B 

■#1 

i  ■■§                  ■!                                IB 

Registration 


New  students  select  courses  in  consultation  with  faculty  advisers  to 
whom  they  are  assigned  on  their  initial  registration  day  Schedule  planning 
and  course  selection  for  following  semesters  are  accomplished  during  pre- 
registration  week.  Students  should  make  appointments  to  consult  with  their 
academic  advisers  during  preregistration.  Summer  schedules  are  planned 
during  preregistration  week  in  the  spring  semester. 

The  official  registration  period  precedes  the  first  day  of  classes.  Every 
student  must  complete  the  various  steps  of  the  registration  process  during 
this  period.  Those  who  have  preregistered  are  able  to  pick  up  a  copy  of  their 
course  schedule  at  the  first  station  of  registration  and  thereby  bypass  the 
station  at  which  proposed  course  schedules  are  computer  processed  by 
Registrar's  Office  personnel.  All  other  stations  must  be  completed  by  pre- 
registered students. 


Academic  Advising 


Each  student  consults  with  a  member  of  the  faculty  in  preparing  course 
schedules,  discussing  post-graduation  plans,  and  inquiring  about  any  other 
academic  matter.  A  student's  adviser  or  "mentor"  is  assigned  at  the  time  of 
the  student's  initial  enrollment.  The  faculty  adviser  is  each  student's  primary 
point  of  contact  with  the  University. 

To  change  advisers  a  student  must  complete  the  following  procedural 
steps: 

1)  Ask  the  proposed  "new"  faculty  adviser  for  permission  to  be  added 
to  the  faculty  member's  advisee  list. 

2)  Ask  the  current  adviser  to  send  his  or  her  student  file  to  the  faculty 
member  who  has  agreed  to  be  the  student's  new  adviser. 

3)  Ascertain  that  the  new  adviser  has  received  the  file  and  has  sent  an 
Adviser  Change  notice  to  the  Registrar's  Office. 

This  is  the  only  method  for  changing  academic  advisers. 

When  the  student  decides  on  a  major  field,  he  or  she  should  change 
advisers,  if  necessary,  to  a  faculty  member  who  has  teaching  responsibilities 
in  the  student's  major  field. 


Attendance 


Regular  attendance  at  class  sessions,  laboratories,  examinations,  and 
official  University  convocations  is  an  obligation  which  all  students  are  expected 
to  fulfill. 

Faculty  members  set  specific  attendance  policies  in  their  course  syllabi. 


Grading 


Faculty  members  report  letter  grades  for  students  at  the  end  of  each 
semester.  These  grades  become  part  of  the  student's  official  record.  Once 
entered,  a  grade  may  not  be  changed  except  by  means  of  an  officially  executed 
Change  of  Grade  form. 


59 


A  student's  cumulative  grade-point  average  (GPA)  is  calculated  by  di- 
viding the  number  of  semester  hours  of  work  the  student  has  attempted  into 
the  total  number  of  quality  points  earned. 

The  letter  grades  used  at  Oglethorpe  are  defined  as  follows: 


Quality 

Numerical 

Grade 

Meaning 

Points 

Equivalent 

A 

Superior 

4 

90-100 

B 

Good 

3 

80-89 

C 

Satisfactory 

2 

70-79 

D 

Passing 

1 

60-69 

F 

Failure 

0 

Below  60 

FA 

Failure:  Excessive  Absences* 

0 

W 

Withdrew** 

0 

WF 

Withdrew  Failing* 

0 

I 

Incomplete*** 

0 

S 

Satisfactory**** 

0 

70  or  higher 

u 

Unsatisfactory* 

0 

AU 

Audit  (no  credit) 

0 

Notes:  *  —  Grade  has  same  effect  as  an  "F"  on  the  grade-point  average 

(GPA). 

*  *        —  Grade  has  no  effect  on  the  GPA;  no  credit  awarded. 

*  *  *      —  Grade  has  same  effect  as  an  "F"  on  the  GPA;  an  "I"  changes 

to  an  "F"  unless  the  remaining  required  work  is  completed 
satisfactorily  and  the  grade  is  changed  by  the  instructor 
before  the  end  of  the  following  semester. 
****    —Grade  has  no  effect  on  the  GPA;  credit  is  awarded. 
Only  work  completed  at  Oglethorpe  is  reflected  in  the  Oglethorpe  GPA. 


Auditing  Courses 


Regularly  admitted  Oglethorpe  students  may  register  for  courses  on  an 
"audit"  basis.  A  student  who  audits  a  course  may  attend  the  course  for 
enrichment  but  is  not  required  to  take  course  examinations  or  complete  other 
course  requirements.  In  order  to  audit  a  course,  a  student  must  request  an 
"Audit  Form"  from  the  Registrar's  Office  and  submit  it  to  the  instructor  of  the 
course  he  or  she  intends  to  audit.  If  the  class  is  not  closed,  the  instructor 
may  accept  the  student  as  an  audit  by  returning  the  signed  form  to  the 
Registrar's  Office.  The  grade  awarded  for  a  class  taken  on  an  audit  basis  is 
"AU,"  and  no  credits  or  quality  points  are  earned. 

Students  may  register  to  take  courses  on  an  audit  basis  only  during  the 
normal  time  for  dropping  and  adding  courses.  The  fees  for  auditing  courses 
are  published  by  the  Business  Office. 


Dean's  List 


Students  who  earn  a  semester  grade-point  average  of  3.5  or  higher 
carrying  14  semester  hours  or  more  during  the  fall  or  spring  semester  are 
enrolled  on  the  Dean's  Academic  Honors  List. 


60 


Graduation  Requirements 


To  earn  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  the  University  the  following 
requirements  must  be  met: 

1)  Completion  of  120  semester  hours  of  course  credit,  with  an 
Oglethorpe  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2.0  or  higher. 

2)  Completion  at  Oglethorpe  of  the  60  semester  hours  of  course  credit 
immediately  preceding  graduation  (except  by  special  permission  by 
the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  the  chairman  of  the  division  in  which  the 
student  is  majoring,  and  the  student's  adviser). 

3)  Satisfaction  of  core  requirements  and  major  field  or  dual  degree  re- 
quirements (see  appropriate  disciplinary  headings  for  descriptions). 

4)  Submission  of  an  application  for  graduation  to  the  Registrar's  Office 
during  the  semester  or  session  preceding  the  graduation  at  which 
the  degree  is  to  be  awarded  (fall  semester  for  those  who  complete 
requirements  in  December). 

5)  Satisfaction  of  all  financial  and  other  obligations  to  the  University  and 
payment  of  a  diploma  fee. 

6)  Participation  in  assessments  of  competencies  gained  and  curricular 
effectiveness  by  completing  standardized  or  other  tests  and  surveys. 

7)  Receipt  of  formal  faculty  approval  for  graduation. 

Master  of  Arts  degree  candidates  are  referred  to  the  Division  VI  section  of 
this  bulletin  for  a  description  of  degree  requirements  and  other  academic 
regulations  which  pertain  to  the  graduate  program. 

Good  Standing,  Probation  and 
Academic  Dismissal 

To  be  in  good  standing  students  must  achieve  the  cumulative  grade-point 
averages  specified  below  in  relation  to  the  number  of  semester  hours  they 
have  completed. 

Cumulative  GPA  Required 
Semester  Hours  Completed  for  Good  Standing 

0-35  1.50 

36-65  1.75 

66  and  above  2.00 

Students  who  fail  to  achieve  good  standing  are  placed  on  probation. 
Students  who  do  not  achieve  good  standing  for  two  consecutive 
semesters  (summer  session  excluded)  are  subject  to  dismissal  from  the 
University  for  academic  reasons. 

New  students,  freshmen  or  transfer  students,  who  do  not  pass  even  one 
course  during  their  first  semester  at  Oglethorpe  are  dismissed. 

Students  who  have  been  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  may  be 
readmitted  after  an  absence  of  one  spring  or  fall  semester  upon  petition  to 
the  Dean  of  the  Faculty.  Students  readmitted  by  petition  must  achieve  good 
standing  by  the  end  of  their  second  semester  as  readmitted  students  or  be 
dismissed  permanently. 


ol 


Degrees 


Oglethorpe  offers  four  degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science. 
Bachelor  of  Business  Administration,  and  Master  of  Arts.  For  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts  degree  the  following  majors  are  offered:  American  Studies,  Business 
Administration  and  Behavioral  Sciences,  Economics,  Education  (Early  Child- 
hood. Middle  Grades,  and  Secondary  with  concentrations  available  in  English, 
Mathematics,  Science,  and  Social  Studies),  English,  History,  Individually 
Planned  Major,  International  Studies,  Philosophy  Political  Studies,  Psychology, 
Sociology,  and  Sociology-Social  Work.  For  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  the 
following  majors  are  offered  in  the  following  fields:  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Mathematics.  Mathematics/Computer  Science.  Physics,  and  Medical 
Technology.  For  the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree,  majors  are 
offered  in  Accounting,  Business  Administration,  Business  Administration/ 
Computer  Science,  and  Economics. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  is  offered  only  in  the  field  of  education  with 
concentrations  in  early  childhood  or  middle  grades  education  (see  Division 
VI  section  of  this  bulletin). 

Under  certain  conditions  it  is  also  possible  for  a  student  to  receive  a 
degree  from  Oglethorpe  under  the  Professional  Option.  Through  this  arrange- 
ment and  in  accord  with  regulations  of  the  University,  the  student  may  transfer 
to  an  accredited  professional  institution  —  such  as  law  school,  dental  school, 
or  medical  school  —  at  the  end  of  the  junior  year  and  then,  after  one  year 
in  the  professional  school,  receive  a  degree  from  Oglethorpe.  Students  inter- 
ested in  this  possibility  should  consult  with  their  advisers  to  make  certain  that 
all  conditions  are  met. 

Degrees  With  Academic  Honors 

Degrees  with  honors  are  awarded  as  follows:  cum  laude  for  a  cumulative 
average  of  3.5  or  higher;  magna  cum  laude  for  3.7  or  higher;  and  summa  cum  laude 
for  3.9  or  higher. 

The  academic  requirements  for  honors  must  be  met  on  all  work 
completed  at  Oglethorpe  and  on  all  the  combined  work  taken  at  Oglethorpe 
and  at  other  institutions,  if  that  work  is  presented  in  satisfaction  of  degree 
requirements. 

To  be  eligible  for  academic  honors,  the  student  must  have  completed 
60  or  more  semester  hours  at  Oglethorpe.  See  also,  Senior  Honours  Option. 

Earning  a  Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 

Students  who  have  completed  a  baccalaureate  degree  may  earn  a  second 
baccalaureate  degree  at  Oglethorpe. 

For  students  who  earned  their  first  baccalaureate  degree  at  Oglethorpe 
the  requirements  are: 

1. Completion  of  an  additional  30  semester  hours  while  maintaining  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.0  or  higher.  1 5  of  the  30  semester 
hours  must  be  completed  at  Oglethorpe. 
2. Completion  of  a  major  other  than  the  major(s)  completed  at  the  time 
62  the  first  degree  was  awarded. 


For  students  who  earned  their  first  baccalaureate  degree  at  another 
institution,  the  requirements  are: 

1. Satisfaction  of  Oglethorpe  core  requirements. 
2. Completion  of  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  work  at  Oglethorpe. 
3. Maintenance  of  a  2.0  or  higher  cumulative  grade  point  average. 
4. Completion  of  a  major  other  than  the  major(s)  completed  at  the  time 
the  first  degree  was  awarded. 
The  degree  from  the  other  institution  is  treated  as  transfer  credit;  up 
to  a  maximum  of  ninety  semester  hours  may  be  accepted. 

Student  Classification 

For  administrative  and  other  official  and  extra-official  purposes, 
undergraduate  students  are  classified  according  to  the  number  of  semester 
hours  successfully  completed.  Classification  is  as  follows:  0  to  30  hours  — 
freshman;  31  to  60  hours  —  sophomore;  61  to  90  hours  —  junior;  91  hours 
and  above  —  senior. 

Normal  Academic  Load 

A  normal  academic  program  at  Oglethorpe  consists  of  no  less  than  four 
courses  each  semester,  but  generally  five  courses  are  taken,  giving  the  student 
a  total  of  12  to  16  semester  hours  each  term.  Regular  students  in  the  day 
classes  are  expected  to  carry  a  normal  load  and  to  pay  for  a  full  schedule 
of  courses. 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Students  who  wish  to  withdraw  from  the  University  during  a  semester 
are  asked  to  complete  the  appropriate  form,  which  is  available  at  the  Registrar's 
Office.  The  grade  "W"  or  "WF"  will  be  assigned  for  courses  in  progress, 
depending  upon  the  student's  academic  progress  in  those  courses. 

Withdrawal  from  a  Course 

The  grade  "W"  or  "WF"  is  assigned  to  a  student  who  withdraws  from 
a  course  (turns  in  a  properly  executed  withdrawal  form  at  the  Registrar's  Office) 
from  the  conclusion  of  drop  and  add  period  through  midterm  or  the  middle 
of  a  mini  or  summer  session.  After  that  time  the  grade  "WF"  is  assigned.  Only 
in  the  case  of  a  prolonged  illness  (a  physician's  letter  must  be  submitted  directly 
to  the  Registrar's  Office)  or  withdrawal  from  the  University  will  a  "W" 
be  assigned. 

In  the  case  of  an  emergency  departure  from  the  campus  as  a  result  of 
which  withdrawal  forms  have  not  been  executed,  the  Registrar's  Office  verifies 
that  the  student  has  left  campus  as  a  result  of  an  emergency  and  notifies 
instructors.  Instructors  may  elect  to  assign  a  "W"  in  such  a  case  even  if  it  occurs 
after  midterm  or  midsession. 


63 


Repetition  of  Courses 


Courses  may  be  repeated  only  if  an  unsatisfactory  grade  (D,  F,  FA,  or 
WF)  was  received  in  the  course.  When  a  course  is  repeated,  both  grades  are 
calculated  into  the  student's  grade  point  average 

For  courses  completed  prior  to  1984,  consult  the  Registrar  for  applicable 
regulations. 


Policy  on  Academic  Fraud 


Definitions 

Cheating  on  Examinations 

1)  The  unauthorized  use  of  notes,  texts,  or  other  such  materials  during 
an  examination, 

2)  Copying  another  person's  work  or  participation  in  such  an  effort, 

3)  An  attempt  or  participation  in  an  attempt  to  fulfill  the  requirements 
of  a  course  with  work  other  than  one's  original  work  for  that  course. 
Students  have  the  responsibility  of  avoiding  participation  in  cheating 
incidents  by  doing  their  own  work,  taking  precautions  against  others 
copying  their  work,  and  in  general  neither  giving  nor  receiving  aid. 

Plagiarism 

Misrepresenting  someone  else's  words,  ideas,  data,  or  original  research  as 
one's  own.  In  general  failing  to  footnote  or  otherwise  acknowledge  the 
source  of  such  work.  One  has  the  responsibility  of  avoiding  plagiarism  by 
taking  adequate  notes  on  reference  materials  used  in  the  preparation  of 
reports,  papers,  and  other  coursework.  The  instructor  decides  if  there  is 
substantial  and  convincing  evidence  that  an  incident  of  willful  and  flagrant 
plagiarism  has  occurred. 

Penalties  for  Academic  Fraud 

If  the  instructor  believes  that  there  is  substantial  and  convincing  evidence 
that  an  incident  of  academic  fraud  has  occurred,  the  student  is  assigned 
an  "F"  in  the  relevant  course  and  the  instructor  delivers  written  notification 
to  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  such  action.  The  Dean  of  the  Faculty  informs 
the  student  by  letter  that  the  student  is  suspended  from  the  University  for 
the  next  full  semester.  Students  may  not  register  for  summer  session  courses 
at  Oglethorpe  while  suspended.  Coursework  taken  at  another  college  during 
the  period  of  suspension  is  not  acceptable  as  transfer  credit  at  Oglethorpe. 
A  student  suspended  for  academic  fraud  may  not  take  part  in  any  University 
activities  nor  frequent  the  campus. 

Upon  notification  of  suspension  the  student  may  request  a  review  of  the 
evidence  of  academic  fraud  by  an  ad  hoc  Evidence  Review  Committee 
composed  of: 

1)  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

2)  The  student's  academic  adviser. 

3)  Two  faculty  members  appointed  by  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

4)  Three  students  selected  by  the  president  of  the  Oglethorpe  Student 
Association.  (In  the  absence  of  the  president,  the  vice-president  shall 
select  the  students.) 


64 


The  Evidence  Review  Committee's  task  is  to  decide  whether  the  evidence 
of  academic  fraud  is  convincing  enough  to  constitute  proof  beyond  a 
reasonable  doubt  of  a  violation. 

The  second  academic  fraud  offense  will  result  in  the  student's  expulsion. 
Again,  the  student  may  ask  an  ad  hoc  Evidence  Review  Committee  to  decide 
whether  the  evidence  presented  constitutes  proof  beyond  a  reasonable 
doubt  of  a  violation. 

Access  to  Students  Records 

To  comply  with  the  Family  Educational  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974,  com- 
monly called  the  Buckley  Amendment,  Oglethorpe  University  informs  students 
of  their  rights  under  this  act  in  the  student  handbook,  The  "O"  Book.  Three 
basic  rights  are  covered  by  this  act:  (1)  The  student's  right  to  have  access  to 
personal  records,  (2)  the  right  of  a  hearing  to  challenge  the  content  of  a  record, 
and  (3)  the  right  to  withhold  or  give  consent  for  the  release  of  identifying  data. 
Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  The  "O"  Book  and  from  the 
Registrar. 

Semester  System 

Two  semesters  constitute  the  regular  academic  year.  Several  day  and 
evening  sessions  are  offered  in  the  summer. 

Division  of  Continuing  Education 

The  University's  Division  of  Continuing  Education  offers  a  variety  of  edu- 
cational opportunities  to  adults  in  the  metropolitan  Atlanta  area.  Included 
are  credit  courses  in  the  liberal  arts  and  business,  non-credit  courses,  and 
educational  experiences  designed  to  meet  the  specific  needs  of  employers, 
of  organizations,  and  members  of  vocational  groups. 

Continuing  Education  Degree  Program 

An  evening-weekend  credit  program  serves  two  groups;  those  who  wish 
to  take  a  limited  number  of  courses  for  special  purposes  and  those  who  desire 
to  earn  baccalaureate  degrees.  Degree  programs  are  offered  in  Accounting, 
Business  Administration,  Business  Administration  and  Computer  Science, 
Business  Administration  and  Behavioral  Science,  Economics,  and  the 
Individually  Planned  Major.  Classes  meet  two  nights  a  week  (Monday  and 
Wednesday  or  Tuesday  and  Thursday)  and  on  Saturday  mornings.  The 
academic  year  is  divided  into  three  full  terms  —  fall,  spring  and  summer  — 
and  an  abbreviated  term  in  May.  To  qualify  for  the  special  tuition  rates  offered 
continuing  education  students,  a  student  must  take  all  courses  in  the  evening 
or  on  Saturdays. 


65 


Non-Credit  Course  Program 


The  Division  of  Continuing  Education  serves  as  the  University's 
community  service  arm,  providing  non-credit  courses  for  adults.  The  two  non- 
credit  programs  are  the  Learn  and  Live  courses  for  personal  enrichment,  and 
the  Certificate  in  Management  Development  program  offered  in  cooperation 
with  the  American  Management  Association  Extension  Institution.  Classes 
meet  on  weekday  evenings  and  Saturdays  in  fall,  winter,  spring,  and 
summer  terms. 

Human  Resource  Development 

Training  needs  of  business,  industry,  government,  and  vocational  groups 
in  the  north  Atlanta  area  are  met  through  individually  designed  seminars, 
workshops,  and  conferences.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  training  for  managers, 
with  a  Certificate  in  Management  awarded  to  individuals  who  complete  the 
prescribed  course  of  study. 

Additional  information  is  available  from  Dean  of  Continuing  Education 
at  (404)  233-6662. 


66 


The  Curriculum 


Organization 


Oglethorpe's  curriculum  is  arranged  in  six  general  divisions:  Humanities; 
History  and  Political  Studies;  Science;  Education  and  Behavioral  Sciences; 
Economics  and  Business  Administration;  and  Graduate  Studies. 

Academic  areas  included  within  each  division  are  as  follows; 

Division  I:  The  Humanities 

Art 

Drama 

English  and  Literature 

Foreign  Languages 

Music 

Philosophy 

Writing 

Division  II:  History  and 
Political  Studies 

History 
Political  Studies 

Division  III:  Science 

Biology 
Chemistry 
Mathematics 
Physics 

Division  IV:  Education  and 
Behavioral  Sciences 

Early  Childhood  Education 

Middle  Grades  Education 

Secondary  Education 

Psychology 

Sociology 

Social  Work 

Division  V:  Economics  and 
Business  Administration 

Accounting 

Business  Administration 
Computer  Science 
Economics 

Division  VI:  Graduate  Studies 

M.A.  in  Early  Childhood  and 
Middle  Grades  Education 

Interdisciplinary  Course  Offerings 

American  Studies 

Human  Nature  Politics,  and  Society 

Physical  Fitness 

Under  the  semester  system,  courses  of  one  to  five  semester  hours  credit  are 
offered.  A  full-time  student  carries  a  normal  academic  load  of  five  courses 
during  each  semester.  (15  semester  hours). 

A  minimum  of  120  hours  (or  their  equivalent  for  transfer  students)  is 
required  for  graduation.  Some  programs  may  require  additional  credit.  The 
core  curriculum,  as  described  below,  is  required  of  all  four-year,  degree-seeking 
students  in  the  undergraduate  program. 

68 


Core  Curriculum 


The  core  curriculum  is  a  specified  set  of  courses  in  the  fundamental  fields 
of  knowledge:  composition  and  communication,  the  humanities,  the  behavioral 
and  social  sciences,  mathematics  and  the  natural  sciences.  A  required 
component  of  every  undergraduate  program,  the  core  is  designed  to  develop 
the  following  knowledge,  skills,  and  sensitivities: 

1)  The  ability  to  comprehend  English  prose  at  an  advanced  level. 

2)  The  ability  to  convey  ideas  in  writing  and  in  speech  accurately, 
grammatically,  and  persuasively. 

3)  Skill  in  reasoning  logically  about  important  matters. 

4)  An  understanding  of  the  values  and  principles  that  have  shaped 
Western  civilization  and  of  the  methods  employed  in  historical 
inquiry. 

5)  A  knowledge  and  appreciation  of  great  literature,  especially  the 
great  literature  of  the  English-speaking  world. 

6)  An  appreciation  of  one  or  more  of  the  arts  and  an  understanding 
of  artistic  excellence. 

7)  An  acquaintance  with  the  methods  of  inquiry  of  mathematics  and 
science  and  with  the  results  of  the  efforts  of  scientists  to 
understand  physical  and  biological  phenomena. 

8)  An  understanding  of  the  most  thoughtful  reflections  on  right  and 
wrong  and  an  allegiance  to  principles  of  right  conduct. 

9)  A  basic  understanding  of  our  economic,  political,  and  social 
systems  and  of  the  psychological  and  sociological  influences  on 
human  behavior. 

10)  An  inclination  to  continue  learning  after  graduation  from  college 
and  skill  in  the  use  of  books  and  other  intellectual  tools  for  that 
purpose. 
Core  courses  are  taught  by  all  faculty  members  in  the  disciplines  included 
in  the  core. 

The  following  is  the  core  program,  listed  in  the  approximate  suggested 
sequence  for  completion. 
Course  #     Course  Title 
CI  11  Freshman  Seminar 

CI 2 1  English  Composition  I  (or  appropriate  course(s)  via  placement) 

CI 2 2  English  Composition  II 

C211  Western  Civilization  I 

C212  Western  Civilization  II 

C330  Mathematical  Science  (or  appropriate  course(s)  via  placement) 

C462  Introduction  to  Psychology 

CI 61  Introduction  to  Philosophy 

Social/Political  Studies  Requirement  (One  of  the  following) 
rC222  Introduction  to  Political  Studies 

<  C271  Human  Nature,  Politics,  and  Society 

VC471  Introduction  to  Sociology 

Fine  Arts  Requirement  (One  of  the  following) 
rC131  Music  Appreciation 

I  CI  81  Art  Appreciation 


69 


C351  Physical  Science  (or  a  lab  course  in  physics  or  chemistry) 

C521  Introduction  to  Economics 

Literature  Requirement  (Two  of  the  following,  after  completion  of  CI 22) 

2121  Western  World  Literature:  The  Classics  through  the  Renaissance 

2122  Western  World  Literature:  The  Enlightenment  to  the  Present 

2123  English  Literature:  The  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance 

2124  English  Literature:  The  17th  and  18th  Centuries 
212  5  English  Literature:  The  Novel 

2126  English  Literature:  The  Romantics  and  the  Victorians 

2127  American  Literature:  The  Puritans  to  Realism 

2128  American  Literature:  The  20th  Century 
International  Studies  Requirement  (One  of  the  following) 

2224  International  Relations 

3221  Comparative  Government 

3471  Cultural  Anthropology 

3  527  Economic  Development 

A  level  III  (e.g.,  French  III,  Spanish  III)  or  higher  foreign  (non-English)  language 
course 

C352  Biological  Science  (or  General  Biology  I  or  II) 

Courses  of  Study 

In  the  following  section  courses  are  listed  numerically  by  discipline  within 
their  respective  divisions.  Most  courses  are  designated  by  a  four-digit  number. 
The  first  digit  indicates  the  level  of  the  course.  1  =  freshman  level,  2  = 
sophomore  level,  3  =  junior  level,  4  =  senior  level,  and  6  =  graduate  level. 
Higher  level  courses  in  a  discipline  are  typically  designed  to  build  upon  the 
content  of  lower  level  courses  in  that  discipline  and  other  specified  prerequisite 
courses. 

In  some  cases,  the  letter  C,  L,  or  P  replaces  the  first  digit  in  the  course 
number.  C  indicates  that  the  course  fulfills  a  core  requirement.  L  means 
laboratory;  P  means  that  the  course  is  a  preliminary  course  to  the  required 
core  course  in  that  discipline. 

The  number  of  hours  refers  to  the  semester  hours  of  college  credit  per 
semester  which  are  earned  by  the  successful  completion  of  the  course 


Major  Programs 


Completion  of  a  major  program  is  required  for  all  baccalaureate  degrees. 
The  student's  academic  adviser  assists  with  the  student's  selection  of  a  major. 
The  student  declares  the  major  selected  on  the  course  registration  form 
completed  each  semester.  Students  must  have  declared  a  major  by  the  end 
of  the  second  semester  of  the  sophomore  year. 

A  major  is  an  orderly  sequence  of  courses  in  1)  a  particular  discipline, 
2)  a  combination  of  two  disciplines,  or  3)  a  defined  interdisciplinary  field.  A 
major  must  include  a  minimum  of  33  and  a  maximum  of  62  semester  hours 
of  required  coursework,  exclusive  of  all  hours  used  to  satisfy  core  requirements. 
Each  major  must  allow  for  the  student's  selection  of  courses  which  are  not 
in  the  disci pline(s)  of  the  major  and  not  required  components  of  the  core 

70 


curriculum.  Each  major  includes  a  substantial  component  of  advanced  courses 
which  have  specified  prerequisites.  A  major  may  require  for  successful 
completion  a  cummulative  grade  point  average  in  the  major  field  which  is 
higher  than  the  2.0  cummulative  grade  point  average  required  for  graduation. 
Alternatively,  the  requirements  for  the  major  may  state  that  only  courses  in 
which  a  "C"  or  higher  grade  is  received  may  be  offered  in  satisfaction  of  the 
major's  requirements.  The  student  is  responsible  for  ensuring  the  fulfillment 
of  the  requirements  of  the  major  selected.  Specific  requirements  for  each  of 
the  majors  listed  below  are  indicated  in  the  section  of  the  Bulletin  in  which 
the  course  offerings  of  the  discipline  are  described  or  in  the  sections  which 
state  the  requirements  of  individually  planned  and  interdisciplinary  majors. 
Please  note  that  no  course  may  be  used  to  meet  more  than  one  degree 
requirement. 

The  clinical  training  component  of  the  medical  technology  major  must 
be  completed  in  an  approved  health  sciences  program  at  a  cooperating 
institution  (see  p.  117). 

Accounting  History 

American  Studies  Individually  Planned 

Biology  Major 

Business  Administration  International  Studies 

Business  Administration  and  Mathematics 

Behavioral  Science  Mathematics/ 
Business  Administration/  Computer  Science 

Computer  Science  Medical  Technology 

Chemistry  Philosophy 

Economics  Physics 

Education-Early  Childhood  Political  Studies 

Education-Middle  Grades  Psychology 

Education-Secondary  Sociology 

English  Sociology-Social  Work 


Minor  Programs 


Minor  programs  are  available  in  some  fields.  Students  should  consult 
the  section  of  the  Bulletin  in  which  a  particular  discipline  is  described  to 
ascertain  whether  a  minor  is  offered  and  what  its  specific  requirements  are. 

A  minor  consists  of  at  least  1 5  semester  hours  of  course  work  beyond 
any  core  requirements  in  that  discipline. 

Accounting  History 

Art  Mathematics 

Biology  Music 

Chemistry  Philosophy 

Computer  Science  Political  Studies 

Economics  Psychology 

English  Sociology 

French  Writing 


"1 


Senior  Honours  Option 


Juniors  who  have  achieved  a  3.3  or  higher  cumulative  grade  point  average 
(GPA)  and  a  3.5  or  higher  GPA  in  courses  completed  in  a  particular  discipline 
may  apply  to  undertake  an  honours  project  in  that  discipline  during  their  senior 
year. 

Junior  Year 

At  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  the  student's  junior  year,  the  student 
asks  a  professor  to  act  as  the  Tutor  for  an  honours  project.  If  the  faculty 
member  agrees  to  do  so,  the  Tutor  and  student  decide  on  a  list  of  preparatory 
readings.  The  student  becomes  familiar  with  the  works  on  the  list  during  the 
second  semester  of  the  junior  year  prior  to  registering  for  the  initial  semester 
of  honours  work. 

Senior  Year 

In  order  to  register  for  honours  work  during  the  first  semester  of  the 
senior  year,  the  student  reports  to  the  Tutor  on  work  done  on  the  reading 
list  and  on  topic  definition.  If  the  Tutor  is  satisfied  that  the  student  is  prepared 
to  begin  a  research  program,  the  Tutor  initials  the  course  entitled,  {Discipline's 
Name)  —  Independent  Study  I,  2  semester  hours. 

Early  in  the  semester,  and  no  later  than  mid-semester,  the  honours  stu- 
dent presents  a  research  prospectus  to  the  Tutor,  which,  when  approved  by 
the  Tutor,  is  presented  to  the  division  chairperson  for  review.  The  division 
chairperson  reviews  the  prospectus  and,  if  it  is  approved,  recommends  two 
readers  for  the  project  —  one  or  more  of  whom  may  be  outside  the  division. 
The  Tutor  seeks  the  agreement  of  the  recommended  readers  to  serve  in  that 
capacity  and  reports  back  to  the  division  chairperson. 

At  the  end  of  the  semester  the  Tutor  grades  the  student's  work  for  the 
semester.  The  student  should  have  completed  the  research  specified  in  the 
prospectus  and  have  an  outline  of  the  paper  to  be  written.  The  student  may 
take  a  second  semester  of  honours  work  only  if  an  "A"  is  received  for  the 
initial  semester's  work.  Those  who  receive  a  "B"  or  lower  grade  will  be  asked 
to  withdraw  from  the  honours  program. 

A  continuing  honours  student  registers  for  (Discipline's  Name)  —  Indepen- 
dent Study  II,  1  semester  hour,  for  the  second  semester  of  the  senior  year. 
A  first  draft  of  the  paper  should  be  ready  for  review  by  the  Tutor  prior  to 
mid-semester.  After  revisions  and  corrections,  the  final  version  is  read  by  the 
Tutor  and  the  two  faculty  members  who  have  agreed  to  act  as  readers.  The 
Tutor  and  readers  consult  on  the  grade  for  the  paper.  If  they  are  unable  to 
reach  agreement,  the  division  chairperson  will  be  asked  to  participate  in  the 
consultations.  Only  an  "A"  paper  constitutes  successful  completion  of  the 
honours  program.  The  credit  hours  earned  in  the  honours  program  may  be 
counted  as  academic  credit  in  the  discipline  in  which  the  work  was  done. 

Students  who  successfully  complete  the  program  have  inscribed  on  their 
diplomas  "Honours  in  (Discipline's  Name).  The  honours  program  should  not  be 
confused  with  overall  academic  honors,  which  are  announced  at  the  com- 
mencement ceremony  and  are  based  only  on  the  student's  cumulative  grade 
point  average  (see  Degrees  with  Academic  Honors,  above).  Students  interested 
in  an  honours  project  should  consult  with  a  faculty  member  in  the  field  in 
which  they  seek  to  do  the  project. 

72 


Dual  Degree  Program  in  Art 


Students  seeking  a  broadly  based  educational  experience  involving  the 
types  of  programs  generally  found  at  a  college  of  arts  and  sciences  as  well 
as  the  specialized  training  offered  by  a  professional  college  may  wish  to 
consider  the  dual  degree  program  in  art.  Oglethorpe  University  and  The 
Atlanta  College  of  Art  (ACA)  offer  a  joint  program  for  students  interested  in 
a  career  in  the  visual  arts.  In  this  program,  the  student  enrolls  at  Oglethorpe 
for  two  years,  completes  61  semester  hours  of  work,  including  the  core 
requirements,  and  then  enrolls  at  The  Atlanta  College  of  Art.  The  dual  degree 
program  requires  nine  semesters  to  complete  (4!/2  regular  academic  years). 

The  student  is  required  to  complete  three  credit  hours  in  Art 
Appreciation  and  at  least  twelve  credit  hours  in  studio  electives  at  Oglethorpe. 
Upon  successful  completion  of  all  of  the  core  requirements  plus  the  afore- 
mentioned art  courses,  the  student  enrolls  at  The  Atlanta  College  of  Art  and 
completes  7  5  credit  hours  in  studio  and  art  history  courses.  Placement  in  studio 
courses  is  dependent  on  a  portfolio  review. 

Upon  completion  of  the  joint  program,  the  student  receives  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Arts  from  Oglethorpe  and  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts 
from  The  Atlanta  College  of  Art.  Students  participating  in  the  dual  degree 
program  must  meet  the  entrance  requirements  of  both  institutions.  Dual 
degree  students  are  advised  at  Oglethorpe  by  a  faculty  member  in  the  field 
of  visual  arts. 

Dual  Degree  Program  in  Engineering 

Oglethorpe  is  associated  with  the  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  the 
University  of  Florida,  and  Auburn  University  in  combined  programs  of  liberal 
arts  and  engineering.  The  programs  require  the  student  to  complete  three 
years  at  Oglethorpe  University  and  the  final  two  years  at  one  of  the  engineering 
schools.  The  three  years  at  Oglethorpe  include  general  education  courses  and 
prescribed  courses  in  mathematics  and  the  physical  sciences.  The  two  years 
of  technical  education  require  the  completion  of  courses  in  one  of  the  branches 
of  engineering. 

In  this  combined  plan,  the  two  degrees  which  are  awarded  upon  the 
successful  completion  of  the  program  are  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  by 
Oglethorpe  University  and  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering 
by  the  engineering  school.  Because  the  required  pre-engineering  curricula 
of  the  three  affiliated  schools  are  slightly  different,  the  student  is  advised  to 
consult  frequently  with  the  faculty  member  serving  as  dual  degree  engineering 
program  adviser. 

Individually  Planned  Major 

A  student  who  wishes  to  pursue  a  course  of  study  not  comprehended 
in  one  of  the  available  majors  may  petition  to  receive  permission  to  complete 
an  individually  planned  major.  Such  a  major  must  include  at  least  33  semester 
hours  of  coursework  beyond  core  requirements. 

At  least  18  semester  hours  of  the  major  must  be  completed  in  courses 
above  the  introductory  level  in  a  particular  field.  This  field  will  be  defined 

73 


as  the  major's  principal  field.  Graded  coursework  in  the  major  must  average 
at  least  2.0.  A  student  may  not  simultaneously  receive  a  major  or  minor  in 
the  principal  field  of  the  individually  planned  major. 

To  apply  for  an  individually  planned  major,  the  student,  in  consultation 
with  his  or  her  academic  adviser,  must  complete  an  application  to  be  reviewed 
by  the  academic  dean  and  the  chairperson  of  the  division  in  which  the 
proposed  major's  principal  field  is  included.  This  application  should  be 
submitted  by  the  end  of  the  second  semester  of  the  student's  sophomore 
year.  The  application  must  specify  the  following: 

1.  The  major's  coverage  and  definition. 

2.  The  observed  or  expected  conceptual  linkages  among  the  principal 
field  and  the  other  subject(s)  included  in  the  major. 

3.  The  expected  outcomes  of  the  completion  of  the  major  in  terms  of 
the  student's  intellectual  growth  and  plans  for  graduate  study 
or  career. 

The  student's  academic  adviser  forwards  the  application  to  the 
appropriate  division  chairperson.  The  chairperson  consults  with  the  academic 
dean.  The  chairperson  notifies  the  faculty  adviser  of  the  acceptance  or 
rejection  of  the  proposal,  and  the  adviser  contacts  the  student. 

The  degree  awarded  upon  successful  completion  of  an  approved 
individually  planned  major  is  Bachelor  of  Arts. 


Premedical  Program 


A  student  who  plans  to  attend  a  professional  school  of  medicine, 
dentistry,  optometry,  pharmacy  or  veterinary  medicine  should  plan  a  program 
of  studies  at  Oglethorpe  in  consultation  with  a  faculty  member  who  is  a 
designated  premedical  adviser.  It  is  desirable  for  the  premedical  student  to 
begin  the  process  of  undergraduate  program  planning  with  a  premedical 
adviser.  It  is  essential  that  contact  be  established  by  the  second  semester 
of  the  student's  freshman  year. 

Professional  schools  of  health  science  require  for  admission  successful 
completion  of  a  specified  sequence  of  courses  in  the  natural  sciences  as  well 
74 


as  the  submission  of  acceptable  scores  on  appropriate  standardized  tests. 
However;  premedical  students  have  a  wide  latitude  of  choice  with  regard  to 
the  major  selected.  Students  should  familiarize  themselves  with  the  particular 
admission  requirements  of  the  type  of  professional  school  they  plan  to  enter 
prior  to  deciding  on  the  course  of  study  to  be  pursued  at  Oglethorpe. 

The  professional  option  is  available  to  highly  qualified  students  seeking 
admission  to  appropriately  accredited  colleges  of  medicine,  dentistry  and  vet- 
erinary medicine.  This  option  allows  students  to  enter  their  respective 
professional  schools  at  the  end  of  their  junior  year.  Credit  is  awarded  at 
Oglethorpe  for  the  successful  completion  of  the  first  year  of  professional 
school  (see  Degrees,  above). 

Allied  Health  Studies 

Students  who  plan  to  attend  professional  schools  of  nursing,  physical 
therapy  or  other  allied  health  fields  should  plan  their  programs  at  Oglethorpe 
with  the  assistance  of  the  faculty  member  serving  as  the  Allied  Health  Adviser. 
The  name  of  this  adviser  can  be  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  office. 

In  allied  health  fields,  successful  completion  of  the  program  in  an 
accredited  professional  school  and  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  credit 
earned  at  Oglethorpe  are  required  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with 
an  individually  planned  major  in  two  relevant  disciplines. 


Prelegal  Program 


Students  planning  to  enter  law  school  after  graduation  from  Oglethorpe 
should  realize  that  neither  the  American  Bar  Association  nor  leading  law 
schools  endorse  a  particular  prelaw  major.  The  student  is  advised,  however, 
to  take  courses  that  enhance  the  basic  skills  of  a  liberally  educated  person: 
reading  with  comprehension,  writing,  speaking,  and  reasoning.  The  student 
is  encouraged  to  become  more  familiar  with  political,  economic,  and  social 
institutions  as  they  have  developed  historically  and  as  they  function  in 
contemporary  society.  Students  are  referred  to  the  Prelaw  Handbook,  which  is 
available  in  the  University  bookstore,  for  a  more  complete  discussion  of  the 
desirable  aspects  of  a  prelaw  curriculum. 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  a  legal  career  should  ask  the  Registrar 
for  the  names  of  faculty  members  serving  as  prelaw  advisers. 


Preseminary 


Preseminary  students  should  plan  a  curriculum  with  emphasis  on  phi- 
losophy, religion,  English,  and  foreign  language  courses.  A  faculty  adviser  will 
aid  in  the  selection  of  a  particular  field  of  study.  For  further  guidance,  the 
chairman  of  the  humanities  division  makes  available  a  list  of  courses  recom- 
mended by  the  American  Association  of  Theological  Schools.  Juniors  and 
seniors  are  encouraged  to  take  an  internship  related  to  their  course  work. 


75 


Internships  and  Cooperative  Education 

Oglethorpe  University  offers  two  on-the-job  learning  programs:  Co- 
operative Education  and  Internships.  These  programs  provide  students  with 
the  opportunity  to  have  an  employment  experience  designed  to  promote  their 
professional  and  personal  growth.  They  also  allow  students  to  explore  par- 
ticular career  options. 

Opportunities  are  available  in  all  majors  for  students  who  (1)  demonstrate 
a  clear  understanding  of  the  goals  they  wish  to  accomplish  in  the  experience 
and  (2)  possess  the  necessary  academic  and  personal  background  to 
accomplish  these  goals. 

Cooperative  Education 

Cooperative  Education  is  a  non-credit  program  in  which  students 
alternate  semesters  of  work  and  study  until  graduation.  Students  begin  the 
co-op  experience  in  their  junior  year.  Opportunites  are  available  with  major 
employers  in  the  Atlanta  area. 

Internships 

Students  may  qualify  to  begin  an  internship  experience  in  the  sophomore 
year.  Every  internship  requires  a  statement  of  academic  objectives  and 
requirements  developed  in  consultation  with  the  student's  faculty  adviser 
and/or  faculty  internship  supervisor.  Upon  successful  completion  of  the 
internship,  the  student  is  awarded  academic  credit  in  recognition  of  the 
learning  value  of  the  experience,  up  to  a  maximum  of  fifteen  hours. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  a  co-operative  education  or  internship 
experience  should  first  consult  with  their  faculty  adviser  and  then  visit  the 
Office  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement,  Internship,  and  Cooperative 
Education  in  Lupton  Hall. 


Cross  Registration 


Oglethorpe  University  is  a  member  of  the  University  Center  in  Georgia, 
a  consortium  of  institutions  of  higher  education  in  the  Atlanta/Athens  area. 
Through  the  University  Center,  students  may  enroll  in  courses  at  any  other 
member  institution.  The  student  need  not  be  admitted  to  the  other  institution 
and  completes  all  procedures,  including  payment  of  tuition,  at  Oglethorpe 

Interested  students  should  consult  the  Registrar  for  program  details. 


Interdisciplinary  Majors 


Interdisciplinary  majors  are  offered  in  American  Studies,  Business  Ad- 
ministration and  Behavioral  Science,  Business  Administration  and  Computer 
Science,  International  Studies,  and  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science. 
Students  who  choose  one  of  these  majors  should  notify  the  Registrar  so  that 
an  appropriate  adviser  may  be  assigned. 


American  Studies 


The  major  in  American  Studies  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  the 
opportunity  to  develop  a  systematic  and  in-depth  understanding  of  American 

76 


culture.  By  combining  American  studies  courses  and  courses  from  relevant 
disciplines  (history,  literature,  the  arts,  economics,  and  the  social  sciences) 
students  may  explore  the  relationships  of  diverse  aspects  of  American  life. 
Students  are  also  able  to  pursue  their  special  interests  within  American  culture 
by  developing  an  "area  of  concentration"  that  provides  a  specific  focus  for 
much  of  the  work  completed  in  fulfillment  of  major  requirements. 

In  addition  to  introducing  students  to  the  field  of  American  studies,  the 
major  is  designed  to  help  students  refine  their  fundamental  intellectual  skills, 
especially  their  writing  and  speaking  skills.  Skills  of  this  sort  will  serve  the 
student  well  long  after  many  specific  facts,  postulates,  and  theories  have  been 
forgotten.  In  short,  as  is  consistent  with  Oglethorpe's  stated  institutional 
purpose,  the  American  studies  program  seeks  to  prepare  humane  generalists 
—  individuals  who  possess  those  basic  qualities  so  necessary  for  leadership 
in  a  rapidly  changing  world. 

Requirements  of  the  Major  Include: 

1.  The  completion  of  the  following  nine  courses: 

2127  American  Literature:  The  Puritans  to  Realism 

2128  American  Literature:  The  20th  Century 
2141   The  American  Experience 

2216  American  History  to  1865 

2217  American  History  since  1865 

3217  The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United  States  since  1945 
3477  Community  and  Individualism  in  America 

3  523  United  States  Economic  History 
4141   Senior  Seminar  in  American  Studies 

2.  Completion  of  six  of  the  following  courses: 
2221    United  States  Foreign  Policy 

2223  Constitutional  Law 
2471   The  Family 
2518  Statistics 

3 1 20  Advanced  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 

3121  Contemporary  Literature 

3131  History  and  Literature  of  American  Music 

3132  Music  in  America  Since  1940 

3222  American  Political  Parties 

3223  Congress  and  the  Presidency 
322  5  State  and  Local  Government 
3421   Introduction  to  Education 

4121   Special  Topics  in  Literature  and  Culture  I 
4123  Major  British  and  American  Authors  I 

42 1 3  United  States  Diplomatic  History 

4214  The  American  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 
4521    Money  and  Banking 

4  522  Labor  Economics 
452  5  Public  Finance 

The  required  courses  in  American  literature  and  history  may  not  be  used 
to  satisfy  core  requirements.  The  American  Experience,  2141,  should  be  taken 
in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year.  The  seminar  courses  3477  and  4141,  are 
to  be  taken  in  the  junior  and  senior  years.  A  "C"  average  in  major  coursework 
is  required  for  graduation.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 


Business  Administration  and 
Behavorial  Science 


This  major  provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  of  the 
behavorial  sciences  as  they  may  be  applied  in  the  business  world.  The  major 
helps  to  prepare  students  for  careers  in  business,  especially  those  related  to 
human  resources,  or  for  graduate  study  in  business  administration  and  applied 
psychology. 

The  major  consists  of  1 1  required  courses  and  four  directed  electives. 
The  four  directed  electives  should  be  carefully  selected  with  the  assistance 
of  the  faculty  adviser  and  must  be  evenly  divided  between  business  adminis- 
tration courses  and  courses  in  behavorial  sciences.  A  "C"  average  in  course- 
work  in  the  major  is  required  for  completion  of  this  major.  The  degree  awarded 
is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Requirements  of  the  Major  Include: 

1.  The  completion  of  the  following  eleven  courses: 
Business  Administration  Courses 

1510  Business  Law  I 

2  530  Principles  of  Accounting  I 

2  531    Principles  of  Accounting  II 

Choice  of: 
2  540  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software    or 

2  541    Introduction  to  Computer  Science  or 

2  542  Principles  of  Computer  Programming 
2513   Management 
3517   Marketing 
Behavioral  Science  Courses 
2464   Organizational  Psychology 
3463   Psychological  Testing 

2473  Social  Psychology 

2518  Statistics 
Choice  of: 

2519  Management  Science    or      3461     Research  Design 

2.  Electives:  (The  major  requires  two  electives  from  business  administration 

and  two  from  the  behavioral  sciences) 
2141  The  American  Experience 

2474  Social  Problems 

2  540  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software 
2  542  Principles  of  Computer  Programming 
2  5  55  International  Business 

2  556  Marketing  Communications 
3465  Theories  of  Personality 
3516  Managerial  Finance 

3521  Intermediate  Microeconomics 

3522  Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

3  527  Economic  Development 
4522  Labor  Economics 
4556  Marketing  Research 

78 


3471  Cultural  Anthropology 

3477  Community  and  Individualism  in  America 

3464  Psychology  of  Leadership 

4473  Population 

4465  Internship  in  Psychology 

or 

4517  Internship  in  Business  Administration 

Business  Administration/ 
Computer  Science 

The  administration  of  business  involves  the  collection,  storage,  analysis, 
and  reporting  of  large  volumes  of  financial  as  well  as  non-financial  data.  By 
combining  courses  in  business  administration  and  computer  science,  this  inter- 
disciplinary major  acquaints  students  with  the  ways  in  which  computer  systems 
can  assist  in  carrying  out  the  accounting,  finance,  marketing,  and  management 
functions  of  business.  An  additional  aim  is  to  encourage  innovative  approaches 
to  administration  that  would  be  impractical  without  the  computational  capacity 
of  the  computer. 

The  major  requires  completion  of  sixteen  courses;  thirteen  specified 
courses  and  three  directed  electives,  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  each 
course.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration. 

Requirements  of  the  Major  Include: 

1.  Completion  of  the  following  courses: 
1333    Calculus  I 

2  513  Management 

2  518  Statistics 

2  519  Management  Science 

2  530  Principles  of  Accounting  I 

2  531  Principles  of  Accounting  II 

2  542  Principles  of  Computer  Programming 
3516  Managerial  Finance 

3  517  Marketing 

3  521     Intermediate  Microeconomics 
3522    Intermediate  Macroeconomics 
3  544    Principles  of  File  Processing 
4516    Strategic  Planning 

2.  Completion  of  three  of  the  following  five  courses: 

2  540  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software 

2  541  Introduction  to  Computer  Science 

3  542  Introduction  to  Data  Structures 
4540  Introduction  to  Systems  Programming 
4542  Topics  in  Computer  Science 

International  Studies 

International  Studies  is  an  interdisciplinary  major  which  seeks  to  develop 

79 


skills  and  perspectives  essential  to  effective  participation  in  the  emerging  multi- 
cultural business  and  social  environment.  The  major  helps  to  prepare  students 
for  careers  in  international  commerce,  the  travel  and  convention  businesses, 
international  banking  and  finance,  and  government.  The  major  also  provides 
an  appropriate  undergraduate  background  for  the  professional  study  of 
business,  public  policy,  and  law.  Students  interested  in  this  major  should  ask 
the  Registrar  to  refer  them  to  a  faculty  adviser  who  specializes  in  this  major. 
The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Requirements  of  the  Major  Include: 

1.  The  completion  of  the  following  five  requirements  (including  prerequisites): 
None  of  these  courses  may  be  used  to  fulfull  a  core  requirement. 
2221     United  States  Foreign  Policy 

2224    International  Relations 

3214     Europe  Since  1918 

3471     Cultural  Anthropology 

3  527    Economic  Development  or  4523  International  Economics 

2.  Completion  of  four  of  the  following  courses: 

2214  History  of  England  from  1603  to  the  Present 

2  5  55  International  Business 

3213  Europe  in  the  19th  Century 

3221  Comparative  Government 

4212  Russian  History 

4213  United  States  Diplomatic  History 

4228    Advanced  Topics  in  International  Relations 

3.  Four  semesters  study  of  a  foreign  language  or  demonstration  of  proficiency 
in  a  foreign  language  which  would  be  equivalent  to  four  semesters  of  study. 

4.  A  study  abroad  experience.  A  summer  session  or  semester  at  a  foreign 
university  is  the  preferred  method  for  fulfilling  this  requirement.  Students 
may  plan  to  complete  requirement  (3),  above,  during  their  study  abroad 
experience. 

Oglethorpe  University  maintains  an  affiliation  with  the  American 

Institute  for  Foreign  Study  to  aid  students  in  identifying  worthwhile  foreign 

study  opportunities.  Advisers  who  specialize  in  the  international  studies 

major  can  acquaint  students  with  a  wide  variety  of  foreign  study  programs. 

Cultural  Studies  of  Europe  I  &  II  or  Eastern  Studies  I  &  II  may  be 

offered  to  satisfy  this  requirement. 

Note:  Students  who  graduated  from  a  secondary  school  located  abroad  at 

which  the  language  of  instruction  was  not  English  may  satisfy  the 

language  requirement,  (3),  with  English  as  a  Second  Language  I  &  II. 

They  may  satisfy  the  study  abroad  requirement,  (4),  via  their  residency 

in  the  United  States. 

Mathematics/Computer  Science 

Since  its  inception  as  an  academic  discipline,  computer  science  has  been 
closely  associated  with  mathematics.  Many  of  the  field's  pioneers  are  mathe- 
maticians by  training.  Indeed,  modern  computer  science  would  not  be  possible 

80 


without  the  existence  of  a  number  of  mathematical  developments  once 
thought  to  be  entirely  theoretical  in  nature 

The  major  in  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science  is  designed  to  acquaint 
students  with  the  various  linkages  between  computer  science  and  mathematics 
and  to  enable  students  to  understand  more  thoroughly  their  primary  discipline, 
whether  it  is  mathematics  or  computer  science.  Rigorous  training  in 
mathematical  thinking  will  provide  the  student  with  essential  analytical  tools 
and  mental  discipline,  while  the  problem-solving  skills  that  will  be  sharpened 
in  the  process  of  developing  algorithms  for  computer  applications  will  prove 
to  be  beneficial  to  students  of  mathematics.  Students  will  become  familiar 
with  ways  in  which  modern  computational  tools  have  made  possible  work 
in  mathematics  that  would  otherwise  be  prohibitively  laborious.  Understand- 
ing of  the  many  mathematical  structures  that  are  essential  to  effective 
development  and  utilization  of  processes  in  computer  science  will  be 
enhanced.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Requirements  of  the  Major  Include: 


1.  Completion  of  the  following  courses: 

1333    Calculus  1 

1334    Calculus  11 

2331     Calculus  111 

2332    Calculus  IV 

2333    Differential  Equations 

2  542    Principles  of  Computer  Programming 

3332    Applied  Mathematics 

3334    Linear  Algebra 

3335    Abstract  Algebra 

3  542    Introduction  to  Data  Structures 

2.  Completion  of  three  of  the  following  five  courses: 

2540    Introduction  to  Computer  Applications 

Software 

2541     Introduction  to  Computer  Science 

3  544    Principles  of  File  Processing 

4540    Introduction  to  Systems  Programming 

4542    Topics  in  Computer  Science 

Undergraduate  Courses  in  Numerical  Sequence 

Course 

Number  Course  Title 

Discipline 

1101          Physical  Fitness  for  Living 

Interdisciplinary 

1102         Fitness  Through  Lifetime  Sports 

Interdisciplinary 

1121          Public  Speaking  I 

English 

1122         Public  Speaking  II 

English 

1123         Independent  Study  in 

English 

Literature  and  Composition 

1128         English  as  a  Second  Language  I 

English 

1129         English  as  a  Second  Language  II 

English 

1134         University  Singers 

Music 

1136         Applied  Instruction  in  Music 

Music 

81 


1171 

Spanish  I 

Foreign  Languages 

1172 

Spanish  II 

Foreign  Languages 

1173 

French  I 

Foreign  Languages 

1174 

French  II 

Foreign  Languages 

1175 

German  I 

Foreign  Languages 

1176 

German  II 

Foreign  Languages 

1182 

Drawing 

Art 

1183 

Painting 

Art 

1311 

General  Biology  I 

Biology 

1312 

General  Biology  II 

Biology 

1321 

General  Chemistry  I 

Chemistry 

1322 

General  Chemistry  II 

Chemistry 

1330 

Precalculus  Mathematics 

Mathematics 

1331 

College  Algebra 

Mathematics 

1332 

College  Trigonometry 

Mathematics 

1333 

Calculus  I 

Mathematics 

1334 

Calculus  II 

Mathematics 

1341 

General  Physics  I 

Physics 

1342 

General  Physics  II 

Physics 

1510 

Business  Law  I 

Business  Administration 

1511 

Business  Law  II 

*  * 

Business  Administration 

*  * 

2119 

Intermediate  Writing:  Persuasion 

Writing 

2120 

Intermediate  Writing:  Investigation 

Writing 

2121 

Western  World  Literature:  The  Classics 
through  the  Renaissance 

English 

2122 

Western  World  Literature:  The 
Enlightenment  to  the  Present 

English 

2123 

English  Literature:  The  Middle  Ages 
and  the  Renaissance 

English 

2124 

English  Literature:  The  17th  and  18th 
Centuries 

English 

2125 

English  Literature:  The  Novel 

English 

2126 

English  Literature:  The  Romantics  and 
the  Victorians 

English 

2127 

American  Literature:  The  Puritans  to 
Realism 

English 

2128 

American  Literature:  The  20th  Century 

English 

2129 

Writing  for  the  Media 

Writing 

2130 

Intern  Experience  in  Drama 

English 

2131 

Music  Theory  I 

Music 

2132 

Music  Theory  II 

Music 

2133 

History  of  Music  I 

Music 

2134 

History  of  Music  II 

Music 

2141 

The  American  Experience 

Interdisciplinary 

2161 

History  of  Philosophy  I: 
Ancient  and  Medieval 

Philosophy 

2162 

History  of  Philosophy  II: 
Modern  Philosophy 

Philosophy 

2163 

Formal  Logic 

Philosophy 

2164 

Ethics 

Philosophy 

2171 
82 

Spanish  III 

Foreign  Languages 

2172 

Spanish  IV 

Foreign  Languages 

2173 

Intermediate  French 

Foreign  Languages 

2181 

Special  Topics  in  Art 

Art 

2182 

Independent  Study  in  Drawing 

Art 

2183 

Independent  Study  in  Painting 

Art 

2184 

Modern  Art  History 

Art 

2190 

Special  Topics  in  Foreign  Language, 
Literature,  and  Culture  I 

Foreign  Languages 

2191 

Special  Topics  in  Foreign  Language, 
Literature,  and  Culture  II 

Foreign  Languages 

2212 

Special  Topics  in  History 

History 

2213 

History  of  England  to  1603 

History 

2214 

History  of  England  from  1603  to  the 
Present 

History 

2216 

American  History  to  1865 

History 

2217 

American  History  since  1865 

History 

2221 

United  States  Foreign  Policy 

Political  Studies 

2222 

Special  Topics  in  Political  Studies 

Political  Studies 

2223 

Constitutional  Law 

Political  Studies 

2224 

International  Relations 

Political  Studies 

2225 

Political  Philosophy  I:  Ancient 
and  Medieval 

Political  Studies 

2226 

Political  Philosophy  II:  Modern 

Political  Studies 

2311 

Genetics 

Biology 

2312 

Microbiology 

Biology 

2321 

Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis 

Chemistry 

2322 

Instrumental  Methods  of  Chemical 
Analysis 

Chemistry 

2324 

Organic  Chemistry  I 

Chemistry 

2325 

Organic  Chemistry  II 

Chemistry 

2331 

Calculus  III 

Mathematics 

2332 

Calculus  IV 

Mathematics 

2333 

Differential  Equations 

Mathematics 

2334 

College  Geometry 

Mathematics 

2335 

Discrete  Methods 

Mathematics 

2341 

College  Physics  I 

Physics 

2342 

College  Physics  II 

Physics . 

2343 

Classical  Mechanics  I 

Physics 

2344 

Classical  Mechanics  II 

Physics 

2345 

Fundamentals  of  Electronics 

Physics 

2351 

Science  Seminar 

General  Science 

2411 

Teaching  of  Health  and  Physical 
Education 

Education 

2462 

Child/Adolescent  Psychology 

Psychology 

2464 

Organizational  Psychology 

Psychology 

2471 

The  Family 

Sociology 

2473 

Social  Psychology 

Sociology 

2474 

Social  Problems 

Sociology 

2513 

Management 

Business  Administration 

2518 

Statistics 

Business  Administration 

83 


2519 

Management  Science 

Business  Administration 

2530 

Principles  of  Accounting  I 

Accounting 

2531 

Principles  of  Accounting  11 

Accounting 

2540 

Introduction  to  Computer 
Applications  Software 

Computer  Science 

2541 

Introduction  to  Computer  Science 

Computer  Science 

2542 

Principles  of  Computer  Programming 

Computer  Science 

2555 

International  Business 

Business  Administration 

2556 

Marketing  Communications 

Business  Administration 

3110 

Modern  Literature 

English 

3120 

Advanced  Writing  for  Business 
and  the  Professions 

Writing 

3121 

Contemporary  Literature 

English 

3122 

Introduction  to  Linguistics 

English 

3123 

Shakespeare 

English 

3124 

Creative  Writing 

Writing 

3125 

Studies  in  Drama  I 

English 

3126 

Studies  in  Drama  II 

English 

3127 

Studies  in  Poetry  I 

English 

3128 

Studies  in  Poetry  II 

English 

3129 

Studies  in  Fiction  I 

English 

3130 

Studies  in  Fiction  II 

English 

3131 

History  and  Literature  of 
American  Music 

Music 

3132 

Music  in  America  since  1940 

Music 

3139 

Biography  and  Autobiography 

Writing 

3160 

History  of  Philosophy  III:  20th  Century 
Philosophy-The  Analytic  Tradition 

Philosophy 

3161 

History  of  Philosophy  IV:  20th  Century 
Philosophy-The  Existentialist  Tradition 

Philosophy 

3162 

Philosophy  of  Religion 

Philosophy 

3163 

Metaphysics 

Philosophy 

3173 

Advanced  French  Conversation 

Foreign  Languages 

3174 

Advanced  French  Composition 

Foreign  Languages 

3211 

The  Renaissance  and  Reformation 

History 

3212 

Europe  1650-1815 

History 

3213 

Europe  in  the  19th  Century 

History 

3214 

Europe  since  1918 

History 

3217 

The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United 
States  since  1945 

History 

3218 

Georgia  History 

History 

3221 

Comparative  Government 

Political  Studies 

3222 

American  Political  Parties 

Political  Studies 

3223 

Congress  and  the  Presidency 

Political  Studies 

3225 

State  and  Local  Government 

Political  Studies 

3311 

Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy 

Biology 

3312 

Human  Physiology 

Biology 

3313 

Embryology 

Biology 

3316 

Cell  Biology 

Biology 

84 


3317 

Advanced  Topics  in  Biology 

Biology 

3322 

Physical  Chemistry  I 

Chemistry 

3323 

Physical  Chemistry  II 

Chemistry 

3325 

Physical  Chemistry  Lab 

Chemistry 

3332 

Applied  Mathematics 

Mathematics 

3334 

Linear  Algebra 

Mathematics 

3335 

Abstract  Algebra 

Mathematics 

3341 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  I 

Physics 

3342 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  II 

Physics 

3343 

Introduction  to  Thermodynamics, 
Statistical  Mechanics  and 
Kinetic  Theory 

Physics 

3344 

lunior  Physics  Laboratory  I 

Physics 

3345 

Junior  Physics  Laboratory  II 

Physics 

3411 

Teaching  of  Reading 

Education 

3412 

Teaching  of  Language  Arts 

Education 

3413 

Teaching  of  Social  Studies 

Education 

3414 

Teaching  of  Mathematics 

Education 

3415 

Teaching  of  Science 

Education 

3416 

Teaching  of  Art 

Education 

3417 

Teaching  of  Music 

Education 

3421 

Introduction  to  Education 

Education 

3422 

Secondary  Curriculum 

Education 

3441 

The  Child  in  Home  and  Community 

Education 

3442 

Curriculum  and  Methods  in  Early 
Childhood  Education 

Education 

3443 

Curriculum  and  Methods  for  the 
Middle  Grades 

Education 

3461 

Research  Design 

Psychology 

3462 

Advanced  Experimental  Psychology 

Psychology 

3463 

Psychological  Testing 

Psychology 

3464 

Psychology  of  Leadership 

Psychology 

3465 

Theories  of  Personality 

Psychology 

3466 

Abnormal  Psychology 

Psychology 

3467 

Cognitive  Psychology 

Psychology 

3471 

Cultural  Anthropology 

Sociology 

3473 

Field  of  Social  Work 

Sociology 

3474 

Methods  of  Social  Work 

Sociology 

3475 

Minority  Peoples 

Sociology 

3477 

Community  and  Individualism  in 
America 

Sociology 

3516 

Managerial  Finance 

Business  Administration 

3517 

Marketing 

Business  Administration 

3521 

Intermediate  Microeconomics 

Economics 

3522 

Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

Economics 

3523 

United  States  Economic  History 

Economics 

3524 

History  of  Economic  Thought 

Economics 

3527 

Economic  Development 

Economics 

3532 

Intermediate  Accounting  I 

Accounting 

3533 

Intermediate  Accounting  II 

Accounting 

3534 

Cost  Accounting 

Accounting 

85 

3535  Business  and  Personal  Taxes 

3537  Studies  in  International  Accounting 

3542  Introduction  to  Data  Structures 

3544  Principles  of  File  Processing 

*  *  *  * 

4110  Eastern  Studies  I 

4111  Eastern  Studies  II 

4120  Independent  Study  in  Writing 

4121  Special  Topics  in  Literature  and 

Culture  I 

4122  Special  Topics  in  Literature  and 

Culture  II 

4123  Major  British  and  American  Authors  I 

4124  Major  British  and  American  Authors  II 

4125  Internship  -  English 

4126  English  -  Independent  Study  I 

4127  English  -  Independent  Study  II 

4128  Seminar  for  Student  Tutors  of  Writing 

4129  Special  Topics  in  Writing 

4141  Senior  Seminar  in  American  Studies 

4142  Cultural  Studies  of  Europe  I 

4143  Cultural  Studies  of  Europe  II 
4146  Internship  -  Interdisciplinary 

4161  Epistemology 

4162  Special  Topics:  Philosophers 

4163  Special  Topics:  Philosophical  Issues 

and  Problems 

4164  New  Testament  Literature 

4165  Internship  -  Philosophy 

4166  Philosophy  -  Independent  Study  I 

4167  Philosophy  -  Independent  Study  II 

4171  French  Literature  of  the  Ancien  Regime 

4172  Modern  French  Literature 

4173  The  Third  Republic  and  Its  Institutions 

4174  The  Fifth  Republic  and  Its  Institutions 

4175  Franco-American  Relations  in  Trade 

and  Culture 

4212  Russian  History 

4213  United  States  Diplomatic  History 

4214  The  American  Civil  War 

and  Reconstruction 

4217  History  -  Independent  Study  I 

4218  History  -  Independent  Study  II 

4219  Internship  -  History 

4224  Internship  -  Political  Studies 

422  5  Political  Studies  -  Independent  Study  I 

4226  Political  Studies  -  Independent  Study  II 

4227  Studies  in  Political  Philosophy 

4228  Advanced  Topics  in  International 

Relations 


Accounting 
Accounting 
Computer  Science 

Computer  Science 

*  * 

Interdisciplinary 
Interdisciplinary 
Writing 
English 

English 

English 

English 

English 

English 

English 

Writing 

Writing 

Interdisciplinary 

Interdisciplinary 

Interdisciplinary 

Interdisciplinary 

Philosophy 

Philosophy 

Philosophy 

Philosophy 
Philosophy 
Philosophy 
Philosophy 
Foreign  Languages 
Foreign  Languages 
Foreign  Languages 
Foreign  Languages 
Foreign  Languages 

History 
History 
History 

History 
History 
History 

Political  Studies 
Political  Studies 
Political  Studies 
Political  Studies 
Political  Studies 


86 


4306 

Internship  -  Science 

General  Science 

4312 

Ecology 

Biology 

4314 

Evolution 

Biology 

4315 

Biochemistry 

Biology 

4321 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

Chemistry 

4322 

Advanced  Organic  Chemistry 

Chemistry 

4323 

Inorganic  Chemistry  Lab 

Chemistry 

4324 

Organic  Spectroscopy 

Chemistry 

4325 

Advanced  Topics  in  Chemistry 

Chemistry 

4327 

Chemistry  -  Independent  Study  I 

Chemistry 

4328 

Chemistry  -  Independent  Study  II 

Chemistry 

4333 

Special  Topics  in  Mathematics  I 

Mathematics 

4334 

Special  Topics  in  Mathematics  II 

Mathematics 

4341 

Introduction  to  Modern  Physics  I 

Physics 

4342 

Introduction  to  Modern  Physics  II 

Physics 

4343 

Special  Topics  in  Theoretical  Physics 

Physics 

4344 

Senior  Physics  Laboratory  I 

Physics 

4345 

Senior  Physics  Laboratory  11 

Physics 

4411 

Children's  Literature 

Education 

4412 

Elementary  Student  Teaching  and 
Seminar 

Education 

4421 

Educational  Media 

Education 

4422 

Secondary  Methods  and  Materials 

Education 

4423 

Educational  Psychology 

Education 

4424 

Secondary  Student  Teaching 
and  Seminar 

Education 

4425 

The  Exceptional  Child 

Education 

4429 

Special  Topics  in  Curriculum 

Education 

4436 

Reading  in  the  Content  Areas 

Education 

4437 

Mathematics  -  Independent  Study  I 

Mathematics 

4438 

Mathematics  -  Independent  Study  II 

Mathematics 

4451 

Topics  in  Mathematics 

Education 

4452 

Topics  in  Science 

Education 

4453 

Computers  in  the  Classroom: 
Programming 

Education 

4454 

Computers  in  the  Classroom: 
Applications 

Education 

4461 

History  and  Systems  of  Psychology 

Psychology 

4462 

Seminar  in  Psychology 

Psychology 

4463 

Directed  Research  in  Psychology 

Psychology 

4464 

Advanced  Topics  in  Clinical  Psychology 

Psychology 

4465 

Internship  -  Psychology 

Psychology 

4466 

Physiological  Psychology 

Psychology 

4467 

Psychology  and  Religion 

Psychology 

4468 

Psychology  -  Independent  Study  I 

Psychology 

4469 

Psychology  -  Independent  Study  II 

Psychology 

4471 

Field  Experience  in  Social  Work 

Sociology 

4472 

Criminology 

Sociology 

4473 

Population 

Sociology 

4474 

History  of  Sociological  Thought 

Sociology 

4475 

Seminar  in  Sociology 

Sociology 

87 


4477 

Internship  -  Sociology 

Sociology 

4478 

Sociology  -  Independent  Study  I 

Sociology 

4479 

Sociology  -  Independent  Study  II 

Sociology 

4516 

Strategic  Planning 

Business  Administration 

4517 

Internship  -  Business  Administration 

Business  Administration 

4521 

Money  and  Banking 

Economics 

4522 

Labor  Economics 

Economics 

4523 

International  Economics 

Economics 

4525 

Public  Finance 

Economics 

4526 

Internship  -  Economics 

Economics 

4527 

Economics  -  Independent  Study  I 

Economics 

4528 

Economics  -  Independent  Study  II     . 

Economics 

4534 

Internship  -  Accounting 

Accounting 

4535 

Advanced  Accounting 

Accounting 

4536 

Accounting  Control  Systems 

Accounting 

4537 

Auditing 

Accounting 

4539 

Development  of  Accounting  Theory 

Accounting 

4540 

Introduction  to  Systems  Programming 

Computer  Science 

4542 

Topics  in  Computer  Science 

Computer  Science 

4554 

Advanced  Managerial  Finance 

Business  Administration 

4556 

Marketing  Research 

Business  Administration 

4558 

Directed  Studies  in  Business 
and  Economics 

Business  Administration 

P120 

Basic  Composition 

English 

P331 

General  Mathematics 

Mathematics 

Core  Courses 

(See  above  for  a  complete  description  of  core  curriculum  requirements.) 

cm 

Freshman  Seminar 

Interdisciplinary 

C121 

English  Composition  I 

English 

C122 

English  Composition  II 

English 

C131 

Music  Appreciation 

Music 

C161 

Introduction  to  Philosophy 

Philosophy 

C181 

Art  Appreciation 

Art 

C211 

Western  Civilization  I 

History 

C212 

Western  Civilization  II 

History 

C222 

Introduction  to  Political  Studies 

Political  Studies 

C271 

Human  Nature,  Politics,  and  Society 

Interdisciplinary 

C330 

Mathematical  Science 

Mathematics 

C351 

Physical  Science 

General  Science 

C352 

Biological  Science 

General  Science 

C462 

Introduction  to  Psychology 

Psychology 

C471 

Introduction  to  Sociology 

Sociology 

C521 

Introduction  to  Economics 

Economics 

Graduate  Courses 

Courses  in  the  graduate  teacher  education  curriculum  begin  with  the 
digit  "6."  See  Section  VI  of  this  bulletin  for  a  complete  listing. 


88 


Interdisciplinary  Course  Offerings 

Clll.    Freshman  Seminar 1  hour 

A  course  for  entering  students  focusing  on  study  skills,  curriculum 

planning,  educational  philosophy,  and  the  history  and  purposes  of  Oglethorpe 

University. 

C271.    Human  Nature,  Politics,  and  Society 3  hours 

An  examination  of  classic  treatments  of  leading  themes  in  social  and 

political  thought.  Among  the  authors  discussed  are  Aristotle,  Hobbes,  Locke, 

Marx,  Tocqueville,  and  Weber. 

American  Studies 

2141.    The  American  Experience    3  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  students  with  basic  aspects, 
of  the  American  experience.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the  individual's 
relationship  to  the  community  and  the  state.  Specific  topics  of  discussion 
include  populism,  Social  Darwinisn,  federalism,  the  role  of  advertising  in  folk 
culture,  the  relationship  of  technology  and  democracy,  and  America's  exploring 
spirit.  Both  primary  and  secondary  sources  are  assigned  as  readings.  The 
primary  sources  include  essays  by  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Frederic  Jackson  Turner, 
Andrew  Carnegie,  and  William  Jennings  Bryan. 
3477.    Community  and  Individualism  in  America 3  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  explore  the  apparent  changes  in  our 
national  mood  during  the  "privitized"  1950s,  the  "activist"  1960s,  and  the 
so-called  '"me  decade,"  the  1970s.  The  approach  is  interdisciplinary.  Texts 
written  by  historians,  demographers,  economists  and  anthropologists  are 
studied.  Prerequisite:  C471. 
4141.    Senior  Seminar  in  American  Studies 3  hours 

This  course  offers  an  intensive  examination  of  a  selected  topic  in 
American  history,  politics,  culture,  or  society.  Among  the  subjects  may  be  the 
relationship  of  religion  and  politics,  American  intellectual  history,  and  the 
development  and  growth  of  national  government  and  politics. 
4146.    Internship  -  Interdisciplinary 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized,  experiential  learning 
opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  Students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations 
with  cooperating  business  organizations,  governmental  departments  and 
agencies  or  in  other  professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


89 


Physical  Fitness 


1 101.  Physical  Fitness  for  Living 3  hours 

A  course  designed  to  provide  students  the  understanding  and  awareness 

of  one's  fitness  potential  through  proper  nutrition  and  aerobic  exercise.  Eval- 
uation of  personal  fitness  levels  in  the  areas  of  stress,  cardiorespiratory 
endurance,  muscle  strength,  body  composition,  flexibility,  and  identification 
of  coronary  risk  factors  will  assist  the  student  in  preparing  for  a  balanced  and 
healthy  life. 

1102.  Fitness  Through  Lifetime  Sports 1  hour 

A  course  designed  to  provide  instruction  in  the  skills,  knowledge,  and 

understanding  of  various  sports  that  can  be  enjoyed  throughout  a  person's 
lifetime.  Acquainting  students  with  the  history  rules,  and  techniques,  and 
offering  individual  instruction  in  these  sports  will  help  the  student  maintain 
fitness  through  wholesome  recreation.  Prerequisite:  1101. 


90 


Oglethorpe 
^Jniversity 


Division  I 
The  Humanities 


English 


In  literature  courses,  students  examine  written  works  to  determine  their 
meaning,  to  reach  judgments  about  their  value,  to  explore  their  relation  to 
life,  and  to  derive  pleasure.  To  these  ends,  students  make  written  and  oral 
analyses,  supporting  their  conclusions  with  close  examination  of  specific 
passages  from  the  works  of  literature  being  studied.  In  both  literature  and 
writing  courses,  students  learn  to  compose  their  generalizations  and 
supporting  details  into  a  coherent  structure  of  thought  and  language. 

An  English  major  at  Oglethorpe  is  excellent  preparation  for  law  school 
or  any  other  professional  training  that  requires  students  to  interpret  written 
material,  and  support  their  assertions  with  specific  evidence.  Given  the 
expressed  need  in  the  business  community  for  people  who  can  communicate 
well  orally  and  on  paper,  the  combination  of  an  English  major  and  courses 
in  business  administration  or  an  accounting  minor  may  be  very  attractive  to 
prospective  employers.  The  course  Advanced  Writing  focuses  on  the  kinds 
of  speaking  and  writing  abilities  graduates  will  need  to  get  and  keep  jobs  in 
personnel,  sales,  and  management.  Our  graduates  also  work  in  public  relations 
and  editing,  where  they  use  their  skill  with  words  -  a  major  emphasis  of  every 
English  course.  They  go  into  teaching,  and  sometimes  work  for  publishers, 
TV.  stations,  film-making  companies,  or  computer  firms.  They  write  press 
releases,  training  manuals,  in-house  newspapers,  and  news  copy. 

To  help  students  bridge  the  gap  between  academic  life  and  work 
experience,  Oglethorpe  places  English  majors  in  internships  with  area 
newspapers,  printing  companies,  public  relations  firms,  cultural  associations, 
and  radio  and  TV.  stations.  Such  experiences  enhance  students'  chances  of 
finding  the  jobs  they  want  after  graduation. 

Major 

Students  who  major  in  English  are  required  to  take  Western  World 
Literature:  The  Classics  through  the  Renaissance;  English  Literature:  The  Novel; 
English  Literature:  The  Romantics  and  The  Victorians;  American  Literature: 
The  Puritans  to  Realism;  American  Literature:  The  20th  Century;  Modern 
Literature;  and  four  electives  from  among  upper  (3000  and  4000)  level  courses; 
three  of  the  four  elective  courses  have  to  be  literature  courses.  (The  literature 
core  requirement  for  English  majors  is  met  by  taking  2123  and  2124.) 

Minor 

Students  who  minor  in  English  are  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six 
of  the  courses  listed  below,  above  the  level  of  CI 21  and  CI 2 2.  At  least  three 
of  these  must  be  upper  (3000  and  4000)  level  courses.  (Core  requirements 
must  be  met  with  courses  other  than  the  courses  in  a  student's  English  minor.) 
PI 20.    Basic  Composition 3  hours 

This  course  emphasizes  the  fundamentals  of  grammar  and  composition. 
Students  assigned  to  this  course  take  it  as  a  prerequisite  to  C121. 
C121.    English  Composition  I 3  hours 

A  course  designed  to  help  students  improve  their  ability  to  articulate 
their  ideas  and  support  generalizations  with  specific  detail.  Students  will 
examine  a  variety  of  essay-writing  strategies  and  write  at  least  eight  short 
papers.  Subject  matter  of  papers  differs  according  to  individual  instructor. 

92 


CI 22.    English  Composition  II 3  hours 

A  course  in  analytic  writing  in  which  students  write  several  longer  papers 
based  on  readings  and  other  academic  materials.  Emphasis  is  on  the  stages 
of  the  writing  process  and  on  critical  use  of  sources.  Some  sections  of  this 
course  are  linked  to  other  courses  in  the  core  curriculum  in  order  to  help 
students  improve  their  ability  to  write  academic  papers;  the  particular  "links" 
change  from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite:  C121. 

1121,  1122.    Public  Speaking  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

Seeks  to  develop  skills  in  the  techniques  of  effective  public  speaking. 
The  format  is  designed  to  produce  a  poised,  fluent,  and  articulate  student 
by  actual  experience,  which  will  include  the  preparation  and  delivery  of  formal 
and  informal  talks  on  approved  subjects. 

1123.    Independent  Study  in  Literature  and  Composition 3  hours 

Supervised  study  in  specified  genres  or  periods.  Papers  use  several 
different  rhetorical  strategies. 

1128,  1129.    English  as  a  Second  Language  I  &  II    3  plus  3  hours 

A  course  for  international  students.  The  "ESL'  sequence  is  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  subsequent  courses  in  English  composition  as  well  as 
for  written  assignments  in  college  courses. 
i/2121.    Western  World  Literature: 

The  Classics  through  the  Renaissance 3  hours 

The  writings  that  form  a  background  to  western  culture:  Greek  mythology 
and  drama,  Roman,  Medieval  and  Renaissance  literature  Major  authors  include 
Sophocles,  Virgil,  Dante,  and  Shakespeare.  Prerequisites:  CI 21  and  CI 2 2. 

2122.    Western  World  Literature: 

The  Enlightenment  to  the  Present 3  hours 

Works  of  major  European  writers  since  the  Renaissance.  Prerequisites: 
C121  and  C122. 
t//2l23.    English  Literature: 

S    The  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance 3  hours 

Reading  and  discussion  of  the  best  works  from  among  the  earliest 
writings  in  English  (from  700  to  1616).  Major  works  and  writers  include  Beowulf, 
Sir  Qawain  and  the  Green  Knight,  Chaucer,  Malory,  Spenser,  Marlowe,  and 
Shakespeare.  Prerequisites:  CI 21  and  CI 2 2. 

v2r124.    English  Literature:  The  17th  and  18th  Centuries 3  hours 

A  survey  of  the  poetry,  drama,  and  prose  in  English  written  by  major 
authors  between  1600  and  1780,  such  as  Ben  Jonson,  Webster,  Donne,  Brown, 
Herbert,  Milton,  Dryden,  Pope,  and  Samuel  Johnson.  Prerequisites:  CI 21  and 
Q122. 

— ^2 125.    English  Literature:  The  Novel 3  hours 

A  survey  of  the  English  novel  from  the  early  18th  century  to  the  early 
20th  century.  Major  writers  include  Fielding,  Austen,  Dickens,  Emily  and 
Charlotte  Bronte,  George  Eliot,  Thackeray,  and  Hardy.  Prerequisites:  C121  and 
C122. 

2126.    English  Literature:  The  Romantics  and  the  Victorians  ...  .3  hours 

A  survey  of  the  poetry  and  non-fiction  prose  of  England  in  the  19th 
century.  Major  writers  include  Wordsworth,  Keats.  Tennyson,  Browning,  and 
Carlyle.  Prerequisites:  CI 21  and  CI 22. 


07 


t/2127.    American  Literature:  The  Puritans  to  Realism 3  hours 

A  survey  of  fiction,  poetry,  essays,  and  journals  written  by  Americans 
between  1607  and  1890,  focusing  on  major  19th  century  figures  such  as 
Emerson,  Thoreau,  Hawthorne,  Melville,  Poe,  Whitman,  Dickinson,  Twain,  and 
James.  Prerequisites:  C121  and  C122. 

C^2T2j)   American  Literature:  The  20th  Century 3  hours 

A  continuation  of  2127,  from  1890  to  the  present,  emphasizing  major 
writers  such  as  Crane,  Frost,  Eliot,  Stevens,  Fitzgerald,  Hemingway,  Faulkner, 
and  Bellow.  Prerequisites:  CI 21  and  CI 22. 

2130.    Intern  Experience  in  Drama 1-3  hours 

Students  participating  in  dramatics  at  Oglethorpe  may  earn  one  to  three 
hours  of  academic  credit  per  semester  (but  no  more  than  four  hours  of  credit 
per  academic  year)  on  a  pass/fail  basis.  Because  enrollment  in  this  Drama 
Internship  Program  is  not  required  of  all  students  who  wish  to  take  part  in 
dramatic  productions  at  Oglethorpe,  the  students  who  do  choose  to  obtain 
credit  for  their  efforts  are  expected  to  take  on  specific  responsibilities.  These 
are  determined  jointly  by  the  drama  director  and  the  student  at  the  beginning 
of  the  semester.  Permission  of  the  instructor  is  required  for  participation. 

(^TTTTp  Modern  Literature 3  hours 

A  study  of  British  and  some  American  literature  written  since  1900.  The 
course  will  usually  include  both  poetry  and  the  novel  and  will  survey  major 
20th-century  authors.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  One  sophomore 
level  English  course. 

3121.  Contemporary  Literature   3  hours 

A  study  of  literature  written  since  1945.  The  course  may  emphasize 

poetry,  drama,  or  the  novel,  and  may  include  work  in  translation.  (Offered 
in  alternate  years.)  Prerequisites:  CI 21  and  CI 22. 

3122.  Introduction  to  Linguistics 3  hours 

Study  of  the  history  of  the  English  language,  the  rules  of  traditional 

grammar,  and  current  linguistic  theory  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the  rela- 
tionship between  language  and  cognition,  theories  of  language  acquisition, 
and  the  dialects  of  American  English.  (Offered  in  alternate  years.)  Prerequisites: 
C121  and  C122. 

3123.  Shakespeare 3  hours 

The  plays  and  theatre  of  William  Shakespeare.  (Offered  in  alternate  years.) 

3125,  3126.    Studies  in  Drama  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

Drama  as  literature  and  as  genre,  through  survey  and  period  studies. 

Prerequisite:  one  sophomore  level  English  course. 

3127,  3128.    Studies  in  Poetry  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

Courses  which  examine  the  method  and  effects  of  poetry  by  focusing 

on  particular  poets,  movements,  styles,  or  historical  periods.  Prerequisite:  One 

sophomore  level  English  course. 

3129,  3130.    Studies  in  Fiction  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

English,  American  and  continental  narrative  prose  will  be  examined  in 

the  context  of  either  a  particular  theme  or  an  intensive  concentration  on  a 

particular  period  or  type,  such  as  Bildungsroman,  the  Russian  novel,  or  the 

Victorian  novel.  Prerequisite:  one  sophomore  level  English  course. 

94 


4121,  4122.    Special  Topics  in  Literature 

and  Culture  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

Courses  relating  literature  with  aspects  of  social  and  intellectual  history 
or  a  particular  issue  or  theme.  Possible  offerings  may  include  women  in  liter- 
ature, American  civilization,  Black  (or  other  ethnic)  literature,  popular  culture, 
the  literature  of  a  single  decade,  children's  literature,  and  myth  and  folklore 
in  literature.  Usually  offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  one  sophomore 
level  English  course. 

4123,  4124.    Major  British  and  American  Authors  I,  II  ... 3  plus  3  hours 

An  intensive  study  of  between  one  and  five  English  and/or  American 
writers.  Usually  offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  appropriate  surveys 
from  among  English  2121,  2123,  2124,  2125,  2126,  2127,  2128. 

4125.  Internship  -  English 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized,  experiential  learning 

opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  Students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations 
with  cooperating  business  organizations,  governmental  departments  and 
agencies  or  in  other  professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

4126.  English  -  Independent  Study  I   2  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite: 

Permission  of  the  faculty  tutor. 

4127.  English  -  Independent  Study  II    1  hour 

Supervised  preparation  of  a  paper  or  research  report  for  a  senior 

honours  project.  Prerequisite:  4126  with  the  grade  of  'A." 


Art 

Courses  in  art  history  and  studio  work  are  offered  to  enhance  students' 
appreciation  of  works  of  art  and  to  develop  their  skills  in  a  variety  of  media. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  art  consists  of  1182  Drawing,  2184  Modern  Art  History  and 
three  additional  studio  courses  selected  from  two  or  three  of  the  following 
categories: 

Drawing 

Painting 

Special  Topics  in  Art 
C181.    Art  Appreciation 3  hours 

A  survey  of  the  development  of  art  styles  from  the  prehistoric  era  to 
the  20th  century,  including  discussion  of  the  major  artists  of  each  period,  their 
culture,  purpose,  materials  and  techniques. 
1 182.    Drawing 3  hours 

Studio  exercises,  in-studio  lectures,  outside  assignments,  and  critiques 
are  designed  to  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  drawing.  Projects  will  be 

95 


designed  to  explore  concepts  and  theories  of  drawing  and  to  develop  the 
bridge  between  observation  and  creating  an  image. 

1 183.    Painting 3  hours 

Studio  exercises,  in-studio  lectures,  outside  assignments,  and  critiques 
are  designed  to  develop  a  fuller  understanding  of  the  technical  aspects  of 
oil  painting.  A  study  of  composition,  color,  drawing,  and  expression  will  be 
included.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  development  of  a  personal  direction  and 
self-confidence  in  painting. 

2181.  Special  Topics  in  Art 3  hours 

Studio  exercises,  in-studio  lectures,  outside  assignments,  and  critiques 

are  designed  to  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  various  media  including 
sculpture  and  various  specialties  of  artists  in  residence. 

2182.  Independent  Study  in  Drawing 3  hours 

Individual  instruction  in  drawing  techniques.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 

instructor. 

2183.  Independent  Study  in  Painting   3  hours 

Individual  instruction  in  painting.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 

2184.  Modern  Art  History 3  hours 

An  in-depth  analysis  of  the  art  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries,  stressing 

how  major  trends  and  major  artists  were  influenced  by  their  times.  The  course 
will  begin  with  the  advent  of  the  Industrial  Revolution  and  continue  to  the 
present.  It  will  focus  on  the  art  and  ideas  of  Ingres,  Manet,  Monet,  Van  Gogh, 
Gauguin,  Cezanne,  Picasso,  Matisse,  Dali,  and  Warhol.  Prerequisite:  C181. 

Music 

The  music  curriculum  includes  courses  in  music  history  music  theory 
and  performance. 

Minor 

To  complete  a  minor  in  music,  a  student  must  satisfy  the  following  course 
requirements: 

2131,  2132    Music  Theory  I  &  II 

2133,  2  1  34    History  of  Music  I  &  II 

A  total  of  three  semester  hours  of  1134  University  Singers  or  1136 
Applied  Instruction  in  Music. 
CI  31.    Music  Appreciation 3  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  materials,  form,  periods,  and  styles  of  music  from 
the  listener's  point  of  view,  with  emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  music  to  all 
other  art  forms. 

1134.    University  Singers 1  hour 

Study  and  performance  of  sacred  and  secular  choral  music.  The 
Oglethorpe  University  Chorale  is  auditioned  from  members  of  the  University 
Singers.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

1 136.    Applied  Instruction  in  Music 1  hour 

The  study  and  practice  of  techniques  and  literature  on  an  individual  basis. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  Instructor. 

96 


2131,  2132.    Music  Theory  I.  II    3  plus  3  hours 

A  study  of  the  materials  and  structure  of  music,  including  notation,  scales, 
keys,  rhythm,  chord  structure,  basic  harmonic  progressions,  elementary 
composition,  sight-singing  and  keyboard  skills. 
2133,  2134.    History  of  Music  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

A  survey  of  Western  music  with  analysis  of  representative  works  from 
major  historical  periods.  The  first  course  covers  the  beginning  of  music  through 
the  Classical  Period;  the  second  semester  focuses  on  Beethoven,  the  Romantic 
Period,  and  the  20th  Century.  Prerequisite:  CI  3 1  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3131.  History  and  Literature  of  American  Music 3  hours 

A  survey  of  the  major  trends  and  developments  of  American  music  from 

New  England  psalm  singing  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  CI  31  or  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

3132.  Music  in  America  Since  1940 3  hours 

A  study  of  music  in  the  United  States  since  1940,  with  special  emphasis 

on  its  relationship  to  contemporary  life  and  thought.  Prerequisite:  CI 31  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

Drama 

2130.    Intern  Experience 1-3  hours 

Apprenticeships  include  drama  classes,  performance,  technical 
production,  and  house  management.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  Instructor. 


Foreign  Languages 


Students  must  take  a  language  proficiency  exam  on  the  day  of  registration 
or  the  first  day  of  class.  They  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  according 
to  their  competence.  Foreign  students  are  not  eligible  for  courses  in  their 
primary  language. 
1171,  1172.    Spanish  1,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

An  elementary  course  in  understanding,  reading,  writing  and  speaking 
contemporary  Spanish,  with  emphasis  on  Latin  American  pronunciation  and 
usage.  Prerequisite:  None  for  1171;  1171  for  1172. 

2171.  Spanish  III 3  hours 

Studies  of  the  idiomatic  and  situational  usage  of  the  Spanish  language. 

Prerequisite:  1172  or  placement  by  testing. 

2172.  Spanish  IV   3  hours 

Further  studies  of  the  idiomatic  and  situational  usage  of  the  Spanish 

language.  Prerequisite:  2171  or  placement  by  testing. 

1173,  1174.    Elementary  French  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

A  course  in  beginning  college  French  designed  to  present  a  sound  foun- 
dation in  understanding,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing  contemporary  French. 
Prerequisite:  None  for  1173;  1173  required  for  1174  or  placement  by  testing. 

2173.  Intermediate  French 3  hours 

A  review  of  major  points  of  grammar  as  well  as  further  practice  in 

97 


developing  oral  and  written  skills.  Introduction  to  a  variety  of  unedited  French 
texts.  Prerequisites:  1173  and  1174  or  placement  by  testing. 

3173.  Advanced  French  Conversation 3  hours 

The  development  of  oral  skills  through  practice  in  group  settings  and 

individual  class  presentations.  Students  will  learn  to  express  themselves  orally 
on  a  number  of  different  topics.  Prerequisites:  1173,  1174  and  2173  or 
placement  by  testing. 

3174.  Advanced  French  Composition   3  hours 

Weekly  writing  assignments  in  French  to  be  revised  on  a  regular  basis 

form  the  central  activity  of  the  course.  A  study  of  style  and  grammatical  forms 
used  exclusively  in  the  written  language  completes  the  course  work. 
Prerequisites:  1173,  1174  and  2173  or  placement  by  testing. 

4171.  French  Literature  of  the  Ancien  Regime   3  hours 

Selected  texts  from  French  literature  prior  to  1789  to  be  studied  as 

examples  of  prose,  poetry  and  drama  in  the  language.  Taught  in  French. 
Prerequisites:  1173,  1174  and  2173  or  placement  by  testing. 

4172.  Modern  French  Literature 3  hours 

Selected  texts  from  French  literature  from  1789  to  the  present  day  to 

be  studied  as  examples  of  prose,  poetry  and  drama  in  the  language.  Taught 
in  French.  Prerequisites:  1173,  1174  and  2173  or  placement  by  testing. 

4173.  The  Third  Republic  and  Its  Institutions 3  hours 

A  study  of  both  political  and  cultural  institutions  in  France  from  1870 

to  1940  with  emphasis  on  the  traditions  established  by  the  new  republican 
government  in  the  late  nineteenth  century.  Taught  in  French.  Prerequisites: 
1173,  1174  and  2173  or  placement  by  testing. 

4174.  The  Fifth  Republic  and  Its  Institutions 3  hours 

A  study  of  both  political  and  cultural  institutions  in  contemporary  France 

since  the  establishment  of  the  present  governing  form  in  1958.  Emphasis  on 
current  issues  under  debate  in  France.  Taught  in  French.  Prerequisites:  1173, 
1174  and  2173  or  placement  by  testing. 

4175.  Franco-American  Relations  in  Trade  and  Culture 3  hours 

An  orientation  to  French  business  and  cultural  communities  and 

considerations  of  existing  connections  with  their  American  counterparts.  The 
course  includes  an  introduction  to  commercial  French.  Taught  in  French. 
Prerequisites:  1173,  1174  and  2173  or  placement  by  testing. 
1175,  1176.    Elementary  German  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

A  course  in  beginning  college  German  designed  to  develop  the  ability 
to  understand,  speak,  read,  and  write  contemporary  German.  The  student 
spends  three  hours  in  the  classroom  and  a  minimum  of  one  hour  in  the 
laboratory  each  week.  Prerequisite:  None  for  1175;  1175  for  1176. 
2190,  2191.    Special  Topics  in  Foreign  Language,  Literature, 

and  Culture  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

A  two-semester  sequence  of  courses  in  which  topical  aspects  of  the 
literature  and  cultural  phenomena  associated  with  a  given  language  are 
explored.  Prerequisite:  Novice  level  ability  in  the  language  and  permission 
of  the  instructor. 


98 


French  Minor 

A  minor  in  French  consists  of  the  following  courses: 
2173.    Intermediate  French 

3173.  Advanced  French  Conversation 

3174.  Advanced  French  Composition 

and  two  other  courses  selected  from  the  following  list: 

4171.  French  Literature  of  the  Ancien  Regime 

4172.  Modern  French  Literature 

4173.  The  Third  Republic  and  Its  Institutions 

4174.  The  Fifth  Republic  and  Its  Institutions 

4175.  Franco-American  Relations  in  Trade  and  Culture 


Philosophy 


The  philosophy  program  at  Oglethorpe  is  intended  to  train  the  student 
in  the  skills  of  reading  and  understanding  abstract  (and  often  difficult) 
arguments.  Students  learn  to  think  critically,  to  develop  their  own  views,  and 
to  express  their  thoughts  in  clear,  articulate  prose.  Although  such  skills  are 
important  in  most  occupations,  philosophy  is  an  especially  good  background 
for  graduate  study  in  business  or  law. 

Major 

The  philosophy  major  consists  of  at  least  ten  courses  in  addition  to 
Introduction  to  Philosophy.  These  courses  must  include  Ethics,  Formal  Logic, 
History  of  Philosophy  I,  and  History  of  Philosophy  II,  plus  six  additional  courses 
in  philosophy. 

Minor 

The  philosophy  minor  consists  of  six  courses  beyond  Introduction  to 
Philosophy.  These  courses  must  include  History  of  Philosophy  I,  History  of 
Philosophy  II,  either  Ethics  or  Logic  (or  both),  and  two  or  three  other  electives 
to  make  a  total  of  six  courses. 

C161.    Introduction  to  Philosophy 3  hours 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  nature  of 
philosophical  thinking,  through  a  study  of  certain  philosophical  questions  such 
as  the  nature  of  the  mind  and  its  relation  to  the  body,  human  freedom  and 
moral  responsibility,  and  the  origin  and  scope  of  human  knowledge.  The  views 
of  various  philosophers  on  these  subjects  will  be  studied. 

2161.  History  of  Philosophy  I: 

Ancient  and  Medieval  Philosophy 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  development  of  philosophical  thought  in  the  West  from 
the  pre-Socratic  Greek  philosophers  to  the  Medieval  synthesis  of  Aquinas  and 
the  later  Scholastics. 

2162.  History  of  Philosophy  II:  Modern  Philosophy 3  hours 

Western  philosophy  from  the  Renaissance  through  the  "modern"  era 

to  about  1900.  Includes  the  scientific  revolution  of  the  later  Renaissance,  the 
development  of  Continental  rationalism  and  British  empiricism,  and  Kant  and 
the  19th  century  idealist  movement. 


99 


2163.  Formal  Logic 3  hours 

Provides  the  student  with  the  basic  methods  of  differentiating  between 

valid  and  invalid  argument  forms.  Both  the  traditional  techniques  and  the  newer 
symbolic  methods  are  introduced. 

2 164.  Ethics 3  hours 

A  comparative  study  of  the  value  systems  of  the  past  —  those  of  Plato, 

Aristotle  Kant,  Mill,  James  among  others  —  that  may  enable  the  student  to 
arrive  at  a  sense  of  obligation  or  responsibility.  The  implications  of  given 
systems  for  the  problems  of  vocation,  marriage,  economics,  politics,  war,  and 
race  will  also  be  discussed.  Prerequisite:  C161. 

2225.  Political  Philosophy  1:  Ancient  and  Medieval    3  hours 

An  examination  of  the  origins  of  philosophical  reflection  on  the 

fundamental  issues  of  politics,  which  is  designed  to  lead  to  the  critical 
consideration  of  the  political  views  of  our  time.  Among  the  topics  discussed 
are  the  relationship  between  knowledge  and  political  power  and  the  character 
of  political  justice.  A  selection  of  the  works  of  Plato,  Aristotle,  Saint  Thomas 
Aquinas,  and  others  are  examined.  Prerequisite:  C222. 

2226.  Political  Philosophy  II:  Modern 3  hours 

A    critical    examination    of    the    peculiarly    modern    political    and 

philosophical  stance,  beginning  where  Political  Philosophy  I  concludes.  Among 
the  authors  discussed  are  Machiavelli,  Swift,  Hobbes,  Rousseau,  Marx,  and 
Nietzsche.  Prerequisite:  222  5  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3160.  History  of  Philosophy  III:  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy— 

The  Analytic  Tradition    3  hours 

A  study  of  the  analytic  or  linguistic  movement  in  20th  century  philos- 
ophy, as  developed  primarily  in  England  and  America.  Includes  the  philosophy 
of  Bertrand  Russell,  logical  positivism,  Ludwig  Wittgenstein,  and  the  "ordinary 
language"  philosophy  of  Austin  and  Ryle. 

3161.  History  of  Philosophy  IV:  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy  — 

The  Existentialist  Tradition 3  hours 

A  study  of  European  philosophy  in  the  20th  century,  including  an 
interpretive  and  critical  analysis  of  the  philosophy  of  "Existenz."  Beginning 
with  Kierkegaard  and  Nietzsche,  traces  the  movements  of  existentialism  and 
phenomenology  through  its  major  representatives  such  as  Heidegger,  Sartre, 
and  Camus. 

3162.  Philosophy  of  Religion 3  hours 

An  inquiry  into  the  general  subject  of  religion  from  the  philosophical 

point  of  view.  The  course  will  seek  to  analyze  concepts  such  as  God,  holiness, 
salvation,  worship,  creation,  sacrifice,  eternal  life,  etc.,  and  to  determine  the 
nature  of  religious  utterances  in  comparison  with  those  of  everyday  life: 
scientific  discovery,  morality,  and  the  imaginative  expression  of  the  arts. 
Prerequisite:  C161. 

3163.  Metaphysics  (Theory  of  Reality) 3  hours 

An  intensive  study  of  selected  issues  which  are  basic  to  our  thought 

about  ourselves  and  the  world.  Included  will  be  such  topics  as  personal 
identity,  fate,  the  nature  of  space  and  time,  and  God  as  the  cause  of  the 
universe.  Prerequisite:  CI 61. 


100 


4161.  Epistemology  (Theory  of  Knowledge)    3  hours 

A  study  of  various  issues  concerned  with  the  nature  of  validity  of  human 

knowledge.  The  topics  studied  will  include  the  distinction  between  knowledge 
and  belief,  arguments  for  and  against  scepticism,  perception  and  our 
knowledge  of  the  physical  world,  and  the  nature  of  truth.  Prerequisite:  CI 61. 

4162.  Special  Topics:  Philosophers   3  hours 

Intensive  studies  of  the  thought  of  a  single  important  philosopher  or 

group  of  philosophers.  Included  under  this  heading  have  been  such  courses 
as  Plato,  \mmanuel  Kant's  "Critique  of  Pure  Reason','  and  Asian  philosophers. 

4163.  Special  Topics:  Philosophical  Issues  and  Problems 3  hours 

Studies  of  selected  philosophical  questions,  usually  of  special  relevance 

to  the  present  day.  Has  included  courses  such  as  Philosophy  of  History,  War  and 
its  justification,  and  Philosophical  Issues  in  Women's  Rights. 

4164.  New  Testament  Literature   3  hours 

The  early  literature  of  the  Christian  movement  is  examined  with  special 

reference  to  the  patterns  of  religious  and  political  thought  reflected  in  it. 

4165.  Internship  —  Philosophy 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized,  experiential  learning 

opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  These  students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work 
situations  with  cooperating  business  organizations,  governmental  departments 
and  agencies  or  in  other  professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

4166.  Philosophy  —  Independent  Study  I 2  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite: 

Permission  of  the  faculty  tutor. 

4167.  Philosophy  —  Independent  Study  II 1  hour 

Supervised  preparation  of  a  paper  or  research  report  for  a  senior 

honours  project.  Prerequisite:  4166  with  the  grade  of  "A." 

Writing 

Minor 

The  writing  minor  consists  of  five  different  three-credit  courses  beyond 
Composition  I  and  Composition  II  (or  equivalent),  chosen  from  among  the 
following: 

2119  Intermediate  Writing:  Persuasion 

2120  Intermediate  Writing:  Investigation 
2129   Writing  for  the  Media 

3120  Advanced  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 

3124    Creative  Writing 

3139    Biography  and  Autobiography 

4120   Independent  Study  in  Writing 

4129   Special  Topics  in  Writing 


101 


2119.  Intermediate  Writing:  Persuasion 3  hours 

Expository  writing  for  students  who  want  to  develop  their  skills  beyond 

the  level  achieved  in  English  Composition  I  and  II;  recommended  background 
for  upper-level  writing  courses.  Emphasis  will  be  on  presenting  clear,  coherent, 
and  logical  arguments.  Reading  and  writing  will  be  drawn  from  a  range  of 
disciplines,  and  students  will  be  asked  to  analyze  and  revise  their  own  writing. 
Prerequisites:  CI 21  and  CI 22,  or  equivalent. 

2 1 20.  Intermediate  Writing:  Investigation    3  hours 

Expository  writing  for  students  who  want  to  develop  their  skills  beyond 

the  level  achieved  in  English  Composition  I  and  II;  recommended  background 
for  upper-level  writing  courses.  Emphasis  will  be  on  learning  a  wide  range 
of  research  techniques  and  purposefully  presenting  information  to  a  variety 
of  audiences  in  appropriate  format  and  style.  Students  will  be  asked  to  define 
their  own  investigative  projects,  and  to  analyze  and  revise  their  own  writing. 
Prerequisites:  CI 21  and  CI 2 2,  or  equivalent. 
2129.    Writing  for  the  Media 3  hours 

Study  of  the  forms  of  mass  media.  Experience  in  gathering  information 
through  interviews  and  observation,  and  from  written  records  and  other 
sources.  Practice  in  organizing  and  presenting  this  information  in  written  form 
for  a  mass  medium  such  as  newspapers,  magazines,  radio  or  TV  broadcasting. 
Weekly  writing  assignments.  Prerequisites:  CI 21  and  CI 2 2,  or  equivalent. 
3 1 20.    Advanced  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 3  hours 

A  course  for  students  who  have  mastered  the  basic  skills  and  insights 
of  writing  and  who  wish  to  improve  their  ability  to  write  clear,  concise, 
persuasive  expository  prose.  Oral  presentations  and  practice  in  listening  with 
accuracy  constitute  another  element  of  the  course.  Weekly  writing  assignments. 
Prerequisites:  C121,  C122,  and  two  sophomore  level  literature  courses. 
3124.    Creative  Writing   3  hours 

Introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  writing  poetry  and  prose 
fiction.  The  student  will  be  asked  to  submit  written  work  each  week. 
Prerequisites:  C121,  CI 22,  sophomore  standing,  and  consent  of  instructor. 
3139.    Biography  and  Autobiography 3  hours 

An  introduction  to  theories  of  biographical  and  autobiographical  writing; 
practice  in  such  forms  of  writing  as  the  personal  narrative,  the  profile,  and 
the  interview.  The  class  will  follow  a  workshop  format;  a  portfolio  of  revised 
work  will  be  presented  for  evaluation  at  end  of  term.  Prerequisite:  2119  or 
2120,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

4120.    Independent  Study  in  Writing 3  hours 

Supervised  independent  writing  project.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the 
instructor,  and  the  student  must  be  pursuing  a  minor  in  writing. 

4128.    Seminar  for  Student  Tutors  of  Writing    1  hour 

Background  and  training  for  students  working  as  "Peer  Tutors"  in 
Oglethorpe's  Writing  Center.  One  hour  per  week  is  devoted  to  discussion  of 
the  writing  process  and  the  process  of  responding  to  student  writing.  Students 
spend  two  to  three  hours  per  week  in  the  Writing  Center  under  supervision 
of  the  Director  of  Writing,  and  are  periodically  evaluated  through  observation. 
Satisfactory /Unsatisfactory.  Prerequisites:  At  least  a  3.0  GPA,  one  writing  course 
beyond  Composition  II,  and  permission  of  the  Director  of  Writing. 

102 


4129.    Special  Topics  in  Writing    3  hours 

Study  of  a  selected  topic  in  the  field  of  writing,  such  as  Scientific  and 
Technical  Writing,  Oral  History,  Writing  for  Educators,  or  The  Art  of  the  Essay. 
The  topic  will  vary  from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite:  2119  or  2120,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

Far  Eastern  Studies  Seminar/lbur 

The  Oglethorpe  University  Far  Eastern  Seminar/Tour  offers  an  exceptional 
opportunity  for  students  to  undertake  a  program  of  study  in  several  Oriental 
cities.  During  the  summer,  students  travel  in  the  milieu  of  a  great  culture  and 
study  the  origin,  nature,  and  achievements  of  that  culture. 

This  program  is  primarily  related  to  the  undergraduate  humanities 
program.  The  purpose  of  the  session  is  to  broaden  the  student's  perspective 
by  enhancing  understanding  and  appreciation  of  other  cultures. 

COURSE  OF  STUDY:  The  study  program  is  organized  around  two  related 
motifs.  (1)  Prior  to  the  trip,  a  four-week  seminar  will  be  devoted  to  the 
understanding  of  Eastern  cultures  through  the  combined  perspectives  of 
geography  and  history,  art  and  religion,  economics  and  political  science. 
Students  will  attend  lectures  by  the  instructor  who  will  provide  leadership 
for  the  independent  study  group  of  the  student's  major  interest.  (2)  There  will 
be  tours  to  the  major  cultural  monuments  of  Eastern  cities.  During  the  tour, 
students  will  engage  in  an  independent  study  project  of  their  choosing. 

APPLICATION:  Application  forms  and  further  information  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Director  of  the  Far  Eastern  Tour.  Students  accepted  in  the 
program  register  at  Oglethorpe  University  for  the  following  courses: 

4110.  Eastern  Studies  I 3  hours 

4111.  Eastern  Studies  II 3  hours 

European  Studies  Seminar/lbur 

The  Oglethorpe  University  European  Studies  Seminar/Tour  offers  an  ex- 
ceptional opportunity  for  students  to  undertake  a  program  of  study  in  several 
European  cities.  Typically  these  cities  include  London,  Cologne,  Munich,  Venice, 
Florence,  Rome,  Lucerne,  and  Paris.  For  three  weeks  students  travel  in  the  milieu 
of  the  great  cultures  of  Europe  and  study  the  origin,  nature,  and  achievements 
of  those  cultures. 

The  primary  emphasis  of  this  course  is  first-hand  experience  through 
tours  of  museums,  palaces,  factories,  cathedrals,  and  gardens,  as  well  as  visits 
to  famous  theatres  for  performances,  to  monuments,  prison-camp  sites,  and 
other  points  of  historical  interest.  Activities  of  the  trip  are  designed  to  develop 
a  knowledge  and  appreciation  of  the  historical  and  cultural  heritage  of  the 
Western  world  in  art,  literature,  architecture,  and  other  areas. 

This  travel  experience  is  preceded  by  a  series  of  orientation  sessions 
during  which  the  students  select  appropriate  reading  materials;  prepare  for 
new  cultural  experiences  in  languages,  foods,  money,  etc.,  and  begin  selection 
of  independent  study  projects.  Upon  return  to  the  Oglethorpe  campus,  stu- 
dents prepare  an  independent  study  project  growing  out  of  their  experiences 
in  Europe.  All  activities  are  supervised  by  the  Director  of  the  European 
Summer  Session.  1Q3 


ELIGIBILITY:  This  session  is  open  to  juniors,  seniors,  and  graduate 
students  in  good  standing. 

APPLICATIONS:  Application  forms  and  further  information  may  be 
obtained  fr®m  the  Director.  Students  accepted  in  the  program  register  at 
Oglethorpe  University  for  the  following  courses: 

4142.  Cultural  Studies  of  Europe  I 3  hours 

4143.  Cutopil  Studies  of  Europe  II 3  hours 


04 


Oglethorpe 
^Jniversity 


Division  II 

History  and 

Political  Studies 

ttti 


;.  if  ijifciiii  m 

II II 


■■; 

1 

History 


The  study  of  history  introduces  students  to  important  events  of  the  past 
and  the  people  who  played  significant  roles  in  them.  Embracing  the  principal 
fields  of  liberal  education,  the  study  of  history  enlarges  one's  understanding 
of  political  organizations,  economic  arrangements,  social  institutions,  religious 
experiences  and  the  various  forms  of  intellectual  expression.  An  appreciation 
for  the  Western  heritage  is  one  of  its  main  objectives. 

Course  offerings  at  Oglethorpe  are  divided  about  equally  between 
European  and  American  history.  In  each  of  these  areas,  two-semester  surveys 
are  studied  at  the  freshman  and  sophomore  levels  respectively.  Western 
Civilization  I  and  II,  the  freshman  level  survey  courses,  are  required  for 
graduation.  Above  the  sophomore  level,  period  and  topical  courses  are 
roughly  divided  between  the  European  and  American  branches  of  the 
discipline. 

The  history  faculty  at  Oglethorpe  University  seeks  to  make  its  students 
aware  of  the  constantly  changing  interpretations  of  the  past  and  acquaint  them 
with  the  increasing  uses  of  the  discipline  in  such  fields  as  law,  journalism,  public 
relations,  art,  theology,  diplomacy  and  public  service.  Particular  stress  is  placed 
on  a  mastery  of  the  techniques  of  research  which  enhance  one's  usefulness 
in  many  fields  of  professional  life.  Archival  careers  and  postgraduate  studies 
in  history  are  options  with  which  Oglethorpe  students  become  familiar. 

Major 

Students  majoring  in  history  are  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  eight 
of  the  courses  listed  below,  exclusive  of  courses  used  to  meet  core 
requirements.  Of  these  eight,  at  least  two  European  history  and  two  American 
history  courses  are  required.  Each  student  is  required  to  take  five  courses 
in  political  studies  or  other  related  field.  Students  who  plan  to  attend  graduate 
school  should  take  at  least  two  courses  in  a  foreign  language. 

Minor 

Five  courses  other  than  Western  Civilization  I  and  II. 

C211,  C212.    Western  Civilization  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

A  course  tracing  the  political,  social,  economic,  and  cultural  develop- 
ments of  Western  Civilization  from  its  pre-historic  origins  through  World  War 
II.  The  first  semester  treats  the  period  from  its  beginnings  to  1715,  concen- 
trating on  Graeco-Roman  culture,  the  rise  of  Christianity,  the  formation  of  the 
modern  state,  and  the  Renaissance  and  Reformation.  The  second  semester 
deals  with  the  story  from  171 5  to  1945  with  particular  emphasis  given  to  those 
developments  which  have  contributed  to  the  making  of  modern  society. 
Prerequisite:  none  for  C211;  C211  required  for  C212. 

2212.  Special  Topics  in  History 3  hours 

Courses  offered  by  division  faculty  members  to  respond  to  topical  needs 

of  the  curriculum. 

2213.  History  of  England  to  1603 3  hours 

A  survey  of  England  from  the  Celtic  era  through  the  reign  of  Elizabeth  I. 

106 


Emphasis  is  placed  upon  political,  constitutional,  and  economic  developments. 
Prerequisites:  C211,  C212. 

2214.    History  of  England  from  1603  to  the  Present 3  hours 

A  survey  of  England  and  the  British  Commonwealth  from  James  I  until 
the  present.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  political,  constitutional,  and  economic 
developments.  Prerequisites:  C211,  C212. 

2216.  American  History  to  1865   3  hours 

A  survey  from  Colonial  times  to  1865,  concerned  mainly  with  the  major 

domestic  developments  of  a  growing  nation. 

2217.  American  History  Since  1865 3  hours 

A  survey  from  1865  to  the  present,  concerned  with  the  chief  events  which 

explain  the  growth  of  the  United  States  to  a  position  of  world  power. 

3211.  The  Renaissance  and  Reformation 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  significant  changes  in  European  art,  thought,  and  institu- 
tions during  the  period  from  1300  to  1650.  Prerequisites:  C211,  C212. 

3212.  Europe  1650-1815 3  hours 

A  course  examining  European  society  between  the  Reformation  and  the 

Napoleonic  era.  It  will  include  the  rise  of  the  modern  state,  the  economic 
revolution,  constitutional  monarchy,  the  Enlightenment,  the  Era  of  Revolution, 
and  the  Age  of  Napoleon.  Prerequisites:  C211,  C212. 

3213.  Europe  in  the  19th  Century 3  hours 

A  study  observing  and  analyzing  the  domestic  and  foreign  policies  of 

the  major  European  powers  in  the  period  between  the  Congress  of  Vienna 
and  the  Paris  Peace  Conference  following  World  War  I.  Prerequisites:  C211, 
C212. 

3214.  Europe  Since  1918 3  hours 

An  examination  of  European  history  since  World  War  I,  giving  particular 

attention  to  the  rise  of  the  Communist,  Fascist  and  National  Socialist  move- 
ments in  Russia,  Italy,  and  Germany.  It  will  also  treat  World  War  II  and  its  after- 
math. Prerequisites:  C211,  C212. 

3217.  The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United  States  Since  1945  ....  3  hours 
An  inter-disciplinary  study  of  American  life  since  World  War  II  that  em- 
phasizes political,  economic,  and  social  developments.  Foreign  policy  is  con- 
sidered principally  with  respect  to  its  impact  on  domestic  affairs.  Prerequisites: 
C211,  C212. 

3218.  Georgia  History   3  hours 

This  course  is  a  chronological  examination  of  the  history  of  Georgia  from 

Colonial  period  to  the  20th  Century.  Emphasis  is  given  to  Old  and  New  South 
themes,  higher  education  development  with  attention  to  the  history  of 
Oglethorpe,  the  transition  from  rural  to  urban  life,  and  Georgia's  role  in  con- 
temporary American  life.  Prerequisites:  2216,  2217,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

3523.    United  States  Economic  History 3  hours 

(see  also  Economics) 
A  study  of  the  origin  and  growth  of  the  American  economic  system. 
The  course  provides  a  historical  basis  for  understanding  present  problems 
and  trends  in  the  economy  Prerequisite:  C521. 

107 


4212.  Russian  History 3  hours 

A  survey  of  Russian  history  from  the  establishment  of  the  Kievan  state 

to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  Soviet  period,  including 
such  topics  as  the  revolutions  of  1917.  the  role  of  Lenin  in  the  establishment 
of  the  Soviet  state,  the  Stalin  period.  World  War  II,  the  Khrushchev  years,  and 
the  era  of  Brezhnev.  Prerequisites:  C211,  C212. 

4213.  United  States  Diplomatic  History 3  hours 

A  study  of  major  developments  in  American  diplomacy  from  the  end 

of  the  Revolution  until  1945.  Prerequisites:  C212,  C222.  Recommended: 
2216,  2217. 

4214.  The  American  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 3  hours 

A  course  for  advanced  history  students  emphasizing  the  causes  of 

conflict,  the  wartime  period,  and  major  changes  that  occurred.  Prerequisites: 
2216,  2217. 

4217.  History  —  Independent  Study  I 2  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite: 

Permission  of  the  faculty  tutor. 

4218.  History  —  Independent  Study  II 1  hour 

Supervised  preparation  of  a  paper  or  research  report  for  a  senior 

honours  project.  Prerequisite:  4217  with  the  grade  of  'A." 

4219.  Internship  —  History 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized,  experiential  learning 

opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  Students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations 
with  cooperating  business  organizations,  governmental  departments  and 
agencies  or  in  other  professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

Political  Studies 

Political  studies  is  the  name  given  to  the  discipline  at  Oglethorpe  that 
seeks  to  understand  what  political  institutions  do  and  why,  as  well  as  what 
they  ought  to  be  doing  and  do  not.  At  other  colleges,  these  questions  are 
pursued  under  such  rubrics  as  "politics,"  and  "government,"  and  "political 
science."  At  Oglethorpe,  we  call  the  discipline  political  studies  in  the  belief 
that  it  is  an  open  question  whether  we  are  "governed"  or  subjected  to 
"politics,"  and  that  the  most  important  questions,  including  normative  ones, 
often  cannot  be  answered  by  methods  borrowed  from  the  natural  sciences. 
Thus  the  political  studies  faculty  avoid  a  heavy  emphasis  on  quantitative 
methods,  though  students  are  certainly  encouraged  to  learn  them  if  they  so 
desire.  Rather,  the  focus  is  on  the  interpretation  of  events,  both  past  and 
current,  from  a  perspective  informed  by  the  study  of  political  thought  and 
institutions.  In  addition,  students  in  this  discipline  develop  their  capacity  to 
compare  analagous  things  and  to  generalize.  The  ability  to  read  difficult  texts 
carefully  and  thoughtfully  is  especially  important  in  political  theory  courses. 
Finally,  politics  is  obviously  a  contentious  subject.  Students  in  political  studies 
must  develop  some  tolerance  for  ambiguity  and  disagreement,  while  at  the 
same  time  learning  to  appreciate  the  difference  between  informed  and 
108 


uninformed  opinion.  Political  studies  provides  good  training  for  life  in  a  world 
that  is,  for  better  or  worse  shaped  profoundly  by  political  institutions.  It  is 
especially  appropriate  for  those  interested  in  careers  in  law,  business,  teaching, 
journalism  and  government. 
Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  political  studies  are  satisfactory 
completion  of  at  least  ten  political  studies  courses  (2214,  3214,  and  4212  may 
be  counted  as  political  studies  courses)  as  well  as  four  elective  (non-core) 
courses  in  related  subjects,  no  more  than  two  of  which  may  be  in  the  same 
subject.  These  "related  subjects"  include  all  history  courses,  as  well  as  courses 
in  philosophy,  sociology,  economics,  quantitative  methods,  or  a  foreign 
language,  subject  to  the  discretion  of  the  student's  advisor. 

All  majors  must  take  C222,  Introduction  to  Political  Studies,  which  may 
be  used  either  to  fulfill  a  major  requirement  or  a  core  requirement,  but  not 
both.  Majors  must  take  courses  in  all  four  basic  subfields  of  the  discipline 
(American  government,  comparative  politics,  international  relations,  and 
political  philosophy). 
Minor 

To  receive  a  minor,  students  must  take  at  least  five  political  studies 
courses  in  addition  to  Introduction  to  Political  Studies.  These  courses  must 
fall  in  at  least  three  of  the  four  basic  subfields  of  the  discipline  (American 
government,  comparative  politics,  international  relations,  and  political  theory). 

C222.    Introduction  to  Political  Studies    3  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  questions  of  politics  through  an 

examination  of  the  American  founding  and  political  institutions. 

C271.    Human  Nature,  Politics,  and  Society 3  hours 

An  examination  of  classic  treatments  of  leading  themes  in  social  and 

political  thought.  Among  the  authors  discussed  are  Aristotle,  Hobbes,  Locke, 

Marx,  Tocqueville,  and  Weber. 

2221.  United  States  Foreign  Policy 3  hours 

A  history  of  American  foreign  policy  since  1945.  Emphasis  is  on  the 

description,  explanation,  and  evaluation  of  events  and  policies,  not  the  study 
of  policy-making  as  such. 

2222.  Special  Topics  in  Political  Studies 3  hours 

Courses  offered  by  division  faculty  members  to  respond  to  topical  needs 

of  the  curriculum. 

2223.  Constitutional  Law 3  hours 

A  systematic  analysis  of  the  place  of  constitutionalism  in  American 

government  and  politics.  The  Constitution  as  well  as  the  Supreme  Court's 
attempts  to  interpret  and  expound  it  are  examined.  Prerequisite:  C222. 

2224.  International  Relations 3  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  great  debates  about  how  to  explain,  conduct,  and 

evaluate  foreign  policy.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  of  nuclear 
weapons  in  the  contemporary  world  and  the  question  of  why  wars  do  (and 
do  not)  occur.  Recommended:  C212. 

2225.  Political  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval    3  hours 

An  examination  of  the  origins  of  philosophical  reflection  on  the 

fundamental  issues  of  politics,  which  is  designed  to  lead  to  critical 
consideration  of  the  political  views  of  our  time.  Among  the  topics  discussed 

109 


are  the  relationship  between  knowledge  and  political  power  and  the  character 
of  political  justice.  A  selection  of  the  works  of  Plato,  Aristotle,  Saint  Thomas 
Aquinas,  and  others  are  examined.  Prerequisite:  C222. 

2226.    Political  Philosophy  II:  Modern 3  hours 

A  critical  examination  of  the  peculiarly  modern  political  and 
philosophical  stance,  beginning  where  Political  Philosophy  I  concludes.  Among 
the  authors  discussed  are  Machiavelli,  Swift,  Hobbes,  Rousseau,  Marx,  and 
Nietzsche.  Prerequisite:  222  5  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3221.  Comparative  Government 3  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  politics  of  countries  other  than  the 

United  States.  The  politics  of  Great  Britain,  France,  West  Germany,  Japan,  the 
Soviet  Union,  China,  and  selected  "third  world'  governments  are  examined. 
Prerequisites:  C212  and  C222. 

3222.  American  Political  Parties   3  hours 

A  study  in  depth  of  the  development  of  party  organizations  in  the  United 

States  and  an  analysis  of  their  bases  of  power.  Prerequisite:  C222. 

3223.  Congress  and  the  Presidency   3  hours 

An  attempt  at  "zero-base"  constitution  or  institution  building,  examining 

the  original  arguments  for  the  current  American  governmental  structure  and 
the  problems  now  faced  by  these  institutions.  Prerequisite:  C222. 

3225.    State  and  Local  Government 3  hours 

A  survey  of  the  origin,  development,  and  characteristic  problems  of  state 
and  local  government  in  the  United  States.  Prerequisite:  C222. 

4224.  Internship  -  Political  Studies 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized,  experiential  learning 

opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  Students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations 
with  cooperating  business  organizations,  governmental  departments  and 
agencies  or  in  other  professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

4225.  Political  Studies-Independent  Study  I 2  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite: 

Permission  of  the  faculty  tutor. 

4226.  Political  Studies-Independent  Study  II 1  hour 

Supervised  preparation  of  a  paper  or  research  report  for  a  senior 

honours  project.  Prerequisite:  422  5  with  the  grade  of  "A." 

4227.  Studies  in  Political  Philosophy 3  hours 

An  intensive  examination  of  a  text  or  theme  introduced  in  the  Political 

Philosophy  sequence.  Among  the  topics  may  be  "Religion  and  Classical 
Liberalism:"  Rousseau's  "Critique  of  Modernity,"  Plato's  Gorgias:  Xenophon's 
Cyropaedia:  and  Thucydides'  History  of  the  Peloponnesian  War.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  instructor. 

4228.  Advanced  Topics  in  International  Relations 3  hours 

An  in-depth  treatment  of  one  or  more  of  the  issues  introduced  in 

International  Relations.  Topics  vary  from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite:  2221 
or  2224. 

110 


Oglethorpe 
^Jniversity 


Division  III 
Science 


To  ensure  the  orderly  completion  of  the  major  in  one  of  the  fields  of 
the  natural  sciences  or  mathematics,  the  student  should  consult  with  the 
appropriate  faculty  members  in  the  division  at  the  time  of  the  first  registration. 
Careful  planning  of  the  program  of  study  is  important,  so  that  the  student 
is  aware  of  departmental  and  divisional  requirements  and  allowable  options 
within  the  major.  Each  student  must  complete  the  core  requirements  as  well 
as  those  departmental  and  divisional  requirements  as  may  apply  to  the  specific 
degree. 

Three  semesters  of  the  course  Science  Seminar  (2351,  described  under 
Biology  below)  are  required  for  all  science  majors.  A  grade-point  average  of 
2.00  or  higher  in  all  courses  listed  as  required  for  the  major  must  be  achieved 
in  order  to  graduate  in  one  of  the  fields  within  the  Division. 


Biology 


The  curriculum  in  biology  provides  a  foundation  in  both  classical  and 
contemporary  biological  concepts  and  prepares  the  student  for  continuing 
intellectual  growth  and  professional  development  in  the  life  sciences.  The 
program  supplies  the  appropriate  background  for  employment  in  research 
institutions,  industry,  and  government;  the  curriculum  also  prepares  students 
for  graduate  school  and  for  professional  schools  of  medicine,  dentistry, 
veterinary  medicine,  and  the  like.  Students  planning  to  attend  graduate  or 
professional  schools  should  recognize  that  admission  to  such  schools  is  often 
highly  competitive.  Completion  of  a  biology  major  does  not  insure  admission 
to  these  schools. 

Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  biology  are  as  follows:  in  sequence, 
General  Biology  1  and  II,  Genetics,  Microbiology,  Comparative  Vertebrate 
Anatomy,  Human  Physiology  plus  three  additional  directed  biology  courses; 
General  Chemistry  1  and  II  (with  laboratories),  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  (with 
laboratories),  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis;  General  Physics  I  and  II;  six 
semester  hours  of  mathematics;  three  semester  hours  of  Science  Seminar. 
(Three  of  the  above  listed  courses,  General  Biology  I,  General  Chemistry  I, 
and  a  mathematics  course,  fulfill  core  requirements.  They  are  thus  not  part 
of  the  major  per  se.) 

Minor 

The  requirements  for  a  minor  in  biology  are  General  Biology  I  and  II, 
Genetics  and  Microbiology;  students  minoring  in  biology  are  NOT  exempt 
from  the  prerequisites  for  the  biology  courses  and  thus  will  also  complete 
General  Chemistry  I  and  II  (with  laboratories)  and  Organic  Chemistry  I  and 
II  (with  laboratories). 
1311,  1312.    General  Biology  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

An  introduction  to  modern  biology.  The  courses  include  the  basic 
principles  of  plant  and  animal  biology,  with  emphasis  on  structure,  function, 
evolutionary  relationships,  ecology,  and  behavior.  Lectures  and  laboratory. 
Prerequisite:  1311  must  precede  1312,  and  it  is  recommended  that  the  courses 
be  completed  in  consecutive  semesters. 


2311.  Genetics   4  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  inheritance.  The  classical  patterns  of 

Mendelian  inheritance  are  related  to  the  control  of  metabolism  and  develop- 
ment. Prerequisites:  1311,  1312,  1321,  1322,  2324  or  concurrent  enrollment. 

2312.  Microbiology 4  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  biology  of  viruses,  bacteria,  algae,  and  fungi.  Con- 
sideration is  given  to  phylogenetic  relationships,  taxonomy  physiology,  and 
economic  or  pathogenic  significance  of  each  group.  Lecture  and  laboratory. 
Prerequisites:  2311  and  232  5  or  concurrent  enrollment. 

2351.    Science  Seminar    1  hour 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  practice  in  the  preparation,  delivery,  and 
discussion  of  scientific  papers.  The  three  semesters  required  (for  which  one 
hour  of  credit  is  given  per  semester)  may  be  scheduled  at  any  time  after  the 
student  has  completed  the  freshman  level  requirements  in  the  science  major. 
Meetings  of  the  science  seminar  are  normally  held  twice  each  month  during 
the  regular  academic  year.  Each  science  major  is  expected  to  prepare,  deliver, 
and  defend  a  paper  for  at  least  one  seminar  meeting  during  the  three-semester 
period  of  enrollment:  other  seminar  papers  will  be  presented  by  invited  speak- 
ers, including  members  of  the  science  faculty. 

3311.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy   4  hours 

An  intensive  study  of  the  structural  aspects  of  selected  vertebrate  types. 

These  organisms  are  studied  in  relation  to  their  evolution  and  development. 
The  laboratory  involves  detailed  examination  of  representative  vertebrate 
specimens.  Prerequisites:  2312  and  2  32  5. 

3312.  Human  Physiology 4  hours 

A  detailed  analysis  of  human  functions  that  deals  primarily  with  the  inter- 
actions involved  in  the  operation  of  complex  human  systems.  Lecture  and 
laboratory.  Prerequisites:  3311,  2325,  and  1341. 

3313.  Embryology    4  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  the  developmental  biology  of  animals.  Classical 

observations  are  considered  along  with  more  recent  experimental  embryology. 
In    the    lab,    living   and    prepared   examples    of   developing    systems    in 
representative  invertebrates  and  vertebrates  are  considered.  Prerequisites: 
2312,  2325. 
3316     Cell  Biology 4  hours 

An  in-depth  consideration  of  cell  ultrastructure  and  the  molecular  mech- 
anisms of  cell  physiology.  Techniques  involving  the  culturing  and  preparation 
of  cells  and  tissues  for  experimental  examination  are  carried  out  in  the  lab- 
oratory. Prerequisites:  2312  and  232  5.  Offered  spring  semester  of  even- 
numbered  years. 
3317.    Advanced  Topics  in  Biology 4  hours 

Advanced  course  and  laboratory  work  in  selected  areas  of  biology. 
Laboratory  and  lectures.  Prerequisites:  2312  and  2  32  5.  Currently:  Advanced 
Botany,  offered  spring  semester  of  even-numbered  years;  and  Invertebrate 
Zoology,  offered  spring  semester  of  odd-numbered  years. 


113 


4312.    Ecology 4  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  the  relationships  between  individual  organisms 
and  their  environments.  The  emphasis  is  on  the  development  of  populations 
and  interactions  between  populations  and  their  physical  surroundings.  Lectures 
and  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  2312  and  232  5.  Offered  spring  semester  of  odd- 
numbered  years. 

4314.  Evolution 4  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  the  various  biological  disciplines  and  their  meaning 

in  an  evolutionary  context.  Also,  a  consideration  of  evolutionary  mechanisms 
and  the  various  theories  concerning  them.  Prerequisites:  2312  and  232  5. 
Offered  spring  semester  of  odd-numbered  years. 

4315.  Biochemistry 4  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  chemistry  of  living  systems.  The  course  will 

investigate  the  synthesis,  degradation  and  functions  of  various  molecules  within 
living  organisms.  Central  metabolic  pathways  will  also  be  studied.  Lectures, 
laboratories  and  discussions.  Prerequisites:  1312  and  232  5;  recommended, 
2321. 


Chemistry 


The  chemistry  program  covers  four  general  areas  of  chemistry:  inorganic, 
organic,  physical  and  analytical.  The  first  half  of  a  student's  chemistry 
curriculum  involves  courses  which  present  the  fundamentals  of  the  various 
areas.  The  second  half  of  the  curriculum  consists  of  advanced  courses  which 
cover  specialized  topics  in  chemistry.  In  addition  to  factual  knowledge  about 
chemistry  the  student  gains  an  understanding  about  the  scientific  method 
and  a  systematic  approach  to  research.  A  large  portion  of  the  chemistry 
curriculum  includes  laboratory  courses.  These  courses  teach  the  techniques 
and  skills  used  in  chemical  experimentation. 

A  student  who  has  completed  the  Bachelor  of  Science  program  in 
chemistry  has  several  career  options.  These  options  include  technical  or 
analytical  work  in  a  chemical  laboratory  and  non-research  positions  in  the 
chemical  industry  such  as  sales  or  marketing.  Another  option  is  to  enter  a 
graduate  or  professional  school.  Graduates  interested  in  doing  chemical 
research  should  pursue  the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degrees.  Those  interested  in 
professions  such  as  medicine  or  dentistry,  would  enter  the  appropriate 
professional  school  after  receiving  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  chemistry  are  as  follows:  General  Chem- 
istry I  and  II,  (plus  laboratory),  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II,  (plus  laboratory), 
Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis,  Instrumental  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis, 
Physical  Chemistry  I  and  II  (plus  laboratory).  Inorganic  Chemistry  (plus 
laboratory),  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  and  Organic  Spectroscopy;  three 
semester  hours  of  Science  Seminar.  (General  Chemistry  I  fulfills  the  core 
requirement  in  physical  science  and  is  therefore  not  a  requirement  of  the  major 
per  se.) 


Minor 

The  requirements  for  a  minor  in  chemistry  are  as  follows:  General 
Chemistry  I  and  II,  (plus  laboratory),  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II,  (plus 
laboratory),  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis,  and  one  additional  3  or  4  hour 
chemistry  course, 

1321,  1322.    General  Chemistry  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  chemistry,  including 
a  study  of  the  theories  of  the  structure  of  atoms  and  molecules  and  the  nature 
of  the  chemical  bond;  the  properties  of  gases,  liquids,  and  solids;  the  rates 
and  energetics  of  chemical  reactions;  the  properties  of  solutions;  chemical 
equilibria;  electro-chemistry  and  the  chemical  behavior  of  representative  ele- 
ments. Prerequisite  or  co-requisite:  a  course  in  elementary  algebra  and  trigo- 
nometry, L321  and  L322. 

L321,  L322.    General  Chemistry  Lab  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

The  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  complement  1321  and  1322. 
Various  laboratory  techniques  will  be  introduced.  Experiments  will  be  per- 
formed demonstrating  concepts  covered  in  the  lecture  material.  Co-requisite: 
1321  and  1322. 

2321.  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis 5  hours 

An  introduction  to  elementary  analytical  chemistry,  including  gravimetric 

and  volumetric  methods.  Emphasis  in  lectures  is  on  the  theory  of  analytical 
separations,  solubility,  complex,  acid-base,  and  redox  equilibria.  The  course 
includes  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week,  during  which  analyses 
are  carried  out  illustrating  the  methods  discussed  in  lecture.  Intended  for  both 
chemistry  majors  and  those  enrolled  in  preprofessional  programs  in  other 
physical  sciences  and  in  the  health  sciences.  Prerequisite:  2  32  5. 

2322.  Instrumental  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 3  hours 

A  discussion  of  the  principles  and  applications  of  modern  instrumenta- 
tion used  in  analytical  chemistry.  Methods  discussed  are  primarily  non-optical, 
including  an  overview  of  electrochemistry;  potentiometric  methods,  including 
use  of  pH  and  other  ion  meters;  electrogravimetry;  coulometry;  polarography; 
amperometry;  and  gas-  and  liquid-chromatography.  A  brief  introduction  to 
certain  optical  methods  is  also  provided.  Offered  spring  semester  of  odd- 
numbered  years.  Prerequisite:  2321. 

2324,  2325.    Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

An  introductory  course  in  the  principles  and  theories  of  organic  chem- 
istry. The  structure,  preparation  and  reactions  of  various  functional  groups 
will  be  investigated.  Emphasis  will  be  on  synthesis  and  reaction  mechanisms. 
Prerequisites:  1321  and  1322.  Co-requisite  L324  and  L325. 
L324,  L325.    Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

The  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  complement  2324  and  232  5. 
Various  techniques  such  as  distillation,  extraction  and  purification  are  studied 
in  the  first  semester.  The  second  semester  involves  synthesis  and  identification 
of  a  variety  of  organic  compounds.  Co-requisite  2324  and  232  5. 
3322,  3323.    Physical  Chemistry  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

A  systematic  study  of  the  foundations  of  chemistry.  Particular  attention 
is  paid  to  thermodynamics,  including  characterization  of  gases,  liquids,  solids 

115 


and  solutions  of  electrolytes  and  nonelectrolytes;  the  First,  Second  and  Third 
Laws;  spontaneity  and  equilibrium;  phase  diagrams  and  one-  and  two- 
component  systems;  electrochemistry;  and  an  introduction  to  the  kinetic  theory 
and  statistical  mechanics.  Additionally,  both  phenomenological  and  mecha- 
nistic kinetics  are  presented,  as  is  a  brief  introduction  to  quantum  mechanics. 
Prerequisites:  232  5,  1334  and  2342. 

3325.    Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory 2  hours 

Intended  to  complement  the  physical  chemistry  lecture  course,  this 
course  provides  the  student  with  an  introduction  to  physico-chemical  experi- 
mentation. Co-requisite  3323. 

4321.  Inorganic  Chemistry 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  modern  inorganic  chemistry  including  atomic 

structure;  molecular  structure;  ionic  bonding;  crystal  structures  of  ionic  solids; 
a  systematic  study  of  the  behavior  of  inorganic  anions;  coordination  chemistry, 
including  structure  and  mechanisms  of  aqueous  reactions;  and  acids  and 
bases.  Offered  spring  semester  of  even-numbered  years.  Prerequisite  or  co- 
requisite:  3323. 

4322.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry    4  hours 

A  discussion  of  selected  reactions  and  theories  in  organic  chemistry 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  reaction  mechanisms  and  reactive  intermediates  en- 
countered in  organic  synthesis.  The  course  includes  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  per  week  for  independent  organic  synthesis  and  mechanistic  studies. 
Offered  fall  semester  of  even-numbered  years.  Prerequisites:  2324  and  232  5. 

4323.  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory    2  hours 

Intended  to  complement  the  inorganic  chemistry  course,  this  course  pro- 
vides experience  in  the  methods  of  preparation  and  characterization  of  in- 
organic compounds.  Co-requisite  4321. 

4324.  Organic  Spectroscopy 4  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  several  spectroscopy  methods  as  applied  to 

organic  molecules.  The  principles  and  interpretation  of  ultra-violet,  visible, 
infrared,  mass,  and  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  spectra  will  be  studied.  This 
course  includes  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week  using  various 
spectrometers  for  qualitative  and  quantitative  analysis.  Offered  fall  semester 
of  odd-numbered  years.  Prerequisites:  2324  and  232  5. 

4325.  Advanced  Topics  in  Chemistry 1-4  hours 

Advanced  topics  will  be  offered  in  the  following  fields:  Organic  Chemistry, 

Organic  Qualitative  Analysis,  Biochemistry,  Theoretical  Chemistry,  and 
Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

4327.  Chemistry  —  Independent  Study  I 2  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite: 

Permission  of  the  faculty  tutor. 

4328.  Chemistry  —  Independent  Study  II    1  hour 

Supervised  preparation  of  a  paper  or  research  report  for  a  senior 

honours  project.  Prerequisite:  4327  with  a  grade  of  "A." 


116 


Medical  Technology 


Medical  technologists  play  an  important  role  in  the  delivery  of  modern 
health  care.  Although  hospitals  and  clinics  are  their  traditional  sites  of 
employment,  medical  technologists  also  find  opportunities  in  many  other 
situations,  such  as  commercial  testing  laboratories,  medical  and 
pharmaceutical  research  facilities,  and  in  the  sales  and  demonstration  of 
technical  instruments. 

Students  working  toward  the  degree  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Tech- 
nology undertake  their  clinical  training  at  an  approved  institution  after 
successful  completion  of  prerequisite  academic  coursework  at  Oglethorpe 
University  Prerequisites  for  clinical  programs  vary  among  institutions; 
therefore,  students  should  seek  additional  advisement  from  the  program  to 
which  they  are  applying.  This  will  enable  the  student  and  the  Oglethorpe 
adviser  to  design  the  proper  sequence  of  courses  and  to  establish  an  appro- 
priate time  frame  for  completion  of  degree  requirements.  Courses  to  be  com- 
pleted at  Oglethorpe  will  usually  include  the  following:  General  Biology  I  and 
II,  Microbiology,  Human  Physiology,  General  Chemistry  I  and  II,  Organic  Chem- 
istry I  and  II,  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis,  College  Algebra  or  Calculus 
I,  and  appropriate  core  courses.  At  least  60  semester  hours  must  be  completed 
at  Oglethorpe  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  an  Oglethorpe  degree  in  Medical 
Technology. 


Mathematics 


Mathematics  is  both  an  art  and  a  science.  Students  taking  mathematics 
courses  at  Oglethorpe  will  encounter  both  the  art  of  creative  thought  and 
the  science  of  logical  thought.  Problem  solving  capabilities  are  developed 
in  mathematics  courses.  Since  such  skills  are  essential  in  all  fields  of  endeavor, 
mathematics  makes  an  important  contribution  to  a  liberal  arts  education. 

In  particular,  mathematics  provides  tools  fundamental  for  analysis  of 
problems  in  the  physical,  biological  and  social  sciences,  as  well  as  in  such 
areas  as  economics  and  business.  Also,  opportunities  are  provided  to  pursue 
the  more  theoretical  aspects  of  mathematics,  which  are  integral  to  its  further 
development. 

A  major  in  mathematics  provides  a  core  of  mathematics  essential  for 
graduate  study  or  immediate  employment.  Students  with  mathematical  training 
at  the  undergraduate  level  are  sought  by  employers  in  business,  government, 
and  industry.  Career  opportunities  for  mathematics  majors  exist  in  areas  such 
as  computer  programming,  operations  research,  statistics,  and  applied 
mathematics. 

Major 

The  object  of  the  course  of  studies  leading  to  a  major  in  mathematics 
is  to  provide  the  student  with  a  comprehensive  background  in  classical  analysis 
and  a  broad  introduction  to  the  topics  of  modern  and  contemporary 
mathematics.  The  following  mathematics  courses  are  required: 

1333  Calculus  I 

1334  Calculus  II 
2331     Calculus  III 

117 


2332  Calculus  IV 

2333  Differential  Equations 
2  33  5  Discrete  Methods 
3332  Applied  Mathematics 
3334  Linear  Algebra 

333  5  Abstract  Algebra 

4333  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics  I 

4334  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics  II 

In  addition,  the  following  courses  are  also  required: 

2  341  College  Physics  I 

2  342  College  Physics  II 

23  51  Science  Seminar  (three  semesters  are  required) 

2518  Statistics 

2  542  Principles  of  Computer  Programming 

Minor 

The  required  coursework  for  a  minor  in  mathematics  consists  of  15 
semester  hours  of  mathematics  courses  beyond  College  Trigonometry. 

P331.    General  Mathematics 3  hours 

An  introductory  course  covering  college  arithmetic  and  introductory  al- 
gebra preparatory  to  a  college  algebra  course.  It  will  (1)  offer  students  review 
and  reinforcement  of  previous  mathematics  learning,  and  (2)  provide  mature 
students  with  a  quick  but  thorough  training  in  basic  skills.  Does  not  satisfy 
the  core  requirements  in  Mathematics. 

C330.    Mathematical  Science  3  hours 

A  one-semester  course  that  surveys  the  major  topics  of  modern 
mathematics.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  to  introduce  the  liberal  arts 
student  to  high  level  topics  in  mathematics  at  a  practical  rather  than  theoretical 
level.  Basic  skill  at  algebraic  manipulation  is  a  prerequisite  for  this  course. 

1331.  College  Algebra    3  hours 

A  college-level  algebra  course  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for 

calculus.  Topics  include  polynomial,  rational,  and  exponential  functions  and 
analytic  geometry  including  the  conic  sections. 

1332.  College  Trigonometry 3  hours 

A  trigonometry  course  designed  to  follow  1331  as  a  preparation  for 

calculus.  Topics  include  the  trigonometric  functions,  triangles,  identities,  polar 
coordinates  and  the  complex  plane.  Prerequisite:  1331  or  by  examination. 

1333.  1334.    Calculus  I,  II    3  plus  3  hours 

The  first  year  of  a  two-year  sequence  taught  on. the  level  of  the  well- 
known  text  of  Thomas.  The  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  the  acquisition  of 
skill  in  the  differentiation  and  integration  of  elementary  functions.  The  course 
will  provide  an  introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  of  limit,  continuity 
Rolle's  Theorem,  Mean  Value  Theorem,  applications  to  maxima  and  minima, 
curve  tracing,  arc  length,  area  and  volume,  etc.  Prerequisite:  1332  or  by 
examination.  Students  with  mathematics,  physics  or  engineering  concentra- 
tions are  advised  to  take  this  sequence  in  their  Freshman  year,  concurrently 
with  College  Physics  I  and  II.  (2341,  2342). 


2331,  2332,    Calculus  III,  IV 3  plus  3  hours 

The  continuation  of  1333  and  1334.  The  first  semester  treats  mainly  plane 
and  solid  analytic  geometry,  infinite  series,  vectors  and  parametric  equations 
on  the  basis  of  calculus.  The  second  semester  deals  with  partial  differentiations, 
multiple  integration,  complex  functions,  and  vector  analysis.  Prerequisites:  1333 
and  1334  or  by  examination. 

2333.  Differential  Equations 3  hours 

The  course  will  treat  elementary  methods  of  solution  of  ordinary  linear 

homogeneous  and  inhomogeneous  differential  equations  with  a  variety  of 
applications.  Prerequisites:  13  33  and  1334  or  by  examination. 

2334.  College  Geometry   3  hours 

A  study  of  the  development  of  Euclidean  geometry  from  different 

postulation  systems,  synthetic  projective  geometry  and  spherical  geometry. 

2335.  Discrete  Methods 3  hours 

A  rigorous  course  in  the  principal  areas  of  modern  discrete  mathematics. 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  interrelationships  between 
mathematics  and  computer  science.  Topics  include  mathematical  logic  and 
boolean  algebra,  combinatorics,  graph  theory,  and  the  theory  of  automata. 
Prerequisites:  1334  and  2  542  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3332.    Applied  Mathematics 3  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  mathematics,  physics,  chemis- 
try and  engineering  concentrators  with  an  introduction  to  important 
mathematical  techniques  having  wide-spread  application.  Advanced  topics 
in  differential  equations  will  be  studied.  These  will  include  series  solution, 
the  classical  equations  of  Euler,  Legendre  and  Bessel,  Laplace  Transform 
methods,  numerical  methods,  Fourier  series,  and  partial  differential  equations 
including  the  heat  and  wave  equations  and  Laplace's  potential  equation.  Pre- 
requisites: 1333,  1334,  2331,  2332  and  2333. 

3334.  Linear  Algebra 3  hours 

This  course  will  include  a  study  of  systems  of  equations,  matrix  algebra, 

determinants,  linear  transformations,  canonical  forms,  eigenvalues  and  eigen- 
vectors, along  with  numerous  applications  of  these  topics.  Prerequisites:  133  3 
and  1334. 

3335.  Abstract  Algebra   3  hours 

A  study  of  the  important  structures  of  modern  algebra,  including  groups, 

rings,  and  fields.  Prerequisites:  13  33  and  1334. 
4333,  4334.    Special  Topics  in 

Mathematics  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

Selected  topics  designed  to  complete  the  requirements  for  a  major  in 
mathematics.  Topics  include  complex  analysis,  topology  number  theory. 
probability,  advanced  abstract  algebra,  differential  geometry,  etc.  Prerequisites 
will  depend  on  the  topic,  but  will  include  a  minimum  of  2331,  2332,  2333. 
and  3334.  Recommended  for  the  junior  or  senior  year. 
4437.    Mathematics— Independent  Study  I    2  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  faculty  tutor. 


19 


4438.    Mathematics— Independent  Study  II 1  hour 

Supervised  preparation  of  a  paper  or  research  report  for  a  senior 
honours  project.  Prerequisite:  4437  with  a  grade  of  "A." 


Physics 


The  physics  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  a  well-rounded  preparation 
in  classical  and  modern  physics  adequate  for  admission  to  the  better  graduate 
programs  in  physics  and  related  fields. 

Major 

All  physics  majors  must  take  three  semesters  of  Science  Seminar  (2351). 
In  addition,  the  following  courses  are  required:  College  Physics  I  and  II  and 
Calculus  I  and  II  are  to  be  taken  concurrently  (preferably  in  the  freshman  year); 
Classical  Mechanics  I  and  II  and  Calculus  III  and  IV  (suggested  for  the 
sophomore  year);  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  and  II,  Differential  Equations 
and  Applied  Mathematics  (junior  year);  [unior  Physics  Laboratory  I  and  II 
Introduction  to  Thermodynamics,  Statistical  Mechanics,  and  Kinetic  Theory 
Introduction  to  Modern  Physics  I  and  II;  Senior  Physics  Laboratory  I  and  II 
and  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical  Physics.  Examination  is  generally  required 
to  transfer  credit  for  any  of  these  courses.  (College  Physics  I  and  Calculus  I 
fulfill  core  requirements  and  are  therefore  not  part  of  the  major  per  se.) 

Minor 

A  minor  in  physics  is  also  offered  to  provide  students  with  an  opportunity 
to  strengthen  and  broaden  their  educational  credentials  either  as  an  end  in 
itself  or  as  an  enhancement  of  future  employment  prospects.  The  requirement 
for  the  Physics  minor  is  10  credit  hours  of  physics  course  work  numbered 
2343  or  higher. 

1341,  1342.    General  Physics  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

An   introductory  course  without  calculus.   Fundamental  aspects  of 
mechanics,  heat,  light,  sound,  and  electricity  are  included.  The  text  will  be 
on  the  level  of  Miller,  College  Physics.  Three  lectures  and  three  hours  of  lab  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  C330  (Mathematical  Science). 
2341,  2342.    College  Physics,  I,  II    5  plus  5  hours 

Introductory  physics  with  calculus.  Subject  matter  is  the  same  as  in 
general  physics,  but  on  a  level  more  suited  to  physics  majors,  engineering 
majors,  etc.  One  year  of  calculus  as  a  prerequisite  is  preferred,  otherwise 
calculus  must  be  taken  concurrently.  The  text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Halliday 
&  Resnick,  Fundamentals  of  Physics. 
2343,  2344.    Classical  Mechanics  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

This  is  the  student's  first  introduction  to  theoretical  physics.  Lagrangian 
and  Hamiltonian  methods  are  developed  with  Newton's  laws  of  motion,  and 
applied  to  a  variety  of  contemporary  problems.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  problem 
work,  the  object  being  to  develop  physical  intuition  and  facility  for  translating 
physical  problems  into  mathematical  terms.  Prerequisites:  1334  and  2342.  The 
text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Analytical  Mechanics,  by  Fowles. 

2345.    Fundamentals  of  Electronics 4  hours 

A  laboratory  course  designed  primarily  for  science  majors  and  dual- 
120 


degree  engineering  students.  Coverage  includes  DC  and  AC  circuits,  semi- 
conductor devices,  amplifiers,  oscillators  and  digital  devices.  The  intent  is  to 
provide  a  working  understanding  of  common  instrumentation  in  science  and 
technology.  Prerequisite:  1342  or  2344. 

3341,  3342.    Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

A  thorough  introduction  to  one  of  the  two  fundamental  disciplines  of 
classical  physics,  using  vector  calculus  methods.  After  a  brief  review  of  vector 
analysis,  the  first  semester  will  treat  electrostatic  and  magnetic  fields,  and 
provide  an  introduction  to  the  special  theory  of  relativity.  The  second  semester 
will  develop  electrodynamics,  including  Maxwell's  equations,  the  propagation 
of  electromagnetic  waves,  radiation  and  the  electromagnetic  theory  of  light. 
The  treatment  will  be  on  the  level  of  the  text  of  Reitz,  Milford  and  Christy. 
Prerequisites:  2332  and  2342.  It  is  recommended  that  2333  and  3332  betaken 
concurrently. 

3343.  Introduction  to  Thermodynamics, 

Statistical  Mechanics  and  Kinetic  Theory 3  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  physics,  engineering,  and 
chemistry  majors  with  a  fundamental  understanding  of  heat  and  the 
equilibrium  behavior  of  complex  systems.  Topics  will  include  the  zeroth,  first 
and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics  with  applications  to  closed  and  open 
systems:  microcanonical  and  canonical  ensembles  for  classical  and  quantum 
systems,  with  applications  to  ideal  gases,  specific  heats,  blackbody  radiation, 
etc.:  the  kinetic  description  of  equilibrium  properties.  Prerequisites:  1334  and 
2342.  Text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Kestin  and  Dorfman  or  Zemansky. 

3344,  3345.    Junior  Physics  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

An  intermediate  level  lab  intended  to  provide  maximum  flexibility  in 

selection  of  experiments  appropriate  to  the  interest  of  the  individual  students. 
Prerequisites:  2341  and  2342. 

4341,  4342.    Introduction  to  Modern  Physics  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours 

For  physics,  engineering  and  chemistry  majors,  this  is  a  one-year  se- 
quence that  discusses  the  most  important  developments  in  20th  century 
physics.  The  first  semester  will  review  special  relativity  and  treat  the 
foundations  of  quantum  physics  from  an  historical  perspective,  the  quantum 
theory  of  one-electron  atoms  will  be  developed.  In  the  second  semester,  there 
will  be  a  treatment  of  many-electron  atoms,  molecules  and  solids,  with  an 
introduction  to  nuclear  and  elementary  particle  physics.  Prerequisites:  2  342. 
3332,  and  3  342.  The  text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Eisberg  and  Resnick,  Quantum 
Physics. 

4343.  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical  Physics 1-3  hours 

Topics,  to  be  chosen  in  accordance  with  the  student's  interest,  include 

laser  physics,  plasma  physics,  theory  of  the  solid  state,  nuclear  and  particle 
physics,  astrophysics  and  cosmology. 

4344,  4345.    Senior  Physics  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

Experimental  work  will  be  centered  on  modern  physics,  with  selections 

made  from  the  following  subjects:  diffraction,  interference,  polarization, 
microwaves,  the  Millikan  Oil  drop  experiment,  radio-activity  measurements, 
etc.  Prerequisites:  2342  and  3  342. 


21 


General  Science 


The  Physical  Science  and  Biological  Science  courses  are  appropriate  for 
students  who  have  a  good  background  in  algebra  but  a  minimal  one  in  other 
sciences.  Students  with  excellent  preparation  in  the  sciences  may  elect  one 
of  the  regular  lecture-and-laboratory  courses  in  biology  chemistry  or  physics. 
Such  courses  fulfill  the  Core  requirements  that  can  also  be  met  by  the  Physical 
Science  and  Biological  Science  courses.  For  Physical  Science,  satisfactory 
completion  of  the  core  math  requirement  or  approval  of  the  instructor  is 
required  as  a  prerequisite. 

C351.    Physical  Science 3  hours 

This  course  group  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  liberal  arts  student  with 
the  basics  of  the  physical  sciences.  Topics  in  astronomy,  physics,  chemistry 
and  geology  may  be  presented  and  topic  selection  will  aim  at  inclusion  of 
major  perspectives  within  those  disciplines.  Prerequisite:  C330  or  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

C352.    Biological  Science   3  hours 

A  one-semester  course  that  surveys  topics  of  modern  biology.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  economic  biology  and  problems  of  current  interest.  It  is  highly 
recommended  that  C3  51  and  a  course  in  mathematics  precede  this  course. 

4306.    Internship  —  Science  Majors    1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized,  experiential  learning 
opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  Students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations 
with  cooperating  business  organizations,  governmental  departments  and 
agencies  or  in  other  professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


.22 


Oglethorpe 
^University 


Education 

Education  provides  courses  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Elementary 
and  Secondary  Education,  with  elementary  concentrations  in  Early  Childhood 
(K-4)  and  Middle  Grades  Education  (4-8)  and  with  Secondary  Education  (7-12) 
concentrations  in  the  subject  areas  of  English,  mathematics,  social  science, 
and  science  (biology,  physics  or  chemistry).  The  teacher  preparation  curricula 
are  fully  approved  by  the  Department  of  Education  of  the  State  of  Georgia; 
successful  program  completion  is  necessary  to  obtain  a  teaching  certificate. 
Students  desiring  certification  in  other  states  should  secure  information  from 
those  states. 

Admission  to  and  Retention 
in  Teacher  Education  Program 

Completion  of  the  Teacher  Education  Program  requires  the  following 
steps: 

1.  Admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program.  Apply  as  a  second 
semester  sophomore  or,  for  transfer  students,  after  having  attended 
Oglethorpe  for  one  semester. 

2.  Completion  of  a  pre-teaching  experience  —  "September  Experience." 
Apply  for  placement  after  completion  of  freshman  year. 

3.  Completion  of  Student  Teaching.  Apply  for  spring  placement  by 
October  20. 

4.  Completion  of  the  entire  approved  program  as  found  on  the  follow- 
ing pages.  Professional  courses  should  be  completed  according  to 
the  sequence  listed  in  the  approved  program;  detailed  programs  may 
be  obtained  from  the  education  advisers. 

Admission  to  Oglethorpe  University  does  not  admit  a  student  to  the 
Teacher  Education  Program.  A  person  doing  satisfactory  academic  work  and 
approved  by  the  Teacher  Education  Council  is  admitted.  Once  admitted,  the 
student's  progress  and  record  are  subject  to  regular  review  by  the  adviser, 
other  professors,  and  the  Teacher  Education  Council.  No  student  on  academic 
probation  will  be  scheduled  for  student  teaching  until  such  probation  is 
removed. 

Admission  to  the  program  may  be  granted  during  the  second  semester 
of  the  sophomore  year  (or  as  early  as  possible  thereafter)  and  requires  a 
cumulative  average  of  2.5.  Before  placement  for  student  teaching  can  be 
approved  the  student  must  evidence  good  moral  character  and  personality, 
emotional  stability  and  physical  stamina,  a  desire  to  work  with  children  and/or 
youth,  a  grade  of  at  least  C  in  English  Composition  I  &  II  and  in  all  professional 
and  teaching  field  courses,  satisfactory  field  experiences,  and  a  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.5.  The  student's  record  is  subject  to  regular 
review  from  the  time  of  admission  to  the  program. 

Completion  of  the  approved  program  is  one  of  three  required  steps 
toward  teacher  certification  in  Georgia.  Students  also  have  to  demonstrate 
competency  in  the  subject  field  by  making  a  satisfactory  score  on  a  state  ad- 
ministered Teacher  Certification  Test  and  must  demonstrate  the  ability  to 
perform  competently  in  the  classroom  setting.  Forms  needed  to  apply  for 
124 


the  Georgia  teaching  certificate  are  available  in  the  office  of  the  Director  of 
Teacher  Education. 

Approved  programs  leading  to  teacher  certification  in  Georgia  are  de- 
scribed in  the  following  sections.  All  approved  programs  include  the  require- 
ments for  meeting  core  requirements  at  Oglethorpe.  They  may  require  more 
general  education  than  is  required  to  meet  the  core  requirements  for 
graduation,  or  they  may  require  certain  courses  which  may  be  applied  to  the 
core;  careful  advisement  is  necessary  on  the  part  of  all  students  preparing 
to  teach.  Public  speaking  is  a  suggested  elective  for  all  education  majors. 


Early  Childhood  and 
Middle  Grades  Education 


Persons  desiring  to  teach  in  the  elementary  grades  must  select  either 
Early  Childhood  (K-4)  or  Middle  Grades  (4-8)  as  a  concentration.  All  general 
education  core  requirements  must  be  met,  with  the  following  exceptions: 
American  History  I  and  II  must  be  included  as  general  education  courses; 
students  concentrating  in  Early  Childhood  take  Teaching  of  Art  in  lieu  of  the 
core  fine  arts  requirement;  and  those  concentrating  in  Early  Childhood  or 
in  Middle  Grades  are  exempt  from  the  core  international  studies  requirement. 

Students  should  select  Introduction  to  Education  during  the  freshman 
year  or  the  fall  semester  of  the  sophomore  year.  Program  requirements  for 
education  majors  are  available  from  any  education  faculty  member  and  must 
be  followed  closely  to  avoid  scheduling  problems  in  the  completion  of  the 
degree  requirements.  Programs  require  work  in  professional  education  to 
culminate  in  student  teaching  and  in  the  content  of  the  teaching  field.  Teaching 
field  courses  for  the  early  childhood  major  include  all  content  areas;  teaching 
field  courses  for  the  middle  grades  include  five  basic  content  areas  and  require 
two  concentrations  of  approximately  12  semester  hours  each. 


Secondary  Education 


All  secondary  education  programs  require  Biological  Science  Physical 
Science  (or  appropriate  specialized  courses  for  science  majors)  and  two 
courses  in  mathematics  (to  include  Mathematical  Science)  in  addition  to  or 
as  part  of,  the  general  core. 

All  secondary  education  programs  require  the  following  courses  in 
professional  education:  Introduction  to  Education,  Child/Adolescent 
Psychology;  Secondary  Curriculum,  Educational  Psychology  The  Exceptional 
Child  (junior  or  senior).  Secondary  Methods  and  Materials  (first  four  weeks) 
and  Student  Teaching  (last  eleven  weeks)  comprise  the  student  teaching 
semester,  which  is  normally  the  last  semester  of  the  senior  year. 

Secondary  teaching  field  requirements  for  the  various  approved  pro- 
grams follow  (some  required  courses  are  satisfied  through  core  requirements): 


English 


1121  Public  Speaking  1 

3120  Advanced  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 


3122  Introduction  to  Linguistics 

3123  Shakespeare 
Select  one  of  the  following: 

2121  Western  World  Literature:  The  Classics  through  the  Renaissance 

2122  Western  World  Literature:  The  Enlightenment  to  the  Present 
Select  one  of  the  following: 

2123  English  Literature:  The  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance 

2124  English  Literature:  The  17th  and  18th  Centuries 

2125  English  Literature:  The  Novel 

2126  English  Literature:  The  Romantics  and  the  Victorians 
Select  one  of  the  following: 

2127  American  Literature:  The  Puritans  to  Realism 

2128  American  Literature:  The  20th  Century 
Select  one  of  the  following: 

3110    Modern  Literature 
3121    Contemporary  Literature 
Select  one  of  the  following: 

3127  Studies  in  Poetry  1 

3128  Studies  in  Poetry  II 
Select  one  of  the  following: 

3129  Studies  in  Fiction  I 

3 1 30  Studies  in  Fiction  II 
Select  one  of  the  following: 

341 1    Teaching  of  Reading 
4436    Reading  in  the  Content  Areas 
Select  one  of  the  following: 

4121  Special  Topics  in  Literature  and  Culture  I 

4122  Special  Topics  in  Literature  and  Culture  11 

Mathematics 


2341/2342 

College  Physics  I.  11  (Calculus  Based) 

1333/1334 

Calculus  I,  II 

2331/2332 

Calculus  III,  IV 

2333 

Differential  Equations 

3334 

Linear  Algebra 

3335 

Abstract  Algebra 

2334 

College  Geometry 

2541/2542/ 

One  from  Introduction  to  Computer  Science,  Principles  of 

4453 

Computer  Programming,  or  Computers  in  the  Classroom: 

Programming 

2518 

Statistics 

Science 

Biology  Emj 

Dhasis 

1333 

Calculus  I 

1311/1312 

General  Biology  I,  II 

2311 

Genetics 

2312 

Microbiology 

3311 

Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy 

126 

3312  Human  Physiology 

3313/3316/ 

4312/4314    One  from  Embryology,  Cell  Biology  Ecology,  or  Evolution 
1341/1342        General  Physics  I,  II 
1321/1322        General  Chemistry  I,  II 
2324  Organic  Chemistry 

Chemistry  Emphasis 
1321/1322        General  Chemistry  I,  II 
2324/232  5      Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 
3322/3323       Physical  Chemistry  I,  II 
332  5  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

2321  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis 

4321/4322 

4324/2322    One  from  Inorganic  Chemistry  and  Lab,  Advanced  Organic 
Chemistry,  Organic  Spectroscopy  or  Instrumental  Methods 
of  Chemical  Analysis 
2341/2342       College  Physics  I,  II 
1311/1312        General  Biology  I,  II 

Physics  Emphasis 

1333/1334  Calculus  I,  II 

2341/2342  College  Physics  I,  II 

2343  Classical  Mechanics 

3341/3342  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II 

3344/3345  Junior  Physics  Lab  I,  II 

4344/4345  Senior  Physics  Lab  I,  II 

4341/4342  Introduction  to  Modern  Physics  I,  II 

1321/1322  General  Chemistry  I,  II 

1311/1312  General  Biology  I,  II 

Social  Science  (Broad  Fields) 

History  Concentration 

2216/2217       American  History  to  1865,  American  History  Since  1865 

3218  Georgia  History 

4214  The  American  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 

3217  The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United  States  Since  1945 

3213  Europe  in  the  19th  Century 

3214  Europe  Since  1918 

2221  United  States  Foreign  Policy 

2212  Special  Topics  in  History 

2223  Constitutional  Law 

3  523  United  States  Economic  History 

3471  Cultural  Anthropology 

2474  Suggested  Elective:  Social  Problems 

2411.    Teaching  of  Health  and  Physical  Education 3  hours 

Designed  to  expose  the  student  to  health  education  and  physical  edu- 
cation activities  in  the  primary  and  intermediate  grades.  A  study  is  made  of 
procedures  and  content  in  the  development  of  both  programs;  emphasis  is 
on  the  appraisal  of  pupil  needs  and  interests.  Prerequisite:  Sophomore 
standing.  ^ 


3411.  Teaching  of  Reading 3  hours 

This  course  includes  methods  of  teaching  reading  used  in  development 

reading  programs  for  kindergarten  (reading  readiness)  through  the  middle 
grades.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  basic  reading  programs.  Experience 
in  the  schools  is  included.  Spring  term.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher 
education  program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3412.  Teaching  of  Language  Arts 3  hours 

This  course  deals  with  materials  and  procedures  appropriate  for  the 

development  of  the  skills  necessary  for  effective  oral  and  written 
communication  for  students  in  kindergarten  through  the  middle  grades. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher  education  program  (see  above)  and/or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

3413.  Teaching  of  Social  Studies 3  hours 

A  study  of  aims,  materials,  and  methods,  stressing  the  making  and  teach- 
ing of  a  unit.  The  unit  approach  to  social  studies  is  emphasized.  Each  student 
plans  and  teaches  one  or  more  social  studies  lessons  in  a  designated 
elementary  school  classroom  or  in  a  simulated  setting.  These  lessons  con- 
centrate on  the  integration  of  social  studies  with  the  other  subject  areas  of 
the  elementary  school.  Spring  term.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher 
education  program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3414.  Teaching  of  Mathematics 3  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  the  selection  and  organization  of  content,  directing 

learning  activities,  stressing  the  teaching  of  math  concepts.  Experience  in  the 
schools  is  included.  Fall  term.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher  education 
program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3415.  Teaching  of  Science 3  hours 

Examines  the  rationale  for  teaching  science  to  elementary  children. 

Curricula,  teaching  skills,  and  methods  are  studied.  Students  participate  in 
simulated  teaching  experience.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher 
education  program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3416.  Teaching  of  Art 3  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  art  media,  techniques, 

and  materials  appropriate  for  coordinating  the  teaching  of  art  with  all  areas 
of  the  curriculum  in  grades  kindergarten  through  six.  Experience  in  the  schools 
is  included.  Fall  term.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher  education 
program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3417.  Teaching  of  Music 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  music  education,  including  methods  and 

materials  appropriate  for  teaching  music  in  the  public  schools.  Experience 
in  the  schools  is  included.  Spring  term.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher 
education  program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3421.    Introduction  to  Education    3  hours 

A  study  of  the  historical  development,  philosophy,  organization,  and 
basic  issues  underlying  the  American  educational  system  and  the  teaching 
profession.  Interpersonal  theory  of  education  is  presented.  Provision  is  made 
for  regular  classroom  observation  by  the  student  in  public  schools  of  the 
Atlanta  area.  Offered  fall  and  spring  terms. 


128 


3422.    Secondary  Curriculum 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  purposes  and  objectives  of  secondary  education,  over- 
all curriculum  planning  and  development,  and  organization  of  content  within 
subjects.  Various  prominent  and  experimental  curricular  patterns  are  analyzed. 
Fall  term.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher  education  program  (see 
above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

3441.  The  Child  in  the  Home  and  the  Community 3  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  early  childhood  education.  It  is  designed 

to  acquaint  the  student  with  various  types  of  programs  provided  for  children 
ages  4  through  9.  Aspects  of  the  curriculum  will  be  examined  and  an  integra- 
tion of  curricula  area  will  be  emphasized.  Involvement  of  parents  and  utilization 
of  community  resources  in  the  education  of  young  children  will  be  stressed. 

3442.  Curriculum  and  Methods  in  Early  Childhood  Education  .  .3  hours 

Emphasizes  development  of  materials  and  curricula  for  achieving  the 
objectives  of  teaching  for  preschool  through  fourth  grade.  An  interdisciplinary 
approach  is  stressed. 

3443.  Curriculum  and  Methods  for  the  Middle  Grades 3  hours 

The  course  examines  the  characteristics  and  development  of  the  middle 

school  child.  The  rationale,  organization,  and  operation  of  the  middle  school 
are  studied. 

441 1.  Children's  Literature 3  hours 

A  study  of  literature  appropriate  to  the  school  grades  one  through  eight 

with  emphasis  upon  selection  of  materials  and  techniques  for  creating  interest 
and  enjoyment  through  presentation.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing. 

4412.  Elementary  Student  Teaching  and  Seminar 12  hours 

A  course  requiring  full-time  participation  in  a  school  in  the  Atlanta  area 

under  the  supervision  of  a  qualified  supervising  teacher.  This  is  designed  to 
promote  gradual  introduction  to  responsible  teaching,  including  participation 
in  the  teacher's  usual  extracurricular  activities.  A  seminar  on  the  college 
campus  at  designated  times  during  the  student-teaching  period  is  part  of  the 
course.  Fall  and  spring  terms,  as  needed.  Prerequisite:  Approval  and 
completion  of  September  experience.  Also,  admission  to  the  teacher  education 
program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

4421.  Educational  Media 3  hours 

To  be  taken  in  the  same  semester  with  student  teaching.  Topics  include 

operation  of  basic  audio-visual  equipment,  production  of  media,  and  effective 
use  of  media  in  the  classroom.  A  unit  is  developed  for  use  in  student  teaching. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher  education  program  (see  above)  and/or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

4422.  Secondary  Methods  and  Materials 3  hours 

To  be  taken  in  the  same  semester  with  student  teaching.  A  course 

designed  to  help  prospective  teachers  develop  varying  methods  and 
techniques  of  instruction  appropriate  to  the  nature  of  their  subject,  their  own 
capabilities,  and  the  demands  of  various  student  groups.  Problems  such  as 
classroom  control,  motivation,  and  the  pacing  of  instruction  are  studied. 
Offered  fall  and  spring  terms,  as  needed.  Prerequisite:  Student  teaching 
assignment,  admission  to  the  teacher  education  program  (see  above),  and/or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

129 


4423.  Educational  Psychology 3  hours 

A  study  of  learning  theory  and  its  application  to  such  problems  as  class- 
room control,  the  organization  of  learning  activities,  understanding  individual 
differences,  and  evaluating  teaching  and  learning.  Emphasis  is  given  to  factors 
which  facilitate  and  interfere  with  learning.  Fall  term.  Prerequisite:  Admission 
to  the  teacher  education  program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

4424.  Secondary  Student  Teaching  and  Seminar 12  hours 

A  course  requiring  full-time  participation  in  a  school  in  the  Atlanta  area 

under  the  supervision  of  a  qualified  supervising  teacher.  This  is  designed  to 
promote  gradual  introduction  to  responsible  teaching,  including  participation 
in  the  teacher's  usual  extracurricular  activities.  A  seminar  on  the  college 
campus  at  designated  times  during  the  student-teaching  period  is  part  of  the 
course.  Fall  and  spring  terms.  Prerequisite:  Approval  and  completion  of 
September  experience.  Also,  admission  to  the  teacher  education  program  (see 
above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

4425.  The  Exceptional  Child  3  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  assist  teachers  in  the  identification  and  edu- 
cation of  children  who  have  special  needs.  The  prospective  teacher  will 
become  familiar  with  the  techniques  of  child  study  in  a  field  setting,  will  learn 
to  plan  and  implement  educational  approaches  with  both  normal  and  special 
learners,  and  will  learn  methods  of  diagnostic  teaching.  Prerequisite:  Senior 
standing.  Also,  admission  to  the  teacher  education  program  (see  above)  and/or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

4429.    Special  Topics  in  Curriculum 

Contents  to  be  determined;  course  may  be  taken  for  credit  more  than 
once. 
4436.    Reading  in  the  Content  Areas 3  hours 

Emphasizes  techniques  for  developing  proficiency  in  reading  content 
fields;  study  skills  and  rate  improvement  will  be  included.  Course  requirements 
and  content  will  be  consistent  with  needs  of  upper  elementary  and  secondary 
teachers.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher  education  program  (see  above) 
and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

4451.  Topics  in  Mathematics 3  hours 

Emphasizes  content  and  teaching  methods  for  topics  of  contemporary 

interest  in  middle  grades  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher 
education  program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

4452.  Topics  in  Science 3  hours 

Emphasizes  content  and  teaching  methods  for  topics  of  contemporary 

interest  in  middle  grades  science.  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  teacher 
education  program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

4453.  Computers  in  the  Classroom:  Programming 3  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  teacher  to  computer  and  disk  commands  for 

the  Apple  computer.  LOGO  programming  is  introduced  and  proficiency  in 
writing  BASIC  educational  programs  is  developed.  Topics  suitable  for  a 
computer  literacy  course  are  examined.  (Course  is  a  part  of  middle  grades 
concentration  in  mathematics  or  science.)  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the 
teacher  education  program  (see  above)  and/or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

130 


4454.    Computers  in  the  Classroom:  Applications 3  hours 

Applications  commonly  used  by  teachers  for  production,  management, 
and  instruction  are  introduced  and  used  in  an  educational  context.  Included 
are  word  processing  (handouts),  outliners  (lesson  plans  and  transparencies), 
databases  and  spreadsheets  (grades),  and  text  with  graphics  (newsletters).  All 
applications  are  for  the  Apple  II  series  or  Macintosh  computers. 


Psychology 


Psychology  uses  scientific  methods  to  study  a  broad  range  of  topics 
related  to  human  behavior  and  mental  processes  including  motivation,  learn- 
ing and  memory,  human  development  and  personality,  psychological  disorders, 
social  interaction,  and  physiological  bases  for  behavior  and  thought.  The  study 
of  psychology  should  help  a  student  to  develop  skills  in  three  basic  areas: 
skills  associated  with  the  scientific  method  including  data  collection,  analysis 
and  interpretation;  skills  that  are  useful  in  the  construction  and  evaluation 
of  theories  such  as  analytic  and  synthetic  reasoning;  and  skills  in  human 
relations  through  which  the  student  learns  to  become  a  more  precise  and 
more  tolerant  observer  of  human  behavior  and  individual  differences.  Many 
students  with  a  background  in  psychology  choose  careers  in  psychology-related 
fields  such  as  counseling,  psychotherapy,  or  research,  but  many  others  choose 
careers  that  are  not  so  directly  tied  to  psychology.  For  example,  psychology 
provides  a  good  background  for  careers  in  law,  education,  marketing, 
management,  public  relations,  publishing,  and  communications. 

Major 

The  major  consists  of  at  least  nine  psychology  courses  beyond  C462, 
Introduction  to  Psychology,  including  Statistics,  Research  Design,  Advanced 
Experimental  Psychology,  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology,  and  either 
Theories  of  Personality  or  Abnormal  Psychology.  Psychology  majors  are  also 
expected  to  complete  the  following  three  directed  electives:  Any  two  of  the 
following  —  General  Chemistry  I  and  II,  General  Biology  I  and  II,  and  either 
a  third  semester  of  one  of  the  above  sciences,  an  upper  level  philosophy 
elective  or  Introduction  to  Linguistics.  A  "C"  average  in  major  coursework  is 
required  for  graduation.  The  degree  awarded  is  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  psychology  consists  of  any  five  psychology  courses  beyond 
Introduction  to  Psychology.  No  course  can  be  used  to  satisfy  both  major  and 
minor  requirements. 

A  related  interdisciplinary  major  is  available  in  Business  Administration 
and  Behavioral  Science. 

C462.    Introduction  to  Psychology 3  hours 

An  introduction  to  general  psychology,  including  both  the  experimental 
investigation  of  such  basic  psychological  processes  as  learning,  perception, 
and  motivation,  and  the  psychological  study  of  humans  as  persons  adjusting 
to  complex  personal  and  social  forces. 


131 


2462.    Child/Adolescent  Psychology 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  child  from  conception  through  adolescence.  Attention 
is  given  to  physical,  social,  emotional,  and  intellectual  development  of  the 
child  with  special  emphasis  placed  on  the  importance  of  learning.  Prerequisite: 
C462. 

2464.    Organizational  Psychology 3  hours 

A  psychological  study  of  work  behavior  and  an  examination  of  the 

complex  social  variables  that  are  a  part  of  the  work  environment.  Prerequisite: 

C462. 

2473.    Social  Psychology   3  hours 

A  course  concerned  with  the  behavior  of  individuals  in  groups  including 

social  motivation,  attitudes,  group  norms  and  membership,  and  social  roles. 

Prerequisites:  C462  and  C471. 

2518.    Statistics 3  hours 

The  course  includes  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  with  particular 

emphasis  upon  parametric  statistics,  probability,  analysis  of  variance,  and 

regression  and  correlation  analysis.  Non-parametric  statistics  will  be  intro- 
duced. Prerequisite:  C330. 

346 1 .  Research  Design   4  hours 

A  combination  lecture-laboratory  course  emphasizing  the  design  and 

execution  of  research  in  the  behavioral  sciences.  Prerequisites:  C462,  C471 
and  2518. 

3462.  Advanced  Experimental  Psychology 4  hours 

A  combination  seminar-laboratory  course  that  includes  in-depth  analysis 

of  the  findings  and  theories  pertaining  to  simple  and  complex  learning  and 
areas  of  controversy,  with  an  emphasis  on  understanding  the  design  of  con- 
trolled experiments  and  the  relationship  between  theory  and  data.  Pre- 
requisite: 3461. 

3463.  Psychological  Testing 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  selection,  evaluation,  administration,  interpretation  and 

practical  uses  of  tests  of  intelligence,  aptitudes,  interest,  personality,  social 
adjustment,  and  tests  commonly  used  in  industry.  Prerequisites:  C462  and 
2518. 

3464.  Psychology  of  Leadership 3  hours 

A  study  of  leadership  as  it  has  been  defined  in  psychological  theory 

and  research.  The  format  is  designed  to  help  students  to  develop  effective 
leadership  skills.  Prerequisite:  C462. 

3465.  Theories  of  Personality 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  ideas  of  several  representative  theories  concerned  with 

personality.  A  comparison  of  theories  is  made  and  a  suggested  framework 
for  evaluation  of  each  theory  is  presented.  Prerequisite:  C462. 

3466.  Abnormal  Psychology 3  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  psychological  aspects  of  behavior  disorders.  In- 
cluded are  descriptive  and  explanatory  studies  of  a  variety  of  mental 
disorders,  their  related  conditions  and  methods  of  treatment. 

3467.  Cognitive  Psychology 3  hours 

The  course  explores  the  nature  and  function  of  human  thought 

132 


processes.  Topics  to  be  considered  include  perception,  attention,  remember- 
ing and  forgetting,  mental  imagery,  psycholinguistics,  problem  solving  and 
reasoning.  Prerequisite:  C462. 

4461.  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  historic  development  of  modern  psychology,  covering 

its  philosophical  and  scientific  ancestry,  the  major  schools  of  thought,  and 
the  contemporary  systems  of  psychology,  and  their  theoretical  and  empirical 
differences.  Prerequisites:  C462  and  permission  of  instructor.  Recommend- 
ed for  the  senior  year. 

4462.  Seminar  in  Psychology   3  hours 

A  seminar  providing  examination  and  discussion  of  various  topics  of 

contemporary  interest  in  psychology.  Prerequisites:  C462,  one  additional 
psychology  course,  and  permission  of  instructor. 

4463.  Directed  Research  in  Psychology 3  hours 

Original  investigations  and  detailed  studies  of  the  literature  in  selected 

areas  of  psychology.  Emphasis  will  be  on  original  research.  Prerequisites: 
C462,  2518,  3461,  3462,  and  permission  of  instructor. 

4464.  Advanced  Topics  In  Clinical  Psychology 3  hours 

Examination  and  discussion  of  topics  of  contemporary  interest  in  clinical 

psychology.  Prerequisites:  C462,  3465,  3466,  and  permission  of  instructor. 

4465.  Internship  —  Psychology 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized,  experiential  learning 

opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  Students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations 
with  cooperating  business  organizations,  governmental  departments  and 
agencies  or  in  other  professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

4466.  Physiological  Psychology 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  physiological  processes  which  influence  behavior  with 

particular  reference  to  neurophysiological  mechanisms  in  perception,  emotion, 
and  psychopathology.  Prerequisites:  C462  and  permission  of  instructor. 

4467.  Psychology  and  Religion 3  hours 

This   course   will    explore   the   similarities   and   differences   in   the 

perspectives  of  psychology  and  religion,  on  such  topics  as  human  nature, 
the  role  of  free  will  in  human  behavior,  and  ideals  of  "virtue"  and  "mental 
health."  Also,  the  nature  of  religious  experience  will  be  examined  from  a 
psychological  perspective,  including  the  differences  in  that  experience  among 
the  different  major  religions.  Prerequisites:  C462  and  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

4468.  Psychology  —  Independent  Study  I 2  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite: 

Permission  of  the  faculty  tutor. 

4469.  Psychology  —  Independent  Study  II    1  hour 

Supervised  preparation  of  a  paper  or  research  report  on  a  selected 

senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite:  4468  with  a  grade  of  "A." 

133 


Sociology 


Sociology  is  the  scientific  study  of  human  society  and  social  behavior. 
The  topics  of  the  field  include:  criminal  behavior,  social  stratification, 
demographic  trends,  and  the  family.  Sociology  is  a  liberal  arts  major  in  the 
truest  sense  of  the  term.  Besides  increasing  one's  insights  into  the  social  world, 
sociology  gives  one  many  opportunities  to  write  and  to  improve  one's 
mathematical  skills.  Career  opportunities  open  to  sociologists  include  work 
in  criminology,  demography,  marketing  and  journalism. 

Major 

The  sociology  major  consists  of  a  minimum  of  ten  sociology  courses, 
beyond  Introduction  to  Sociology,  and  Human  Nature,  Politics,  and  Society. 
Required  courses  of  sociology  majors  are:  Statistics,  Research  Design,  and 
History  of  Sociological  Thought.  The  remaining  seven  sociology  courses  are 
to  be  elected  by  the  student.  Two  upper  level  courses  in  economics,  history, 
philosophy,  political  science,  psychology  or  writing  must  also  be  completed. 
A  "C"  average  in  major  coursework  is  required.  The  degree  awarded  is 
Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  sociology  consists  of  any  five  sociology  courses  beyond 
Introduction  to  Sociology.  No  course  can  be  used  to  satisfy  both  major  and 
minor  requirements. 

Sociology  Major  with 
Social  Work  Concentration 

Nine  sociology  courses  beyond  Introduction  to  Sociology  plus  a 
semester  in  field  placement  (12-15  semester  hours)  constitute  this  major.  A 
"C"  average  in  major  coursework  and  approval  by  the  Social  Work  Committee 
are  required  prior  to  field  placement  for  graduation.  The  required  courses 
are:  Field  of  Social  Work,  Methods  of  Social  Work,  Cultural  Anthropology, 
Minority  Peoples,  The  Family,  Statistics,  and  Criminology  plus  two  sociology 
electives.  Students  are  encouraged  to  complete  a  minor  in  psychology. 


C271.    Human  Nature,  Politics,  and  Society 3  hours 

An  examination  of  classic  treatments  of  leading  themes  in  social  and 

political  thought.  Among  the  authors  discussed  are  Aristotle,  Hobbes,  Locke, 

Marx,  Tocqueville,  and  Weber. 

C471.    Introduction  to  Sociology  (A  Survey) 3  hours 

The  study  of  human  society  the  nature  of  culture  and  its  organization. 

Processes  of  communication,  socialization,  mobility  and  population  growth 

are  described  and  analyzed.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  methods,  basic  concepts, 

and  principal  findings  of  the  field. 


134 


2141.    The  American  Experience 3  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  students  with  basic  aspects 
of  the  American  experience.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the  individual's 
relationships  to  the  community  and  the  state.  Specific  topics  of  discussion 
include  populism.  Social  Darwinism,  federalism,  the  role  of  advertising  in  folk 
culture,  the  relationship  of  technology  and  democracy,  and  America's  exploring 
spirit.  Both  primary  and  secondary  sources  are  assigned  as  readings.  The 
primary  sources  include  essays  by  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Frederic  ,'ackson  Turner, 
Andrew  Carnegie,  and  William  Jennings  Bryan. 

2471.    The  Family 3  hours 

An  analysis  of  the  family  institution  as  a  background  for  the  study  of 
family  interaction,  socialization,  and  the  parent-child  relationship,  courtship 
and  marriage  interaction,  family  crises  and  problems.  Prerequisite:  C271  or  C471. 

2473.  Social  Psychology 3  hours 

A  course  concerned  with  the  behavior  of  individuals  in  groups  including 

social  motivation,  attitudes,  group  norms  and  membership,  and  social  roles. 
Prerequisites:  C471  and  C462. 

2474.  Social  Problems 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  impact  of  current  social  forces  upon  American  society. 

Deviation  from  social  norms,  conflict  concerning  social  goals  and  values,  and 
social  disorganization  as  these  apply  to  family,  economic,  religious,  and  other 
institutional  and  interpersonal  situations  are  of  primary  concern.  Prerequisite: 
C471. 

2518.    Statistics 3  hours 

The  course  includes  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  with  particular 

emphasis  upon  parametic  statistics,  probability  theory,  analysis  of  variance, 

and  regression  and  correlation  analysis.  Non-parametric  statistics  will  be 

introduced.  Prerequisite:  C330. 

3461.    Research  Design 4  hours 

A  combination  lecture-laboratory  course  emphasizing  the  design  and 

execution  of  research  in  the  behavioral  sciences.  Prerequisites:  C271,  C462, 

C471  and  2518. 

3471.    Cultural  Anthropology   3  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  people  and  their  culture,  using  material 
from  folk  and  modern  cultures  throughout  the  world.  Emphasis  is  given  to 
development  of  understanding  of  culture  —  its  purpose,  meaning,  and  function. 
Prerequisite:  C471. 

3473.  Field  of  Social  Work 3  hours 

An  orientation  course  based  on  the  description  and  analysis  of  the 

historical  development  of  social  work  and  the  operation  in  contemporary 
society  of  the  many  social  work  activities.  Prerequisite:  C471. 

3474.  Methods  of  Social  Work    3  hours 

Study  of  the  methods  used  in  social  work  in  contemporary  social  work 

activities.  Prerequisites:  C471  and  3473. 

3475.  Minority  Peoples 3  hours 

A  study  of  minority  peoples  using  both  the  anthropological  and 

sociological  perspectives.  Although  other  types  are  considered,  particular  at- 

135 


tention  is  focused  on  racial  and  cultural  minorities  in  terms  of  the  prejudice 
and  discrimination  they  receive  and  the  effect  this  has  on  their  personalities 
and  ways  of  life.  Prerequisite:  C271  or  C471. 

3477.    Community  and  Individualism  in  America 3  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  explore  the  apparent  changes  in  our 
national  mood  during  the  "privatized"  1950s,  the  "activist"  1960s,  and  the 
so-called  "me  decade"  the  1970s.  The  approach  of  this  course  is 
interdisciplinary.  Texts  written  by  historians,  demographers,  economists  and 
anthropologists  are  studied.  Prerequisite:  C271  or  C471. 

4471.  Field  Experience  in  Social  Work 12-15  hours 

Students  concentrating  in  social  work  are  placed  with  various  social  work 

agencies  in  the  Atlanta  area  for  on-the-job  practicum  experience.  Prerequisites: 
3473,  3474,  and  approval  of  social  work  committee. 

4472.  Criminology    3  hours 

The  principles  of  criminology  and  penology  and  an  analysis  of  the  crim- 
inal justice  system:  study  of  historical  and  contemporary  theory  and  practice. 
Prerequisite:  C271  or  C471. 

4473.  Population    3  hours 

The  study  of  the  social  implications  of  changing  fertility,  mortality,  and 

migration  patterns:  the  effects  of  population  pressure  upon  culture  and  stan- 
dards of  living,  and  the  current  population  trends  in  our  own  and  other  coun- 
tries. Prerequisites:  C271,  C3  30  and  C471. 

4474.  History  of  Sociological  Thought 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  major  social  theorists  from  early  times  to  the  present, 

with  particular  emphasis  on  current  sociological  thought.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  instructor. 

4475.  Seminar  in  Sociology    1-3  hours 

A  seminar  providing  examination  and  discussion  of  various  topics  of 

contemporary  and  historical  interest  in  sociology.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

4477.  Internship  —  Sociology 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized,  experiential  learning 

opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  Students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations 
with  cooperating  business  organizations,  governmental  departments  and 
agencies  or  in  other  professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

4478.  Sociology  —  Independent  Study  I 2  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite: 

Permission  of  the  faculty  tutor. 

4479.  Sociology  —  Independent  Study  II 1  hour 

Supervised  preparation  of  a  paper  or  research  report  for  a  senior 

honours  project.  Prerequisite:  4478  with  the  grade  of  "A'.' 


136 


Oglethorpe 
TIniversity 


Division  V 

Economics  and 
Business  Administration 


Four  degree  programs  are  offered  in  the  Division  of  Economics  and 
Business  Administration.  The  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree  may 
be  earned  with  a  major  in  accounting,  business  administration,  or  economics. 
A  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  program  is  offered  with  a  major  in  economics. 
Computer  science  courses  are  offered  through  the  division. 

All  students  who  pursue  degree  programs  within  the  division  are  required 
to  complete: 

1)  1333  Calculus   I    (or  a    more  advanced   course   in 

calculus) 

2)  2  518  Statistics 

3)  2  519  Management  Science 

4)  2540,2541  or  2542    Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software, 

Introduction  to  Computer  Science,  or 
Principles  of  Computer  Programming 

5)  3  521  Intermediate  Microeconomics 

6)  3  522  Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

Additional  major  requirements  are  listed  under  the  particular  disciplinary 
headings  in  this  section.  Major  requirements  may  be  satisfied  with  a  course 
in  the  division  only  if  the  grade  received  is  a  "C"  or  higher. 

Students  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  they  fulfill  all  requirements 
in  the  major  program  selected. 

Business  Administration 

The  business  administration  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  students 
for  careers  as  business  leaders  who  will  earn  their  livelihood  by  discerning 
and  satisfying  people's  material  wants.  Success  in  this  endeavor  requires  (1) 
the  ability  to  think  independently,  (2)  knowledge  of  business  terminology  and 
business  institutions,  both  domestic  and  international,  and  (3)  communication 
skills.  The  ability  to  think  independently  is  enhanced  through  study  of  the 
courses  in  the  core  curriculum  and  through  a  requirement  that  each  student 
must  complete  advanced  work  in  at  least  one  area  of  business.  Courses  in 
economics  and  the  functional  areas  of  business  administration  introduce 
students  to  business  institutions,  terminology,  and  methods  of  inquiry.  A 
required  course  in  advanced  writing  provides  practice  in  thinking  and 
communicating. 

In  addition  to  preparing  students  for  business  careers,  the  program  in 
business  administration  is  valuable  preparation  for  other  careers.  Students 
learn  administrative  skills  and  methods  of  inquiry  that  are  applicable  to 
administration  of  governmental  and  non-profit  organizations.  Also,  since  much 
legal  practice  involves  businesses,  knowledge  of  business  terminology  and 
institutions  is  an  excellent  background  for  the  study  and  practice  of  law. 

Major 

Major  requirements  include  the  six  courses  required  of  all  majors  in  the 
division  and  the  following  courses: 

Principles  of  Accounting  I  and  II 

Management 

Business  Law  I 

Managerial  Finance 
138 


Marketing 

Strategic  Planning 

Advanced  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 

Three  of  the  following  courses: 

Marketing  Research  Labor  Economics 

Advanced  Managerial  Finance  International  Economics 

Intermediate  Accounting  1  and  11          Public  Finance 

Cost  Accounting  Introduction  to  Data  Structures 

Advanced  Accounting  Introduction  to  Systems 

Accounting  Control  Systems  Programming 

Auditing  Topics  in  Computer  Science 

Development  of  Accounting  Theory     Principles  of  File  Processing 

Money  and  Banking 


1510.  Business  Law  I    3  hours 

A  course  designed  to  give  the  student  an  awareness  of  a  limited  area 

of  those  aspects  of  the  law  which  will  be  needed  in  day-to-day  dealings  with 
the  problems  of  business.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  law  of  contracts, 
negotiable  instruments,  agency,  and  a  study  of  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code 
as  it  applies. 

1511.  Business  Law  II 3  hours 

A  study  of  partnerships,  corporations,  sales,  bailments,  security  devices, 

property,  bankruptcy,  and  trade  infringements.  Prerequisite:  1510. 

2464.    Organizational  Psychology 3  hours 

A  psychological  study  of  work  and  an  examination  of  the  complex  social 
variables  that  are  a  part  of  the  work  environment.  Prerequisite:  C462. 
2513.    Management 3  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  management  and  administration. 
This  course  includes  leadership,  conflict  resolution,  and  the  functions  of 
management  in  large  and  small  organizations. 
2  518.    Statistics 3  hours 

The  course  includes  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  with  particular 
emphasis  upon  parametric  statistics,  probability,  analysis-  of  variance,  and 
regression  and  correlation  analysis.  Non-parametric  statistics  will  be  intro- 
duced. Prerequisite:  C330. 
2  519.    Management  Science     3  hours 

An  introduction  to  operations  research,  model  building,  optimization, 
linear  programming,  inventory  models,  and  simulation.  Major  techniques  and 
models    of    quantitative    analysis    as    applied    to    business    are    studied. 
Prerequisites:  1333,  2518  and  2540  or  2541  or  2542. 
25  55.    International  Business 3  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  students  with  the  problems 
encountered  in  conducting  business  outside  one's  own  country  and  to  provide 
a  basis  for  evaluating  the  impact  on  business  activities  of  changing  economic, 
political,  and  cultural  factors.  Prerequisite:  2  513. 


139 


2556.    Marketing  Communications 3  hours 

Principles,  concepts,  and  practices  relating  to  the  various  kinds  of 
communications  employed  to  disseminate  information  about  products  and 
services  to  potential  buyers.  Communications  methods  to  be  studied  include 
advertising,  personal  selling,  sales  promotion,  and  public  relations.  The 
behavioral  aspects  of  both  messages  and  media  will  be  explored. 
3120.    Advanced  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 3  hours 

A  course  for  students  who  have  mastered  the  basic  skills  and  insights 
of  writing  and  who  wish  to  improve  their  ability  to  write  clear,  concise, 
persuasive  expository  prose.  Oral  presentations  and  practice  in  listening  with 
accuracy  constitute  another  element  of  the  course.  Weekly  writing  assignments. 
Prerequisites:  C121,  CI 22,  and  two  sophomore  level  literature  courses. 

3516.  Managerial  Finance   3  hours 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  organization  finance  and  its  relation 

to  other  aspects  of  business  management  and  to  the  economic  environment 
within  which  the  firm  operates.  Attention  is  given  to  basic  financial  concepts, 
techniques  of  financial  analysis  and  planning,  sources  of  short-term  and  long- 
term  financing,  working  capital  management,  fixed  asset  management  and 
capital  budgeting  fundamentals,  and  the  firm's  capital  structure  and  cost  of 
capital.  Prerequisites:  C521,  2519,  and  2531. 

3517.  Marketing 3  hours 

A  course  concerned  with  the  policies  and  problems  involved  in  the 

operation  of  market  institutions.  The  course  examines  broad  principles  in  the 
organization  and  direction  of  the  marketing  function  and  analytical  aspects 
of  marketing  and  consumer  behavior.  Prerequisites:  C521  and  2  531. 

4516.  Strategic  Planning 3  hours 

An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  management  decision-making  with 

emphasis  on  strategic  planning.  Cases  are  used  extensively.  Prerequisites:  2  513, 
3516  and  3517. 

4517.  Internship  —  Business  Administration 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formal,  experiential  learning 

opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the  intern- 
ship and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these  objec- 
tives. The  students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations  with 
cooperating  business  organizations,  government  departments,  or  in  other  pro- 
fessional settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  qualification 
for  the  internship  program. 

4554.    Advanced  Managerial  Finance 3  hours 

Case  studies  and  selected  readings  will  provide  a  basis  for  expanding 
one's  ability  to  use  the  analytical  tools  developed  in  the  basic  managerial 
finance  course.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  analysis  of  actual  business  situations 
of  varying  degrees  of  complexity  and  on  the  development  of  insights  into 
the  conditions,  attitudes,  and  practices  that  foster  sound  financial  decisions. 
Attention  will  be  directed  to  all  major  areas  of  financial  management  —  finan- 
cial analysis  and  planning,  working  capital  management,  capital  budgeting 
decisions,  capital  structure  and  cost  of  capital,  and  long-term  financing  deci- 
sion. Prerequisite:  3  516. 

140 


4556.    Marketing  Research 3  hours 

Included  are  the  following:  types  of  research,  the  research  process. 

research  design,  sampling  procedures,  data  collection  methods,  data  analysis. 

and  preparation  of  research  findings.  Prerequisites:  3  517  and  2  518. 

4558.    Directed  Studies  in  Business  and  Economics 3  hours 

An  intensive  study  of  diverse  topics  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the 

Instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Division. 


Accounting 


The  essence  of  accounting  is  measurement  and  communication.  The 
objective  is  to  provide  information  that  is  useful  to  decision-makers  who  must 
choose  between  economic  alternatives.  Accordingly,  the  field  focuses  on 
information  concerning  economic  resources,  claims  to  those  resources,  and 
the  results  of  economic  activity.  The  purpose  of  the  major  in  accounting  is 
to  acquaint  the  student  with  this  information  and  to  develop  the  analytic  ability 
necessary  to  produce  it.  The  student  learns  to  observe  economic  activity,  to 
select  from  that  activity  the  events  which  are  relevant  to  particular  decisions, 
to  measure  the  economic  consequences  of  those  events  in  quantitative  terms, 
to  record,  classify  and  summarize  the  resulting  data,  and  to  communicate  the 
information  produced  thereby  in  various  reports  and  statements  to  appropriate 
decision-makers. 

The  major  in  accounting  consists  of  a  coherent  sequence  of  accounting 
and  other  courses  which  provide  the  conceptual  foundation  and  basic  skills 
to  begin  a  career  in  accounting  practice  or  to  use  as  an  appropriate 
background  for  such  related  careers  as  financial  services,  computer  science, 
management,  industrial  engineering,  law  and  others.  Accountants  work  in 
public  accounting,  business,  government  and  non-profit  organizations. 

Major 

The  six  courses  required  of  all  students  in  the  division  and  the  following 
courses. 

Principles  of  Accounting  I  and  II,  Intermediate  Accounting  I  and  II,  Cost 
Accounting,  Advanced  Accounting,  Business  and  Personal  Taxes.  Auditing. 
Business  Law  I  and  II,  Management,  Marketing,  Managerial  Finance,  and 
Strategic  Planning. 

Minor 

Principles  of  Accounting  I  and  II,  Intermediate  Accounting  I  and  II.  Cost 
Accounting. 

2530.  Principles  of  Accounting  I   3  hours 

A  study  of  accounting  principles,  concepts,  and  the  nature  of  financial 

statements.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  use  of  accounting  as  a  device  for 
reporting  business  activity. 

2531.  Principles  of  Accounting  II 3  hours 

A   study  of  the   utilization   of  accounting  information   in   business 

management,  with  emphasis  upon  construction  and  interpretation  of  financial 
statements.  Prerequisite:  2  530. 


141 


3532.  Intermediate  Accounting  I 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  development  of  accounting  theories  and  their  application 

to  the  preparation  and  correction  of  financial  statements,  to  the  measurement 
of  periodic  income,  to  asset  acquisition,  and  to  the  capital  structure  of  business 
corporations.  Prerequisite:  2  531. 

3533.  Intermediate  Accounting  II    3  hours 

The  study  of  accounting  theory  as  it  relates  to  the  more  specialized 

problems  of  price  level  changes,  funds,  cash  flow  statements,  and  related 
concepts.  Prerequisite:  3  532. 

3534.  Cost  Accounting 3  hours 

A   study  of  the   principles  and  techniques   of  cost  control   with 

concentration  on  the  structural  aspects  of  cost  accounting  as  a  managerial 
tool  and  on  the  procedures  involved  in  solving  cost  accounting  problems. 
Prerequisite:  2  531. 

3535.  Business  and  Personal  Taxes 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  income  tax  laws  and  related  accounting  problems  of 

individuals,  partnerships,,  and  corporations.  The  course  is  additionally 
concerned  with  the  managerial  effects  of  taxation  upon  decisions  and  policies 
in  the  planning,  organization,  and  operation  of  a  business  enterprise. 
Prerequisite:  2  531. 

3537.    Studies  in  International  Accounting 3  hours 

A  course  designed  to  examine  divergent  accounting  practices  throughout 
the  world  and  to  foster  an  understanding  of  the  need  for  harmonization  of 
international  accounting  standards.  To  this  end  the  course  involves  intensive 
research  into  a  selected  aspect  of  international  accounting,  accompanied  by 
a  tour  relevant  to  the  studied  area. 

4534.  Internship  —  Accounting 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formal,  experiential  learning 

opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  The  students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations 
with  cooperating  business  organizations,  government  departments,  or  in  other 
professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  qualification 
for  the  internship  program. 

4535.  Advanced  Accounting 3  hours 

The  application  of  accounting  principles  and  concepts  to  specialized 

business  situations  including  partnerships,  mergers,  acquisitions,  fiduciary 
relationships,  installments,  consignments,  and  foreign  exchange.  Prerequisites: 
Senior  standing,  3  532  and  3  533. 

4536.  Accounting  Control  Systems   3  hours 

A    study    of    the    procedures    involved    in    the    analysis,    design, 

implementation,  and  control  of  management  information  systems.  Emphasis 
is  on  the  role  of  information  systems  in  business,  the  tools  and  techniques 
used  to  design  information  systems,  the  hardware  and  software  components 
of  computerized  information  systems,  the  procedures  involved  in  the 
development  and  control  of  information  systems,  and  the  application  of 
information  systems  to  the  various  transaction  cycles  of  the  firm.  Prerequisites: 
2531  and  2540  or  2541  or  2542. 
142 


4537.    Auditing 3  hours 

A  study  of  auditing  standards  and  procedures,  use  of  statistical  and  other 
quantitative  techniques,  and  preparation  of  audit  working  papers,  reports,  and 
financial  statements.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  criteria  for  the  establishment 
of  internal  controls  and  the  effect  of  these  controls  on  examinations  and 
reports.  Prerequisites:  2  518  and  3  533. 

4539.    Development  of  Accounting  Theory 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  historical  development  of  accounting  theory  from  ancient 
times  to  the  present.  Course  consists  of  reading,  discussions,  and  reports  on 
accounting  theory  with  emphasis  on  the  philosophical  aspects  of  accounting 
rather  than  technical  issues.  Prerequisite:  3  53  3. 

Economics 

Economics  is  a  way  of  thinking  based  on  the  premise  that  individuals 
make  decisions  that  advance  their  own  interests.  From  this  premise,  economics 
attempts  to  predict:  (1)  individual  behavior  and  (2)  the  social  order  that  results 
from  the  interaction  of  many  individual  decision-makers.  Finally,  economics 
involves  evaluation  of  the  resulting  social  order. 

The  three  aspects  of  economic  study  are  related  to  citizenship  and 
careers.  First,  the  attempt  to  predict  individual  behavior  results  in  the  deriva- 
tion of  several  economizing  principles  that  are  useful  in  business  practice. 
Second,  much  of  the  interaction  of  individuals  is  in  the  form  of  exchanges 
in  markets.  Knowledge  of  how  markets  function  is  helpful  both  to  business 
people  and  voters  who  will  make  decisions  about  such  market-related 
economic  matters  as  taxes,  interest  ceilings,  minimum  wages,  and  public  utility 
rates.  Third,  the  practice  in  evaluating  different  social  orders  leads  students 
to  replace  their  unschooled  opinions  about  complex  situations  with  disciplined 
thought.  This  practice  should  be  of  service  to  those  planning  careers  as  lawyers, 
politicians,  civil  servants,  or  religious  professionals. 

The  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree  in  economics  focuses 
on  the  first  two  of  these  three  aspects  of  economic  study  while  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts  degree  focuses  on  the  second  and  third. 

Major  (BBA) 

Six  courses  required  of  all  majors  in  Division  V  and  the  following  courses: 
Principles  of  Accounting  I  and  II 
Business  Law  I 
Managerial  Finance 
Five  economics  electives 

Major  (BA) 

Six  courses  required  of  all  majors  in  Division  V  and  the  following  courses: 
Five  economics  electives 

Two  advanced  electives  in  accounting,  business,  history,  political  studies, 
sociology,  psychology,  mathematics,  or  computer  science. 

Minor 

Intermediate  Macroeconomics  or  Money  and  Banking 
Intermediate  Microeconomics  or  History  of  Economic  Thought 
Three  economics  electives 

143 


C521.    Introduction  to  Economics 3  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  basic  economic 
concepts.  The  student  will  be  introduced  to  a  few  key  economic  principles 
that  can  be  used  in  analyzing  various  economic  events.  The  material  will 
include  a  history  of  economic  thought,  monetary  and  financial  economics, 
and  supply  and  demand  analysis. 

3521.  Intermediate  Microeconomics 3  hours 

An  intensive  study  of  the  behavior  of  the  consumer  and  the  firm, 

problems  of  production  and  distribution,  and  the  structure  of  markets. 
Attention  is  given  to  the  effects  of  price  and  income  changes  on  product 
demand  and  factor  supply  the  use  of  forecasts,  and  the  study  and  quantitative 
analysis  of  price  and  product  policies  in  various  market  structures. 
Prerequisites:  C521  and  1333. 

3522.  Intermediate  Macroeconomics 3  hours 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  aggregate  economic  analysis;  the  theory  and 

measurement  of  national  income  and  employment;  price  levels;  business 
fluctuations;  monetary  and  fiscal  policies;  economic  growth.  Quantitative 
analyses  utilizing  intermediate  quantitative  methods  and  econometric  models. 
Prerequisite:  C521. 

3523.  United  States  Economic  History 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  origin  and  growth  of  the  American  economic  system; 

development  of  an  historical  basis  for  understanding  present  problems  and 
trends  in  the  economy.  Prerequisite:  C521. 

3524.  History  of  Economic  Thought 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  major  writers  and  schools  of  economic  thought,  related 

to  the  economic,  political,  and  social  institutions  of  their  times;  the  Medieval, 
Mercantilist,  Physiocrat,  Classical,  Marxist,  Historical,  Neoclassical, 
Institutionalist,  Keynesian,  and  post-Key nesian  schools.  Prerequisites:  C521 
andC161. 

3527.    Economic  Development 3  hours 

A  study  of  the  economic,  social,  and  political  factors  that  account  for 
the  contrast  between  the  economic  stagnation  in  much  of  the  world  and  the 
history  of  steadily  rising  income  in  the  U.S.,  Europe,  and  Japan.  Prerequisite: 
C521. 

4521.  Money  and  Banking 3  hours 

The  nature  and  development  of  the  monetary  and  credit  system  of  the 

United  States;  the  functions  and  activities  of  financial  institutions;  commercial 
banking;  the  Federal  Reserve  System.  Emphasis  is  upon  the  cause  and  effect 
relationships  between  money  and  economic  activity,  including  effects  on 
employment,  prices,  income,  and  interest  rates.  Prerequisites:  3  521  and  3  522. 

4522.  Labor  Economics 3  hours 

The  history,  theory,  and  practices  of  the  American  labor  movement.  A 

study  of  labor  organizations  as  economic  and  social  institutions  including  a 
survey  of  the  principles  and  problems  of  union-management  relationships 
encountered  in  collective  bargaining  and  in  public  policies  toward  labor. 
Prerequisite:  3522  or  3523. 

4523.  International  Economics 3  hours 

A  study  of  international  trade  and  finance;  regional  specialization; 

144 


national  commercial  policies;  international  investments;  balance  of  payments; 
foreign  exchange;  foreign  aid  policies;  international  agreements  on  tariffs  and 
trade.  Prerequisites:  3  521  and  3  522. 

4525.  Public  Finance 3  hours 

An  analysis  of  the  impact  of  federal,  state  and  local  government 

expenditures,  revenues,  debt  management  and  budgeting  on  the  allocation 
of  resources,  the  distribution  of  income,  the  stabilization  of  national  income 
and  employment,  and  economic  growth.  Expenditure  patterns,  tax  structure, 
microeconomic  and  macroeconomic  theories  of  public  expenditures  and 
taxation  will  be  examined.  Prerequisites:  3  521  and  3  522. 

4526.  Internship  —  Economics 1-6  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formal,  experiential  learning 

opportunity  to  qualified  students.  The  student  and  a  faculty  supervisor 
negotiate  a  learning  contract  which  specifies  learning  objectives  for  the 
internship  and  indices  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  achievement  of  these 
objectives.  The  students  are  employed  or  volunteer  in  standard  work  situations 
with  cooperating  business  organizations,  government  departments,  or  in  other 
professional  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and 
qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

4527.  Economics  —  Independent  Study  I 2  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  senior  honours  project.  Prerequisite: 

Permission  of  the  faculty  tutor. 

4528.  Economics  —  Independent  Study  II  1  hour 

Supervised  preparation  of  a  paper  or  research  report  for  a  senior 
honours  project.  A  paper  is  delivered  and  defended  in  a  seminar  attended 
by  peers  and  faculty  members.  Prerequisite:  4527  with  the  grade  of  "A." 

Computer  Science 

Two  interdisciplinary  majors  which  include  computer  science  as  a  field 
of  concentration  are  offered.  Students  should  consult  the  section  of  the  Bulletin 
in  which  interdisciplinary  majors  are  described. 
Minor 

A  minor  in  Computer  Science  consists  of  five  computer  science  courses, 
including  2  542  -  Principles  of  Computer  Programming. 

2540.  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software 3  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  major  types  of  computer 

applications  software,  including  word  processing,  electronic  spreadsheets,  data 
base  management,  graphics,  and  communications.  A  predominant  emphasis 
is  on  the  construction  of  significant  applications  systems,  including  custom 
programming.  The  student  uses  an  integrated  microcomputer  software  system 
such  as  LOTUS  SYMPHONY. 

2541.  Introduction  to  Computer  Science 3  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  basic  concepts  of  electronic 

data  processing  equipment,  computer  programming,  and  applications.  It  is 
intended  primarily  for  students  who  do  not  plan  further  study  in  computer 
science.  The  successful  student  becomes  proficient  in  problem-solving 
techniques  and  algorithm  construction  using  the  BASIC  programming 
language.  Examples  are  drawn  from  business,  science,  and  other  fields.  This 

145 


course  is  substantially  equivalent  to  Computer  Science  I  as  described  in  the 
recommended  undergraduate  program  in  computer  science  of  the  Association 
for  Computing  Machinery. 

2542.    Principles  of  Computer  Programming 3  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  who  intends  to  do  advanced  work 
in  computer  science  to  problem-solving  methods  which  facilitate  the 
construction  of  accurate,  well-structured  algorithms  for  use  in  coding,  testing, 
and  documenting  high-level  programs.  The  Pascal  language  provides  the 
vehicle  for  the  introductory  study  of  structured  programming,  computer  system 
organization,  information  representation,  and  data  manipulation.  This  course 
is  substantially  equivalent  to  Computer  Science  II  as  described  in  the 
recommended  undergraduate  program  in  computer  science  of  the  Association 
for  Computing  Machinery. 

3542.    Introduction  to  Data  Structures 3  hours 

Ada  language  constructs  are  used  to  introduce  the  student  to  the 
important  concepts  of  static  and  dynamic  data  representation,  which,  along 
with  effective  algorithm  development,  are  essential  components  of  successful 
computer  programming.  Topics  include  arrays,  records,  files,  pointers,  linked 
lists,  stacks,  queues,  trees,  graphs,  and  implementation  procedures.  Students 
also  study  sorting  and  searching  techniques.  This  course  is  substantially 
equivalent  to  Computer  Science  VII  as  described  in  the  recommended 
undergraduate  program  in  computer  science  of  the  Association  for  Computing 
Machinery  Prerequisite:  2  542. 
3544.    Principles  of  File  Processing 3  hours 

This  course  provides  an  accelerated  introduction  to  the  COBOL  language 
and  to  standard  techniques  for  managing  data  in  computer  files.  Students 
use  COBOL  to  program  solutions  to  problems  which  arise  predominantly, 
though  not  exclusively  in  business  environments  and  which  involve  file 
updating,  merging  and  searching,  and  report  generation.  Sequential,  random 
access  and  indexed  files  will  be  emphasized,  in  addition  to  elementary 
concepts  of  data  base  management.  This  course  is  substantially  equivalent 
to  Computer  Science  V  as  described  in  the  recommended  undergraduate 
program  in  computer  science  of  the  Association  for  Computing  Machinery. 
Prerequisite:  2  542. 
4540.    Introduction  to  Systems  Programming   3  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  advanced  computer  science  student  to 
fundamental  concepts  of  computer  systems  programming.  Attention  is  given 
to  the  development  of  input  and  output  routines,  associated  data  structures 
and  algorithms,  and  the  construction  of  systems  libraries,  using  the  C 
programming  language.  Major  programming  projects  in  C  are  at  the  level  of 
designing  and  writing  a  simple  machine  emulator,  and  developing  an 
assembler  for  that  machine.  Prerequisite:  2  542. 
4542.    Topics  in  Computer  Science 3  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  a  variety  of  timely  topics  and  useful  language 
environments.  Current  topics  include  artificial  intelligence,  compiler  construc- 
tion, computer  aided  instruction,  computer  architecture,  data  base  manage- 
ment, graphics,  operating  systems,  and  systems  programming.  These  topics 
will  be  examined  in  the  context  of  languages  such  as  Ada,  assembly  language, 
C,  Forth,  DECAL,  LISP,  Logo,  Pilot,  applications  software,  and  the  more  familiar 
BASIC,  COBOL  and  Pascal.  Prerequisites:  2  542,  and  3  532  or  3  544. 
146 


Oglethorpe 
Mlniversity 


Division  VI 

Graduate  Studies 

in  Early  Childhood 

and  Middle  Grades  Education 


Oglethorpe  University  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  degree  Master 
of  Arts  in  either  Early  Childhood  Education  or  Middle  Grades  Education. 
Graduates  are  eligible  for  T5  certification  in  Georgia  and  for  comparable  cer- 
tification in  other  states. 

Program  Approval:  Department  of  Education  of  the  State  of  Georgia. 
Accreditation:  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools. 
For  application  please  write:    Office  of  Admissions 
Oglethorpe  University 
Atlanta.  Georgia  30319 
or  call  233-6864  or  261-1441 


Program 


The  graduate  Division  offers  work  leading  to  the  degree  Master  of  Arts 
in  education  with  concentrations  in  early  and  middle  grades.  A  minimum  of 
2  5  per  cent  of  the  courses  used  to  meet  degree  requirements  will  contain 
a  field-based  component. 

Completion  of  the  master's  program  requires  the  following  steps: 

1.  Full  admission  to  the  Graduate  Division. 

2.  Admission  to  Candidacy.  Apply  after  completion  of  12  semester 
hours  graduate  credit  at  Oglethorpe. 

3.  Satisfactory  completion  of  a  comprehensive  final  examination. 
Apply  after  completion  of  all  required  courses  but  not  sooner 
than  one  semester  prior  to  expected  graduation. 

4.  Completion  of  36  semester  hours  approved  credit.  Application 
for  diploma  should  be  made  during  the  semester  of  anticipated 
completion  of  degree  requirements. 


Organization 


The  Graduate  Division  is  organized  as  one  of  the  six  academic  divisions 
of  the  University.  All  graduate  work  is  administered  by  the  Graduate  Division, 
which  is  governed  by  the  Teacher  Education  Council  under  the  policies  of 
the  University.  The  Teacher  Education  Council  is  the  policy-making  body 
chosen  from  the  faculty  and  administration,  under  the  leadership  of  the  chair- 
man of  the  Graduate  Division. 

The  purposes  of  the  graduate  program  are  to  provide  well-qualified  stu- 
dents with  the  opportunity  to  obtain  the  first  graduate  degree,  and  to  provide 
members  of  the  teaching  profession  with  the  opportunity  to  enhance  their 
competencies  and  knowledge  in  the  area  of  elementary  education.  Inherent 
in  the  guiding  philosophy  is  the  assumption  that  graduate  study  includes  more 
than  the  passing  of  prescribed  courses  and  the  meeting  of  minimum 
requirements.  All  students  who  receive  graduate  degrees  must  possess  a  broad 
knowledge  of  the  literature  of  their  field  of  study,  be  capable  of  sustained 
study,  exhibit  the  power  of  independent  thinking,  and  possess  reasonable 
knowledge  of  the  techniques  of  research. 


148 


Admission 


Upon  recommendation  of  the  chairman  of  the  Teacher  Education  Council 
and  approval  of  the  Teacher  Education  Council,  a  person  holding  a  bachelor's 
degree  from  an  accredited  college  or  university  may  be  admitted  to  the 
Graduate  Division.  In  addition  to  general  requirements  prescribed,  the 
applicant  must  submit  transcripts  of  all  previous  work  completed;  satisfactory 
scores  on  either  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  (aptitude  portion),  the 
National  Teacher  Examination  (commons  and  teaching  field),  or  the  Miller 
Analogies  Test;  two  recommendations  (form  provided)  from  previous  colleges 
attended  and/or  employers;  and,  when  deemed  necessary  take  validating 
examinations  or  preparatory  work.  Students  who  do  not  have  a  Georgia  T4 
certificate  in  either  early  or  middle  grades  must  contact  the  Chairman  of  the 
Graduate  Program  in  teacher  education  prior  to  admission.  Candidates  not 
previously  prepared  for  teaching  must  meet  requirements  for  first  professional 
certification  before  completing  requirements  for  the  master's  degree. 


Procedure 


Application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Admissions  of 
the  University.  Completed  forms  should  be  returned  to  the  Office  of  Admis- 
sions as  soon  as  possible  but  at  least  20  days  prior  to  the  term  in  which  the 
applicant  expects  to  enroll.  These  forms  should  be  accompanied  by  a  $20 
application  fee  (non-refundable).  All  material  (completed  forms,  fee  transcripts, 
and  test  scores)  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Office  of  Admissions,  Oglethorpe 
University,  Atlanta,  Georgia  30319.  To  insure  proper  consideration,  all 
documents  must  be  on  hand  at  least  20  days  prior  to  the  proposed  time  of 
enrollment.  All  documents  become  the  property  of  the  University  and  will 
not  be  returned. 

If  an  applicant  does  not  choose  to  enter  the  Graduate  Division  in  the 
term  indicated  on  the  application,  the  applicant  should  notify  the  Office  of 
Admissions  of  the  change  and  indicate  a  new  date  of  entrance,  if  applicable. 
Otherwise,  the  original  admissions  will  be  canceled,  the  file  discontinued,  and 
a  new  application  may  be  required  for  admission  at  a  later  date. 

Admission  to  the  Graduate  Division  does  not  imply  ultimate  acceptance 
as  a  candidate  for  an  advanced  degree.  For  admission  to 'candidacy  see  the 
section  Admission  to  Candidacy. 


Classification 


Students  may  be  admitted  to  the  Graduate  Division  under  any  one  of 
the  following  classifications. 

Regular.  A  student  who  has  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  at  least 
2.8  on  a  4.0  scale,  satisfactory  scores  on  the  GRE,  NTE,  or  MAT,  and  the  rec- 
ommendation of  the  chairman  of  the  Graduate  Division,  and  who  has 
completed  all  prerequisites  required  for  admission  may  be  admitted  as  a 
regular  graduate  student. 

Provisional.  A  person  failing  to  meet  one  or  more  of  the  standards 
required  for  admission  as  a  regular  student  or  a  qualified  senior  may  be 

149 


admitted  under  conditions  specified  at  the  time  of  admission  by  the  Chairman 
of  the  Teacher  Education  Council  and  approved  by  the  Teacher  Education 
Council.  The  provisionally  admitted  student  must  include  two  foundations 
courses  among  the  first  four  courses  attempted  and  apply  to  the  Chairman 
of  the  Graduate  Division  for  reclassification  when  the  specified  conditions 
have  been  met.  Graduate  courses  completed  by  the  provisional  student  may 
be  counted  toward  a  degree  after  the  student  has  been  reclassified  as  a  regular 
student. 

A  senior  within  six  semester  hours  of  completing  requirements  for  the 
bachelor's  degree  may  be  permitted  to  enroll  in  courses  for  graduate  credit 
provided  that:  (1)  the  student  has  the  permission  of  the  head  of  the  education 
department  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Graduate  Division;  (2)  the  student  is 
otherwise  qualified  for  admission  to  graduate  study  except  for  the  degree; 
and  (3)  the  total  load  in  a  semester  would  not  exceed  1 5  semester  hours.  Under 
no  circumstances  may  a  course  be  used  for  both  graduate  and  undergraduate 
credit. 

Transient.  A  student  in  good  standing  in  another  recognized  graduate 
school  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  the  Graduate  Division  of  Oglethorpe  University 
and  who  plans  to  return  thereafter  to  the  former  institution  may  be  admitted 
as  a  transient  graduate  student.  In  lieu  of  full  transcripts  and  regular  applica- 
tions the  student  must  submit  a  transient  student  application  form  completed 
by  the  graduate  dean  listing  specific  courses  to  be  taken  for  credit.  Any  student 
admitted  on  this  basis  should  understand  that  registration  terminates  upon 
the  completion  of  the  work  authorized  by  the  degree-granting  institution.  If 
later  electing  to  seek  a  degree  from  Oglethorpe  University  the  student  must 
make  formal  application  for  admission  and  may  petition  to  have  credit  earned 
as  a  transient  student  applied  toward  the  degree  at  the  University. 

Unclassified.  A  degree  holder  who  is  not  at  present  a  candidate  for  a 
degree  at  Oglethorpe  University,  such  as  a  person  seeking  to  meet  certifica- 
tion requirements  or  local  school  requirements,  may  be  admitted  without 
presenting  test  scores  or  recommendations.  The  student  must  present 
transcripts  and  verification  of  an  undergraduate  degree  in  education,  including 
satisfactory  completion  of  student  teaching.  Credit  earned  by  a  student  in 
this  category  may  be  counted  toward  the  degree  only  with  consent  of  the 
Teacher  Education  Council  or  the  Director  of  the  Graduate  Program. 


Registration 


Registration  dates  for  each  term  are  listed  on  page  3  of  this  publication. 
Several  weeks  prior  to  the  beginning  of  each  term,  students  may  obtain  from 
the  Registrar's  Office  a  schedule  of  classes  for  that  particular  term.  Graduate 
summer  sessions  may  vary  slightly  either  as  to  dates  or  length  of  course. 


Courses  and  Loads 


Courses  numbered  6000  are  open  only  to  graduate  students.  Some  Arts 
and  Sciences  courses  with  4000  numbers  carry  either  undergraduate  or  grad- 
uate credit;  graduate  students,  however,  are  expected  to  do  more  extensive 
reading,  prepare  additional  reports,  and/or  produce  papers  or  other  projects 
requiring  more  extensive  research. 
150 


The  maximum  course  load  for  any  graduate  student  is  12  credit  hours 
per  semester  or  six  credit  hours  in  a  summer  term.  A  person  working  more 
than  30  hours  per  week  normally  may  not  register  for  more  than  six  hours 
credit  per  semester.  In  all  cases,  the  graduate  student  is  urged  to  register  for 
only  the  number  of  hours  which  can  be  successfully  completed. 

Advisement 

Upon  admission  to  the  Graduate  Division,  each  student  is  assigned  to 
a  member  of  the  graduate  faculty  in  education  who  serves  as  adviser  and 
guides  the  student  in  planning  a  program  of  study. 


Grading 


The  quality  of  work  of  courses  taken  in  the  graduate  program  is  indicated 
by  the  marks  A,  B,  C,  D,  and  F.  Grades  of  I  and  W  are  reserved  for  special 
cases.  Listed  below  are  requirements  for  each  of  these  grades: 

A    —  Excellent,  with  four  quality  points  for  each  credit  hour 

B    —  Good,  with  three  quality  points  for  each  credit  hour 

C    —  Poor,  with  two  quality  points  for  each  credit  hour 

D    —  Unsatisfactory  work 

F    —  Failing  work  or  unofficial  withdrawal 

1  —  Incomplete  may  be  used  if  the  student,  because  of  unusual  cir- 
cumstances, is  unable  to  complete  the  required  work  in  the  pre- 
scribed time  interval,  provided  the  student  was  doing  satisfactory 
work.  Such  a  grade  must  be  removed  by  the  completion  of  the 
work  within  one  year  or  the  I  becomes  an  F. 

W  —  Official  withdrawal  may  be  permitted  if  the  student's  progress  is 
interrupted  by  illness  or  other  emergencies. 


Standards 


Candidates  for  the  master's  degree  must  meet  the  following  academic 
standards: 

1.  The  student's  overall  grade-point  average  for  work  submitted  in  a 
graduate  program  must  be  3.0  or  higher. 

2.  If,  in  any  case,  the  candidate  fails  to  maintain  satisfactory  academic 
standards  a  review  by  the  Teacher  Education  Council  will  determine 
the  student's  continuation  in  a  graduate  program. 

Any  student  will  be  placed  on  Academic  Probation  who  falls  below  a 
B  average  (GPA-3.0)  or  has  a  total  of  two  course  grades  of  C  or  below. 

Any  student  will  be  dismissed  from  the  Graduate  Program  who  receives 
a  third  grade  of  C  or  less  or  who  does  not  achieve  a  B  average  upon  completion 
of  three  additional  graduate  courses. 


Admission  to  Candidacy 


Application  for  admission  to  candidacy  for  the  Master  of  Arts  degree 
must  be  filed  with  the  Chairman  of  the  Graduate  Division  after  the  student 


151 


has  12  semester  hours  of  graduate  study  at  Oglethorpe  University.  Admis- 
sion to  candidacy  would  be  given  or  refused  following  an  examination  of  the 
overall  work  of  the  student  and  careful  review  of  the  work  completed  at 
Oglethorpe.  Notice  of  action  taken  on  application  for  admission  to  candidacy 
would  be  given  in  writing  to  the  student  and  to  the  student's  adviser.  The 
student  seeking  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  must  furnish  certification  by  the 
Chairman  of  the  Education  Department  of  eligibility  for  first  professional  cer- 
tification or  include  appropriate  make-up  work  in  the  program. 

Graduation 

Course  Requirements.  The  program  leading  to  the  master's  degree  will 
require  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hours  of  course  credit  beyond  the  bache- 
lor's degree.  The  following  requirements  must  be  included  in  the  credit  earned. 
Foundations  of  Research  in  Education  —  three  semester  hours 
Psychological  Foundations  of  Learning  —  three  semester  hours 
Historical     and     Philosophical      Foundations     of     Education 

—  three  semester  hours 
Foundations  of  Reading  Instruction  —  three  semester  hours 
*  Early  Childhood 

Mathematics  for  Elementary  Schools  —  three  semester  hours 
Content  Electives  —  nine  semester  hours  (minimum) 
Growth  And  Development,  the  Young  Child  —  three  semester  hours 
*Middle  Grades 

The  Middle  School  Learner  —  three  semester  hours 
Content  Electives  —  twelve  semester  hours  to  include  a  three-course 
(nine-hour)  concentration  in  one  curriculum  area. 

Electives  —  nine  semester  hours 
•Detailed  programs  are  available  from  members  of  the  graduate  faculty. 

Residence.  At  least  30  semester  hours  of  graduate  work  must  be 
completed  on  campus. 

Time  Limit.  In  any  graduate  program  all  work  (including  the  compre- 
hensive examination)  must  be  completed  within  a  six-year  period.  It  is  expected 
that  the  student  will  complete  the  program  with  reasonable  continuity. 

Transfer,  Extension,  Correspondence  Credit.  A  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours  of  graduate  credit  may  be  transferred  from  another  accredited 
institution  subject  to  the  following  conditions:  (1)  transfer  credit  will  not  be 
considered  prior  to  admission  to  candidacy;  (2)  work  already  applied  toward 
another  degree  cannot  be  accepted;  (3)  work  must  have  been  completed  within 
the  six-year  period  allowed  for  the  completion  of  degree  requirements;  (4)  work 
must  have  been  applicable  toward  a  graduate  degree  at  the  institution  where 
the  credit  was  earned;  (5)  work  offered  for  transfer  must  have  the  approval 
of  the  Graduate  Division;  and  (6)  acceptance  of  the  transfer  credit  does  not 
reduce  the  residence  requirement. 

Under  no  circumstances  may  credit  earned  through  correspondence 
work  be  applied  toward  satisfaction  of  degree  requirements. 


S2 


mprehensive  Final  Examination 


A  comprehensive  final  examination  is  required  of  all  candidates  for  the 
er  s  degree  at  or  about  the  time  all  other  requirements  have  been  met 
following  regulations  govern  the  administration  of  the  comprehensive 
hination: 

1.  The  student  must  be  registered  when  taking  the  examination 
I  The  examinations  are  developed  and  administered  by  such  members 
of  the  Graduate  Faculty  as  may  be  appointed  by  the  chairman  of  the 
Graduate  Division. 
3.  The  examination  may  cover  all  work  prescribed  by  the  student's  pro- 
gram of  work,  including  transferred  work. 

tion  and  Fees 

Graduate  students  are  charged  at  the  rate  of  $2  50  per  three  semester 
course.  An  application  fee  (non-refundable)  of  $20  must  accompany  the 
^ation. 

An  application  for  degree  must  be  made  at  least  two  months  prior  to 
nencement  at  which  time  a  $60  diploma  fee  is  due. 

hdrawals  and  Refunds 

Students  who  find  it  necessary  to  drop  courses  or  change  courses  must 
i  an  approval  drop  slip  from  the  Registrar.  Refunds  are  subject  to  the 
requirements  as  explained  in  the  chapter  on  Finances. 

ly  Childhood  and 
die  Grades  Education 

Foundations  of  Research  in  Education 3  hours 

^course  dealing  with  the  principles  of  research  with  particular  emphasis 
the  interpretation  of  and  design  of  basic  research  in  education  Includes 

and  interpretation  of  statistical  data. 

Psychological  Foundations  of  Learning 3  hours 

This  course  examines  the  nature  and  facilitation  of  student  learning 
ng  methods  and  skills  are  considered. 

Social  Studies  for  Elementary  Schools 3  hours 

V  course  designed  to  enhance  the  competence  and  creativity  of  the 
fcr  in  Social  Studies  for  the  elementary  school  grades. 

Language  Arts  for  Today's  Schools 3  hours 

Elementary  language  arts  curriculum  goals,  content,  and  teaching  prob- 
re  considered  in  sequence  from  kindergarten  through  the  elementary 

Mathematics  for  Elementary  Schools 3  hours 

applications  of  general  teaching  methods  to  mathematics  and  the  study 
hematics  materials,  programs,  and  teaching  skills  are  included  in  this 

153 


course.  Supplementary  topics  include  the  metric  system,  calculators  and 
problem-solving. 

6415.  Science  for  Elementary  Schools 3  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  developing  the  skills  and  attitudes  needed  to 

teach  today's  activity-oriented  science  curricula.  Each  participant  can  adapt 
work  to  her  or  his  needs  and  interest  through  choice  of  readings,  activities, 
and  development  of  materials. 

6416.  Children's  Literature    3  hours 

A  course  designed  to  enhance  the  competence  and  creativity  of  the 

teacher  in  utilizing  children's  literature  for  the  elementary  school. 

6417.  Music  for  Today's  Schools 3  hours 

A  course  designed  to  enhance  the  competence  and  creativity  of  the 

teacher  in  music  for  the  elementary  school. 

6418.  Art  for  Today's  Schools 3  hours 

A  course  designed  to  enhance  the  competence  and  creativity  of  the 

teacher  in  art  for  the  elementary  school. 

*6421.  Historical  and  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Education  .  .3  hours 

The  study  of  historical  and  philosophical  foundations  of  education  from 
ancient  times  to  today  Philosophy  will  be  viewed  within  the  historical  context 
of  its  development. 

6422.  Educational  Media    3  hours 

The  course  studies  operation  of  audio-visual  equipment,  techniques  of 

producing  a  variety  of  graphics,  slides,  transparencies  and  tapes,  and  use  of 
media  for  teaching.  Class  members  plan  and  produce  a  series  of  materials 
for  their  own  teaching  situations. 

6423.  The  Middle  School  Learner 3  hours 

Emphasis  is  on  the  nature  of  the  middle  school  child,  including  charac- 
teristics, needs,  and  assessment.  Methods  of  using  the  curriculum  and  edu- 
cational program  to  meet  the  diverse  educational  needs  of  the  middle  school 
learner  are  examined  as  they  relate  to  the  nature  of  the  child.  (Middle  Grades 
Requirement.) 

6424.  The  Exceptional  Child 3  hours 

This  course  addresses  the  problem  of  atypical  students  in  the  regular 

academic  setting.  Course  content  will  concern  students  who  have  difficulty 
learning,  how  they  can  be  identified,  and  what  can  be  done  by  classroom 
teachers  to  help  them.  Emphasis  is  given  to  basic  understanding  of  a  variety 
of  learning  difficulties,  information  about  screening  procedures,  and  appro- 
priate instructional  procedures  for  the  regular  classroom.  How  to  make  refer- 
rals and  work  with  specialists  in  the  various  areas  of  learning  disabilities  will 
be  included.  (May  not  be  taken  for  credit  if  requirements  of  House  Bill  671 
have  already  been  fulfilled.) 

6425.  Models  of  Teaching 3  hours 

Examines  and  compares  a  variety  of  approaches  to  teaching  developed 

by  Bruner,  Taba,  Suchman,  Gordon,  Ausubel,  Massialas,  Cox,  Oliver  and  Shaver. 
The  approaches  examined  help  stimulate  creative  learning  environments;  foster 
thinking  which  can  be  used  to  analyze,  compare,  and  contrast  various  modes 
of  instruction;  and  provide  alternative  teaching  strategies  to  educators. 

154 


426B.   Practicum  in  Early 

Childhood/Middle  Grades  Education  3  hoiirc; 

)ecial  Topics  in  Curriculum 

tents  to  be  determined;  course  may  be  taken  for  credit  more  than  once 
oundations  of  Reading  Instruction  ,  . 

iividualizing  Reading  Instruction  ,  h 

Jdy  of  the  nature  of  reading  problems.  Practice  is  given  to  theaT 

'ding  in  the  Content  Areas 

jrams  of  Early  Childhood  Education  ,  h 

rature  for  the  Young  Child 

|pl=i§HlI 

rth  &  Development:  The  Young  Child  ...  3  hnilrt; 

tive  Experiences  in  Early  Childhood  ,  u„ 

SSS1  ;°hPr°Vidhe  methods  and  aerials  for  develop  ng 

pies  and  Practices  Early  Childhood ,  hour, 

increased "i^0'^^  P|a""'"g  this  course  provides  the 


55 


personal  guidance,  will  gain  practical  experience  in  applying  theory  to  practice 
Emphasis  will  be  determined  primarily,  from  the  individual  student's  need 
assessment. 

6451.  Topics  in  Mathematics 3  hours 

Emphasizes  content  and  teaching  methods  for  topics  of  contemporary 

interest  in  middle  grades  mathematics. 

6452.  Topics  in  Science 3  hours 

Emphasizes  content  and  teaching  methods  for  topics  of  contemporary 

interest  in  middle  grades  science. 

6453.  Computers  in  the  Classroom:  Programming 3  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  teacher  to  computer  and  disk  commands  for 

the  Apple  computer.  LOGO  programming  is  introduced  and  proficiency  in 
writing  BASIC  educational  programs  is  developed.  Topics  suitable  for  a  com- 
puter literacy  course  are  examined. 

6454.  Computers  in  the  Classroom:  Applications 3  hours 

Applications  commonly  used  by  teachers  for  production,  management 

and  instruction  are  introduced  and  used  in  an  educational  context.  Included 
are  word  processing  (handouts),  outliners  (lesson  plans  and  transparencies), 
databases  and  spreadsheets  (grades),  and  text  with  graphics  (newsletters).  All 
applications  selected  are  for  the  Apple  II  series  or  Macintosh  computers. 

6456.  Topics  in  Social  Sciences   3  hours 

Emphasizes  content  and  teaching  methods  for  topics  of  contemporary 

interest  in  the  social  sciences. 

6457.  Contemporary  Issues  in  Social  Studies   3  hours 

Emphasizes  content  and  teaching  methods  for  contemporary  and  con- 
troversial social  issues. 

6458.  Instructional  Management  Systems 3  hours 

An  indepth  study  of  instructional  design  principles,  evaluation  techniques, 

micro-teaching,  and  classroom  management  strategies.  New  techniques  and 
research  in  these  areas  will  be  studied  and  applied. 

•Courses  required  for  graduation. 


Board  of  Thistees 


Officers 


Stephen  J.  Schmidt  '40 

Chairman 
Marvin  F.  Gade 

Vice  Chairman 
Franklin  L.  Burke  '66 

Mice  Chairman  and 

Chairman  of  the 

Executive  Committee 

Trustees 


Paula  Lawton  Bevington 

Secretary 
Warren  Y.  lobe 

Treasurer 


Marshall  A.  Asher,  Jr.  '41 

Retired  Assistant  Territorial  Controller 

Sears  Roebuck  &  Company 
Paula  Lawton  Bevington 

Vice  PresidentlCommunitu  Relations 

Servidyne  Incorporated 
Franklin  L.  Burke  '66 

Chairman  of  the  Board  and 

Chief  Executive  Officer 

Bank  South,  N.A. 

John  L.  Clendenin 
Chairman  of  the  Board  and 
Chief  Executive  Officer 
BellSouth  Corporation 

Mrs.  John  A.  Conant 

Atlanta 
Belle  TUrner  Cross  '61 

Atlanta 
John  W.  Crouch  '29 

Retired  Certified  Public  Accountant 

Atlanta 
Virginia  O'Kelley  Dempsey  '27 

Tampa.  Florida 

Elmo  I.  Ellis 

Newspaper  Columnist 

Retired  Vice  President 

Cox  Broadcasting  Corporation 
William  A.  Emerson 

Senior  Vice  President 

Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner 
&  Smith 


Robert  P.  Forrestal 

President 

Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Atlanta 
Marvin  F.  Gade 

Senior  Executive  Consultant 

Kimberly-Clark  Corporation 

Joel  Goldberg 

President 

Contech,  Inc. 
Edward  S.  Grenwald 

Partner 

Hansell  &  Post 
Jesse  S.  Hall 

Executive  Vice  President 

Trust  Company  Bank 
C.  Edward  Hansell 

Partner 

Hansell  &  Post 
Gary  C.  Harden  '69 

President 

The  Harden  Company  Inc. 

Haines  H.  Hargrett 
Retired  Chairman  of  the  Board 
Fulton  Federal  Savings  &  Loan 
Association 

Hollis  Harris 
President  and 
Chief  Operating  Officer 
Delta  Air  Lines,  Inc. 


157 


Samuel  E.  Hudgens 

President 

Atlantic  American  Corporation 
Warren  Y.  Jobe 

Executive  Vice  President  and 

Chief  Financial  Officer 

Georgia  Power  Company 

Fitzhugh  M.  Legerton 
Minister 
Oglethorpe  Presbyterian  Church 

Joseph  M.  Mauriello 

Regional  Vice  President 

AT&T  Network  Systems 
Edward  E.  Noble 

\nvestor  and  Developer 

Atlanta 
Garland  F.  Pinholster 

Land  Development 

Ball  Ground,  Georgia 


Stephen  J.  Schmidt  '40 

Chairman  of  the  Board  and 

Chief  Executive  Officer 

Dixie  Seal  &  Stamp  Company 
Donald  S.  Stanton 

President 

Oglethorpe  University 
John  L.  Turoff 

Attorney 

Atlanta 
Felker  W.  Ward,  Jr. 

President 

Ward  &  Associates,  Inc. 
Charles  L.  Weltner  '48 

justice 

Supreme  Court  of  Georgia 
Murray  D  Wood 

Business  Consultant 

Atlanta 


Trustees  Emeriti 


Howard  G.  Axelberg  '40 

Retired  Chairman  of  the  Board 

Liller,  Neal,  Inc. 
Thomas  L.  Camp  '2  5 

Emeritus  Chief  ]udge 

State  Court  of  Fulton  County 
Lu  Thomasson  Garrett  '52 

Atlanta 
George  E.  Goodwin 

Senior  Counselor 

Manning,  Selvage  &  Lee/ 
Atlanta 
George  L.  Harris,  Jr. 

Retired  Senior  Vice  President 

Citizens  and  Southern  National 
Bank 

Arthur  Howell 

Senior  Partner 

Alston  &  Bird 
Edward  D  Lord 

Retired  Vice  President/Group  Sales 

Life  Insurance  Company  of 
Georgia 


James  P.  McLain 

Attorney 

McLain  and  Merritt 
William  C.  Perkins  '29 

Retired  President 

Atlanta  Brush  Company 
Creighton  I.  Perry  '37 

Retired  President 

Perma-Ad  Ideas  of  Atlanta,  Inc. 
Mack  A.  Rikard  '37 

Chairman  of  the  Board  and 

Chief  Executive  Officer 

Allied  Products  Company 

Birmingham,  Alabama 
Charles  L.  Towers 

Retired  Vice  President 

Shell  Oil  Company 


158 


President's 
Advisory  Council 

Officers 


Talmage  L.  Dryman 
Chairman 

Members 


Charles  S.  Ackerman 
Vice  Chairman 


Elizabeth  E.  Abreu 

Development  Officer 

The  Children's  School 
Charles  S.  Ackerman 

President 

Ackerman  &  Company 
Yetty  Levenson  Arp  '68 

Atlanta 
Sid  M.  Barbanel  '60 

President 

ABAS  Associates 
)udy  Becker 

Attorney 

Powell,  Goldstein,  Frazier 
&  Murphy 
Hugh  D.  Bishop  '37 

Retired 

Westinghouse  Corporation 

Robert  E.  Carpenter 
President 

Cotton  States  Insurance  Company 

Ronald  C.  David 
Director.  Civic  Affairs/ 
Community  Service 
Atlanta  Gas  Light  Company 

Herbert  E.  Drake,  Jr. 
President 

Drake  &  Funsten,  Inc. 

Talmage  L.  Dryman 
President 
The  Talmage  Dryman  Company 


Louis  A.  Gerland,  Jr. 
Retired  Senior  Vice  President 
The  Atlanta  Coca-Cola 
Bottling  Company 

Richard  W.  Harrell 
Senior  Vice  President 
National  Bank  of  Georgia 

Richard  D.  Jackson 
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
Georgia  Federal  Bank,  F.S.B. 

Alphonse  Lucarelli 
Office  Managing  Partner 
Arthur  Young  &  Company 

John  C.  McCune 

Vice  President-Operations 

Fuqua  Industries,  Inc. 
lohn  O.  Mitchell 

President 

Mitchell  Motors.  Inc. 

M.  Collier  Ross,  Lieutenant  General 
(USA-Retired) 
President 
Interserv,  Inc. 

Raghbir  K.  Sehgal 

Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 

Law  Engineering,  Inc. 
Arnold  B.  Sidman 

Staff  Vice  President, 
General  Tax  Counsel 

RJR  Nabisco 

C.  Trippe  Slade 
Secretary-Treasurer 
The  Exposition  Company 


59 


Mark  L.  Stevens  Judy  Wood  Talley  '80 

President  Assistant  Vice  President 

Haagen-Dazs  Co.,  Inc.  Bank  South 

Teaneck,  New  Jersey  Robert  c  Watkins  ,r 

James  V.  Sullivan  Vice  President 

Investor  Conveyors  &  Drives,  Inc. 
Atlanta,  Georgia  and 
Palm  Beach,  Florida 


160 


Alumni  Association 
Board  of  Directors 


Officers 

William  J.  Hogan  72 

President 
Bill  W.  Carter  '59 

President-Elect 
R.  Derril  Gay  '62 

First  Vice  President 
Nancy  Schaller  Simmons  '60 

Second  Vice  President 
Adolph  Goldenburg  70 

Secretary 
Professor  Leo  Bilancio 

Faculty  Representative 
Jennifer  O'Brien  '89 

Student  Representative 
Gary  Hand,  '89 

Student  Representative 

Directors 

I.  Frederick  Agel  '52 
Sales  Agent 
Bowman  Distribution  Company 

Lanier  C.  Bagwell  '65 

Director  of  Purchasing 

Goldkist,  Inc. 
Gordon  C.  Bynum  '50 

Director,  Civic  Responsibility 

Coca-Cola  USA 
Bill  W.  Carter  '59 

Vice  President 

Heritage  Management  & 
Investment  Service,  Inc. 

R.  Derril  Gay  '62 
Interim  Director 
DeKalb  County  Health 
Department 

Alice  Bragg  Geiger  '42 
Retired  Chairman.  Art  Department 
Peachtree  High  School 


W.  Elmer  George  '40 

Retired  Executive  Director 

GMA-GA  Municipal  Association 
J.  Lewis  Glenn  71 

Sales  Manager 

Dorsey/Alston 
Adolph  Goldenburg  70 

Instructor,  DeKalb  College/ 
DeKalb  Tech 

President,  Weekend  Tax  Man 
Robert  W  Goldthorp  72 

Account  Executive 

Commercial  Insurance  Division 

Duncan  Peek,  Inc. 
Barbara  Harrell  Gunn  '52 

Vice  President.  Corporate  Accounts 

Harry  Norman  Realtors 
John  Hallman,  Jr.  '32 

Retired  President 

F  Graham  Williams  Company 
William  J.  "Jep"  Hogan  72 

Vice  President 

Robinson  Humphrey  Company 
Trevis  O.  Ingram  '58 

Manager/Programming  Projects 

Honeywell,  Inc. 
James  H.  "Jim"  Lewis  '80 

Attorney 

Kunz  &  Lewis 
Robert  J.  Loeb  73 

Consultant 

Medical  Ventures.  Inc. 
Clare  "Tia"  Findley  Magbee  '56 

Owner,  Tia  Antiques 

St.  Simons  Island 

Diane  R.  Rowles  71 
Chairperson,  English  Department 
Sequoyah  High  School 


161 


Linda  Sanders  Scarborough  '65  Nancy  Schaller  Simmons  '60 
Department  Chief  Real  Estate  Agent 

AT&T  Information  System  Royer  Realty 

Eric  M.  Scharff  '63  Timothy  P.  "Tim"  Tassopoulos  '81 

Vice  President/General  Manager  District  Manager,  Free  Standing  Units 

Momar,  Incorporated  Chick-Fil-A 

Larry  C.  Shattles  '67 

President 

Kelly/Shattles  &  Co. 


62 


The  Faculty 

(Year  of  appointment  in  parentheses) 
G.  Malcolm  Amerson  (1968) 

)ames  Edward  Oglethorpe 
Professor  of  Biology 

B.S..  Berry  College 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 
Jeffrey  D.  Arnett  (1986) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
Keith  H.  Aufderheide  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Wilmington  College 

Ph.D.,  Miami  University 
Keith  E.  Baker  (1983) 

Director  of  Accounting  Studies 

B.S.,  Youngstown  State  University 

M.A.,  University  of  Florida 

C.P.A.,  Georgia 
Leo  Bilancio  (1958) 

Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Knox  College 

M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
James  A.  Bohart  (1972) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.M.,  Northern  Illinois 
University 
William  L.  Brightman  (1975) 

Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Washington 

Ronald  L.  Carlisle  (1985) 

Professor  of  Computer  Science 

Interim  Dean  of  the  Faculty 

B.A.,  Emory  University 

M.A.,  Atlanta  University 

Ph.D.,  Emory  University 
Barbara  R.  Clark  (1971) 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 

M.A.,  University  of  Kansas 

M.P.A.,  Georgia  State  University 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

C.P.A..  Georgia 


John  A.  Cramer  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Wheaton  College 

M.A.,  Ohio  University 

Ph.D.,  Texas  A&M  University 
Bruce  W  Hetherington  (1980) 

Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.B.A.,  Madison  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute 
Charlton  H.  Jones  (1974) 

Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Michigan 

Raymond  J.  Kaiser  (1986) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.  University  of  Notre  Dame 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State 
University 

Nancy  H.  Kerr  (1983) 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Stanford  University 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
J.  Brien  Key  (1965) 

Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College 

M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University 

Ph.D..  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University 
Joseph  M.  Knippenberg  (1985) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Studies 

B.A.,  James  Madison  College  of 
Michigan  State  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto 

John  B.  Knott,  III  (1971) 
Executive  Vice  President 
A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
M.Div,  Duke  University 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

Jay  Lutz  (1988) 
Assistant  Professor  of  French 
B.A.,  Antioch  College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 


163 


Mary  M.  Middleton  (1988) 
Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 
B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Virginia 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Vienna  Kern  Moore  (1987) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

at  Greensboro 
M.A.,  East  Tennessee  State  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 

Philip  ).  Neujahr  (1973) 

Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Stanford  University 

M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 
Lloyd  Nick  (1984) 

Director  of  Art  Programs 

B.F.A.,  Hunter  College 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Ken  Nishimura  (1964) 

Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Pasadena  College 

M.Div,  Asbury  Theological 
Seminary 

Ph.D.,  Emory  University 
John  D.  Orme  (1983) 

Associate  Professor  of  Political  Studies 

B.A.,  University  of  Oregon 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
Madeleine  Picciotto  (1988) 

Assistant  Professor  of  English 

Writing  Program  Director 

B.A.,  Princeton  University 

M.A.,  Columbia  University 

Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 
Michael  K.  Rulison  (1982) 

Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
John  A.  Ryland  (1985) 

Librarian 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Florida  State  University 

Bibliotekarseksamen,  Royal  School 
of  Librarianship-Copenhagen 
Daniel  L.  Schadler  (1975) 

Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Thomas  More  College 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 


William  O.  Shropshire  (1979) 
Callaway  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,  Washington  and  Lee 

University 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Donald  S.  Stanton  (1988) 
President 

A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College 
M.Div,  Wesley  Seminary 
M.A.,  The  American  University 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
L.H.D.,  Columbia  College 
LL.D,  Western  Maryland  College 
Litt.D,  Albion  College 

John  C.  Stevens  (1975) 
Professor  of  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  Denver 
M.Ed.,  Ed.D,  University  of  Georgia 

Brad  L.  Stone  (1982) 

Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Brigham  Young 
University 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Linda  J.  Taylor  (1975) 

Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Cornell  University 

Ph.D.,  Brown  University 

John  A.  Thames  (1977) 
Dean  of  Continuing  Education 
B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University 
M.A.,  Columbia  University 
Ed.D,  University  of  Southern 
California 

David  N.  Thomas  (1968) 
Professor  of  History 
A.B.,  Coker  College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
North  Carolina 

Dean  Tucker  (1988) 
Associate  Professor  of  Business 

Administration 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University 
M.A.,  Ohio  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 


164 


Louise  M.  Valine  (1978) 
Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Houston 
M.Ed.,  University  of  Georgia 
Ed.D.,  Auburn  University 
Victoria  L.  Weiss  (1977) 
Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  St.  Norbert  College 
M.A.,  Ph.D..  Lehigh  University 
Ann  M.  Wheeler  (1979) 
Associate  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 
Monte  W  Wolf  (1978) 
Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  University  of  California 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern 
California 
Philip  P  Zinsmeister  (1973) 
Professor  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Wittenberg  University 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Lecturers-On  part-time  faculty 
appointments 

Daniel  K.  Anglin  (1979) 
lecturer  in  Business  Administration 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 
J.D.,  Emory  University 

School  of  Law 
Edmund  A.  Bator  (1983) 
Lecturer  in  Political  Studies 
Foreign  Service  Officer,  Retired 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 
M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 
George  M.  Dupuy  (1984) 
lecturer  in  Business  Administration 
B.A..  College  of  William  and  Mary 
M.B.A.,  University  of  North 

Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

at  Chapel  Hill 


R.  Derril  Gay  (1985) 

lecturer  in  Sociology 

B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 
Gloria  M.  Hitchcock  (1987) 

Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Annhurst  College 

M.A.,  University  of  Hartford 
Paul  Stephen  Hudson  (1984) 

Lecturer  in  History 

Registrar 

B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

M.A.,  University  of  Georgia 
Lourdes  E.  Nasseri  (1986) 
Lecturer  in  Spanish 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 
M.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina 
Philip  D  Ritchie  (1984) 
lecturer  in  Physical  Fitness 
Tennis  Coach 

B.A.,  Birmingham-Southern  College 
M.A.,  University  of  Alabama 
Richard  M.  Tristano  (1987) 
lecturer  in  History 
B.A.,  Manhattan  College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Professors  Emeriti 


Thomas  W  Chandler  (1961) 

Librarian  Emeritus 

B.A.,  M.Ln.,  Emory  University 
James  R.  Miles  (1950) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Business 
Administration 

A.B.,  B.S..  University  of  Alabama 

M.B.A.,  Ohio  State  University 
Henry  S.  Miller  (1974) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 
David  K.  Mosher  (1972) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Harvard  University 

B.S.A.E.,  Ph.D..  Georgia  Institute  of 
Technology 


165 


Philip  F.  Palmer  (1964) 

Professor  Emeritus 

of  Political  Studies 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of 
New  Hampshire 
T.  Lavon  Talley  (1968) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Auburn  University 
George  F.  Wheeler  (1953) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics 

A.B.,  Ohio  State  University 

M.A.,  California  Institute 
of  Technology 


166 


Administration 


r  of  appointment  in  parentheses) 
nald  S.  Stanton  (1988) 
resident 

B.,  Western  Maryland  College 

Div,  Wesley  Seminary 

.A.,  the  American  University 
d.D..  University  of  Virginia 
H.D.,  Columbia  College 
L.D.,  Western  Maryland  College 
tt.Q,  Albion  College 

ning  M.  Pattillo,  Jr.  (1975) 
onorary  Chancellor 
A.,  University  of  the  South 
M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 
.D,  LeMoyne  College 
r.D.,  St.  John's  University 
H.D.,  University  of  Detroit 
H.D,  College  of  New  Rochelle 
H.D,  Park  College 
t.D,  St.  Norbert  College 
Kenneth  Vonk  (1967) 
sident  Emeritus 
B.,  Calvin  College 
A.,  University  of  Michigan 
D,  Duke  University 


ademic  Affairs 


Ronald  L.  Carlisle  (1985) 
\nterim  Dean  of  the  Faculty 
B.A.,  Emory  University 
M.A.,  Atlanta  University 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University 
John  B.  Knott,  111  (1971) 
Executive  Vice  President 
A.B,  University  of  North  Carolina 
M.Div,  Duke  University 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University 
Donald  R.  Moore  (1986) 
Dean  of  Community  Life 
B.A.,  Emory  University 
J.D  Emory  University 
School  of  Law 
John  A.  Thames  (1977) 
Dean  of  Continuing  Education 
B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University 
M.A.,  Columbia  University 
Ed.D,  University  of 
Southern  California 
Paul  L.  Dillingham  (1984) 
Vice  President  for  Development 
B.S ,  University  of  Kentucky 

Betty  Weiland  (1983) 
Administrative  Assistant  in  the 
President's  Office 


ild  L.  Carlisle 
rim  Dean  of  the  Faculty 
A.  Ryland 
trarian 

ge  G.  Stewart 
rence  Librarian 
i  Stockton 
alog  Librarian 
■chael  Petty 
ary  Assistant 
e  A.  Few 
ary  Assistant 
rah  Dejuan 
ary  Assistant 
Heckler 
iry  Assistant 


Penny  Rose 

Library  Assistant 
Paul  Stephen  Hudson 

Registrar 
Amy  M.  Mahoney 

Assistant  Registrar 
Pamela  Tubesing 

Secretary  to  the  Dean 
Ginger  Pate 

Faculty  Secretary/Office  Manager 
Lisa  Ann  Guthrie 

Audio-Visual  Clerk 
Lane  Anderson 

Director  of  the  Drama  Program 


167 


Admissions  and 
Financial  Aid 


John  B.  Knott,  III 

Executive  Vice  President 
Jonathan  Jay 

Director  of  Admissions 
Dennis  Matthews 

Associate  Director  of  Admissions 
T.  Randolph  Smith 

Associate  Director  of  Admissions 
Naomi  Hamby 

Admissions  Counselor 
Barbara  Henry 

Admissions  Counselor 


Thomas  James 

Admissions  Counselor 
Bonnie  Bertolini 

Admissions  Office  Secretary  /Receptionist 
Anders  M.  Nilsen 

Director  of  Financial  Aid 
Sue  C.  Palmer 

Assistant  Director  of  Financial  Aid 
Deborah  Marsh 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid 


Athletics  and 
Physical  Fitness 


Jack  M.  Berkshire 
Director  of  Athletics, 
Head  Basketball  Coach 

Michael  Hogan 
Soccer  Coach 

James  C.  Owen 
Assistant  Basketball  Coach/ 
Volleyball  Coach 


Philip  D  Ritchie 

Tennis  Coach 
Marshall  R.  Nason 

Cross  Country  Coach 
C.  Michael  Foster 

intramural  Director 
Stephen  Stepp 

Athletic  Trainer 


Business  Affairs 


John  B.  Knott,  III 

Executive  Vice  President 
Linda  W.  Bucki 

Assistant  Dean  for 

Administration 

Carrie  Lee  Hall 

Secretary  to  the  Executive  Vice  President 

and  Assistant  Dean 
Janice  C  Gilmore 

Director  of  the  Business  Office 
Marilyn  Merrifield 

Accounts  Payable  and  Payroll  Supervisor 


Hilda  Nix 

Accounts  Receivable  Supervisor 
Adrina  Richard 

Director  of  Auxiliary  Services 

Charles  M.  Wingo 

Manager,  Bookstore 
Sheryl  Murphy 

Assistant  Manager,  Bookstore 

John  R.  Ferrey 
Director  of  Data  Processing 

Gloria  D  Moore 
Receptionist 


68 


Community  Life 


Donald  R.  Moore 

Dean  of  Community  Life 
Marshall  R.  Nason 

Associate  Dean  of  Community  Life 
Leigh  Anne  Leist 

Assistant  Dean  of  Community  Life 

and  Director  of  Housing 
Patsy  A.  Bradley 

University  Nurse 
William  G.  Erickson.  M.D. 

University  Physician 
C.  Harold  lohnson 

Director  of  Security 
Kitty  Eubanks 

Director  of  Career  Planning 

and  Placement 


W.  Irwin  Ray,  Jr. 

Director  of  Choral  Activities 
Carol  M.  Duffy 

Office  Manager 
Betty  Nissley 

Secretary  to  the 

Associate  Dean 
lames  Mark  Burgess 

Resident  Director  for  Men's  Housing 
Dara  Simmons 

Resident  Director  for 

Women's  Housing 


Continuing  Education 


John  A.  Thames 
Dean  of  Continuing  Education 

Carl  1.  Pirkle  Ir. 
Assistant  Dean  of 
Continuing  Education 


William  L.  Gates 

Assistant  Dean  of  Continuing  Education 
Dayna  Kay  Johnson 

Office  Manager,  Continuing  Education 


Development 


Paul  L.  Dillingham 

Vice  President 

for  Development 
Richard  L.  Robins 

Assistant  Vice  President 

for  Development 

Patsy  H.  Dickey 
Director  of  Public  Relations 

Harold  C.  Doster 
Director  of  Planned  Giving 

Perry  D.  Dement 
Director  of  Alumni  Clubs  and 
Research  Associate 


Mary  Ellen  Warrick 

Secretary  to  the  Vice  President 

for  Development 
Donna  Ljovelady 

Secretary  to  the  Assistant 

Vice  President  for  Development 
Julie  Rummel 

Secretary  /Public  Relations 

and  Research 

Ann  Sincere 
Secretary! Alumni  and  Public  Relations 


169 


Index 


Academic  Advising 59 

Academic  Fraud  Policy 64 

Academic  Regulations   58 

Access  to  Records 65 

Administration  167 

Advanced  Placement  Program 21 

Allied  Health  Studies  75 

Alumni  Board  161 

Application  for  Admission 17 

Application  Procedure 23 

Athletics 52 

Auditing  Courses   60 

Board  of  Trustees   157 

Buildings  and  Grounds  12 

Calendar 3 

Career  Development 53 

Class  Attendance • 59 

CLEP 21 

Community  Life   49 

Continuing  Education 65 

Cooperative  Education 53 

Core  Program 69 

Counseling 53 

Course  Descriptions 

Accounting  141 

American  Studies 76 

Art 95 

Biology  112 

Business  Administration 138 

Business  Administration  and 

Behavioral  Science 78 

Business  Administration/ 

Computer  Science 79 

Chemistry   114 

Computer  Science 145 

Economics   143 

Education,  early  childhood 125 

Education,  middle  grades 125 

Education,  graduate 147 

Education,  secondary 12  5 

Engineering 73 

English  92 

Far  Eastern  Studies 103 

Foreign  Language 97 

History    106 

Individually  Planned  Major 73 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 76 

International  Studies 79 

Mathematics 117 

Mathematics/Computer  Science 80 

Medical  Technology 117 

Music   96 

Philosophy 99 

Physics   120 

Political  Studies 108 

Psychology  131 

Social  Work 134 

Sociology 134 

Writing 101 

170 


Courses  in  Numerical  Sequence 81 

Credit  by  Examination   20 

Cross  Registration 76 

Curriculum,  Organization 68 

Dean's  List 60 

Degrees  62 

Degrees  With  Honors 62 

Drop/Add  46 

Dual  Degree  Programs 73 

Evening  School  Fees 46 

Expenses  45 

Extra-Curricular  Activities 51 

Faculty   163 

Faith  Hall 15 

Fees  and  Costs  45 

Field  House 15 

Financial  Assistance 24 

Fraternities  and  Sororities 52 

Good  Standing  61 

Goodman  Hall 14 

GoslinHall 14 

Grades  59 

Graduate  Studies  in  Education 147 

Graduation  Requirements 61 

Health  Service   54 

Hearst  Hall    14 

History  of  Oglethorpe 9 

Honours  Option 72 

Housing  54 

International  Students 18 

Internships  and  Co-operative  Education  .  .    75 

Library  (Lowry  Hall) 13 

LuptonHall 13 

Major  Programs  70 

Men's  Residence  Halls 14 

Non-Traditional  Students 20 

Normal  Academic  Load   63 

"O'Book  55 

Orientation 50 

Part-Time  Fees 46 

Placement  Center 53 

Prelegal  Program   75 

Premedical  Program 74 

Preseminary  Program 75 

President's  Advisory  Council 159 

Probation  and  Dismissal 61 

Refunds 47 

Registration ■.  .    59 

ROTC 36 

Scholarships 29 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree  62 

Semester  System 65 

Special  Students 19 

Student  Association 51 

Teacher  Education  Program  124 

Tradition,  Purpose  and  Goals 4 

Transfer  Students 17 

Withdrawal  from  a  Course 63 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 63 


Notes 


Notes 


Notes 


niversity 


Please  send  me  additional  information 
Name 


Address 


City State Zip 

Phone  ! ! 

School  Attending 

Graduation  Year 


Field  of  Interest  (if  decided) 
Non-Academic  Interests 


Mail  to:  Admissions  Office 

Oglethorpe  University 
4484  Peachtree  Road 
Atlanta,  GA  30319 


Oglethorpe 
^Jniversity 


Please  send  me  additional  information: 
Name 


Address 


City State Zip 

Phone  i I 

School  Attending 

Graduation  Year 


Field  of  Interest  (if  decided) 
Non-Academic  Interests 


Mail  to:  Admissions  Office 

Oglethorpe  University 
4484  Peachtree  Road 
Atlanta,  GA  30319 


BUSINESS   REPLY  MAIL 

FIRST  CLASS        PERMIT  NO.  1542        ATLANTA,  GA 


POSTAGE  WiLL  BE  PAID  BY  ADDRESSEE 


Admissions  Office 

Oglethorpe  University 
4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E. 
Atlanta,  Georgia  30319-9990 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


I. .11, II Il,,.,lll,l,.l,l„l.l„l,l,.ll„.l,„ll 


BUSINESS  REPLY  MAIL 

FIRST  CLASS        PERMIT  NO.  1542       ATLANTA,  GA 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY  ADDRESSEE 


Admissions  Office 

Oglethorpe  University 
4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E. 
Atlanta,  Georgia  30319-9990 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


I. .11, II Il„„lll,l„l,l,,l,l..l,l„ll,„l,„ll 


Si     eo 
P      !^p 

pf5gSS 

^o       O  On